ibm erserver configuration and options guide.pdfxiii microsoft® exchange server 2000 100% med users...

IBM

ERserver

www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries/library/configtools.htmlConfiguration and Options GuideApril 5, 2005

12

1

2

IBM

ERserver

www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries/library/configtools.htmlConfiguration and Options GuideApril 5, 2005

12

1

2

Contents

Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v

Information Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

Server Product Positioning. . . . . . . . . . . . ix

xSeries™ Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . xi

IntelliStation® Video Adapter Selection Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix

Chapter 1. IntelliStation M Pro 6220. . . . . . 1

Chapter 2. Intellistation M Pro 6225 . . . . . . 7

Chapter 3. IntelliStation M Pro 6230. . . . . 17

Chapter 4. Intellistation Z Pro 6223 . . . . . 27

Chapter 5. Intellistation A Pro 6224 . . . . . 39

Chapter 6. xSeries 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Chapter 7. xSeries 226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Chapter 8. xSeries 236 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Chapter 9. xSeries 255 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Chapter 10. xSeries 306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Chapter 11. xSeries 336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Chapter 12. xSeries 343 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Chapter 13. xSeries 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Chapter 14. xSeries 365 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Chapter 15. xSeries 366 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Chapter 16. xSeries 445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Chapter 17. xSeries 455 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Chapter 18. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Chapter 19. Datacenter Solution Program . 199

Chapter 20. eServer 326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Chapter 21. eServer™ OpenPower™ 710 . . 245

Chapter 22. eServer™ OpenPower™ 720 . . 253

Chapter 23. BladeCenter™ and BladeCenter™ T Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Chapter 24. BladeCenter™ HS20 - MT 8832 277


Chapter 26. BladeCenter™ HS40 . . . . . . 287

Chapter 27. BladeCenter™ JS20 . . . . . . 291

Chapter 28. Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Chapter 29. VMware Offerings . . . . . . . . 299

Chapter 30. xSeries Network Operating System Preloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Chapter 31. IBM and Third Party Software Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Chapter 32. EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit 311

Chapter 33. TotalStorage DS300 Disk System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004 iii




Chapter 39. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Chapter 40. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Storage Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Chapter 41. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Fibre Channel Storage Expansion Unit 341

Chapter 42. Additional Fibre Channel Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Chapter 43. External Storage Configuration Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Chapter 44. Rack Cabinets and Options 351

Chapter 45. Rack Console Options . . . . 361

Chapter 46. xSeries Rack Power Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Appendix A. Internal Tape Drive Attributes. 387

Appendix B. External Tape and Tape Library Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Appendix C. UPS Runtime Estimate (minutes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Appendix D. System Management Overview 409

Appendix E. xSeries I/O Option Attributes . 419

Appendix F. BladeCenter Power Module Upgrade Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

Appendix G. xSeries DC Power and NEBS-compliant Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Important Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

iv COG

Summary of Changes

• Added new xSeries 366 models

• Added new storage server models to the xSeries 206 supporting 3.2 and 3.4GHz/800MHz processors with L2 cache sizes



• Added new storage server models to the BladeCenter HS20-8843 supporting 3.2GHz/800MHz processors with L2 cache sizes

• Various maintenance and support updates

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004 v

vi COG

Information Sources

Table 1. Information Sources

Audience Where to go How to get

IBM xSeries Configuration and Options Guide

Customers www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries

Select <Configuration Tools>

www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat Select <xSeries Compatibility>

Business Partners www.pc.ibm.com/partner/us/ User ID and password required.

IBM Employees PC Marketing Essentials (US) on Lotus Notes database D03DB035\p_dir\pcpartnr\marketng\me4fe-us.nsf

Main menu --> Configuration and Options Guide

serverproven.raleigh.ibm.com/cog/index.shtml

internal site

Feedback [email protected] E-mail

IBM xSeries and Netfinity Rack Configurator

Customers www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries

Select <Configuration Tools>

Business Partners www.pc.ibm.com/partner/us/ User ID and password required.

IBM Employees PC Marketing Essentials (US) on Lotus Notes database D03DB035\p_dir\pcpartnr\marketng\me4fe-us.nsf

Main menu --> Configurators


IBM xSeries Configuration Aid

Customers, Business Partners, IBM Employees

www.pc.ibm.com/qtechinfo/MIGR-41411.html

-

www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries/library/configtools.html

-


PC Sales Guide/Configurator and WorkPad Pricer (updated twice per week)

Business Partners psg.partner.boulder.ibm.com/partner/fpages.nsf/HTML/United+States.PSGC/$FILE/pcconfig.html

User ID and password required.

IBM Employees w3-1.ibm.com/psg/essentials/us/me4fe-us.nsf/$$FrameSet?ReadForm

Select Configurators.


© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004 vii

Latest Product & Technical Information

Customers www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries or call 1-800-772-2227

-

Business Partners www.pc.ibm.com/partner/us/ or call 1-800-426-7763

Select Products & Services (user ID and password required).

IBM Employees PC Marketing Essentials (US) on Lotus Notes database D03DB035\ p_dir\pcpartnr\marketng\me4fe-us.nsf

From main menu or by brand category.

Additional URLs

Technical spec sheets (PSREF)

www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries/library.html

Select Technical spec sheets (PSREF).

IBM Datacenter Solutions

www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/windows/datacenter.html

-

Clustering (US, LA, CAN)

www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/clustering/index.html

Select appropriate category or server.

Benchmark Results www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/benchmarks/

Select appropriate category or server.

Options/NOS/Server Compatibility

www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat Select appropriate Product Type.

Active PCI www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat Select <xSeries Compatibility>, <Active PCI Info>.

99.9% Availability Guarantee Program

www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/999guarantee.html

Select appropriate category.

IBM Storage Products

www.storage.ibm.com Select appropriate category.

Adv Sys Mgmt Adapter Firmware

www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries

Select Servers, select Intel-based Servers, select Fixes, select Get Fixes, select appropriate category.

Flash BIOS Updates www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries

Select Servers, select Intel-based Servers, select Fixes, select Get Fixes, select device drivers by server, select appropriate category.

ServeRAID™ Updates

www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries

Select Servers, select Intel-based Servers, select Fixes, select Get Fixes, select appropriate category.

VMware www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/vmware.html

-

Options Continuation Program

www.pc.ibm.com/ww/ocp -

Table 1. Information Sources

Audience Where to go How to get

viii COG

Server Product Positioning

When in a competitive situation, this table suggests the appropriate IBM xSeries server to bid against other vendors’ equipment. However, as an IBM business partner, you may determine that customer-specific requirements may make an alternative IBM solution a better choice.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004 ix

ValueUniversal/Tower

Departmental/MissionCriticalUniversal/Tower

Rack-optimizedModular EnterpriseScalable Nodes

IA-64 IBM: eServer 326, xSeries 343Dell: PowerEdge 7150HP: ProLiant rx5670

IBM: xSeries 455Dell: PowerEdge 3250HP: Proliant rx2600

IA-32>4-way

IBM: xSeries 445 (Xeon MP)HP: ProLiant DL740, DL760 G2Unisys: ES7000

4-way IBM: xSeries 255Dell: PowerEdge 6600HP:ProLiant ML570

IBM: xSeries 365Dell: PowerEdge 6650 HP: ProLiant ML560 & 580 G2

IBM: xSeries 445 (Xeon)Dell: PowerEdge 6650HP: ProLiant DL580G2

IBM: eServer BladeCenter HS40

2-way IBM: xSeries 226 Dell: PowerEdge 1600SCHP: ProLiant ML350G3

IBM: xSeries 235Dell: PowerEdge 2500HP:ProLiant ML370

IBM: xSeries 336, xSeries 346Dell: PowerEdge 1750, 2650 HP: ProLiant DL360G3, DL380

IBM: eServer BladeCenter HS20

IBM: eServer BladeCenter JS20 32/64 bit

Uni IBM: xSeries 206 Dell: PowerEdge 700HP: ProLiant ML110

IBM: xSeries 306 Dell: PowerEdge 750HP: ProLiant DL320

x COG

xSeries™ Selection Guide

This table provides a reasonable approximation of selecting the appropriate server based on the number of users supported in a particular application environment. Customer environments are unique and are unlikely to be precisely represented by this table. External Storage Units are utilized when internal capacities are exceeded. Steps for using this table are provided after the table footnotes. These are not published benchmark results. See “Benchmark Results” on the ‘Information Sources’ page for a URL to view published benchmark results.

Performance numbers are based on Windows 2003 Advanced Server. Other Network Operating System (NOS) results could vary.

Extensive SAP sizings are available from IBM/SAP Competency Centers. Contact your IBM Marketing Representative for additional information.

Using the Selection Guide

1. Select the desired server operating environment (or one that most closely matches).

2. Select number of users equal or greater than planned maximum number of users.

3. Move up to the top row of the columns chosen in step 2, to determine which servers should be considered as possible solutions.

4. Evaluate other features of those servers in order to determine which server is the most appropriate.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004 xi

Application/Expectation of Maximum # of Users

xSer

ies

205

3.06

GH

z/53

3MH

z-51

2KB

Pen

tiu

m 4

xSer

ies

206

3.0G

Hz/

800

MH

z-1M

BL

2 C

ach

e P

enti

um

4

xSer

ies

305

3.06

GH

z/53

3MH

z-51

2KB

Pen

tiu

m 4

xSer

ies

306

3.0G

Hz/

800M

Hz-

1MB

L2

Cac

he

Pen

tiu

m 4

xSer

ies

225

Du

al 3

.06G

Hz/

533M

Hz-

512K

B X

eon

xSer

ies

335

Du

al 3

.2G

Hz/

533M

Hz-

2MB

L3

Xeo

n

xSer

ies

345

Du

al 3

.2G

Hz/

533M

Hz-

2MB

L3

Xeo

n

DB Transaction Processing

Select, Update and Delete; Does not include image or Decision Support

# Users 3650 5140 6150 7200 11070 13550 13550

# Processors 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

Memory 2GB 2GB 4GB 4GB 8GB 8GB 8GB

# Hard Disk Drives

20 to 35 25 to 30 30 to 50 40 to 50 50 to 70 70 to 90 70 to 90

# RAID Adapters

>1 or Fibre

>1 or Fibre

> 1 or Fibre

> 1 or Fibre

>2 or Fibre

Fibre >2 or Fibre

# Network Connections

1 1 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb

File and Print

Application is stored locally. (For server stored applications - cut number of users in half).

# Users 2500 2880 3500 4030 6050 6500 6500

# Processors 1 1 1 1 2 2 2


# Hard Disk Drives

20 to 25 20-30 30 to 40 35 to 45 50 to 65 55 to 70 55 to 70

# RAID Adapters

1 to 2 1 to 2 1 to 2 >=1 to Fibre

>4 >2 or Fibre

>2 or Fibre

# 100Mbps Ethernet Connections

1Gb 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb 1 to 2 Gb 2 x 1Gb 2 x 1Gb

Lotus® Notes®

10% Power Users 40% Mail50% Mail & DB

# Users 1760 2020 2750 3670 4810 5870 5870

# Processors 1 1 1 1 2 2 2


# Hard Disk Drives

10 to 20 15 to 20 20 to 25 25 to 30 30 to 40 35 to 50 35 to 50

# RAID Adapters

1 to 2 1 to 2 1 to 2 > 1 or Fibre

> 1 or Fibre

> 1 or Fibre

> 1 or Fibre


>2 >2 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb

xii COG

Microsoft® Exchange Server 2000

100% Med Users

30MB Mailbox

# Users 1750 - 1750 - 3250 3250 3250

# Processors 1 - 1 - 2 2 2

Memory 1GB - 1GB - 2GB 2GB 2GB

# Hard Disk Drives

12 - 12 - 22 22 22

# RAID Adapters

1 - 1 - 1 1 1


1 - 1 - 1 1 to 2 1 to 2

SAP 3-Tier Distributed Version 4.0bProcessing

Sales and Distribution Application (Minimum of 16-20 Servers)

# Users - - - - - - -

# Processors - - - - - - -

Memory - - - - - - -

# Hard Disk Drives

- - - - - - -

# RAID Adapters

- - - - - - -


- - - - - - -

SAP Central Version 4.0b

Processing

Sales and Distribution Application

(One Server)

# Users 170 - 170 - 180 180 180

# Processors 2 - 2 - 2 2 2

Memory 2GB - 2GB - 2GB 2GB 2GB

# Hard Disk Drives

12 to 24 - 12 to 24 - 12 to 24 12 to 24 12 to 24

# RAID Adapters

>1 - >1 - >1 >1 >1


1 - 1 - 1 1 1


xSer

ies

205

3.06

GH

z/53

3MH

z-51

2KB

Pen

tiu

m 4

xSer

ies

206

3.0G

Hz/

800

MH

z-1M

BL

2 C

ach

e P

enti

um

4

xSer

ies

305

3.06

GH

z/53

3MH

z-51

2KB

Pen

tiu

m 4

xSer

ies

306

3.0G

Hz/

800M

Hz-

1MB

L2

Cac

he

Pen

tiu

m 4

xSer

ies

225

Du

al 3

.06G

Hz/

533M

Hz-

512K

B X

eon

xSer

ies

335

Du

al 3

.2G

Hz/

533M

Hz-

2MB

L3

Xeo

n

xSer

ies

345

Du

al 3

.2G

Hz/

533M

Hz-

2MB

L3

Xeo

n

xiii


xSer

ies

235

Du

al 3

.2G

Hz/

533M

Hz-

1MB

L3

Xeo

n

xSer

ies

255

Qu

ad 3

.0G

HZ

/40

0MH

z-4M

B L

3 X

eon

MP

xSer

ies

365

Qu

ad 3

.0G

HZ

/40

0MH

z-4M

B L

3 X

eon

MP

xSer

ies

382

Du

al 1

.5G

Hz/

400M

Hz-

6MB

L3

Itan

ium

21

xSer

ies

445

Fou

r-w

ay 3

.0G

Hz/

400M

Hz-

4MB

L3

Xeo

n M

P

xSer

ies

445

Eig

ht-

way

3.0

GH

z/40

0MH

z-4M

B L

3 X

eon

MP



# Users 13810 22190 27280 13280 27280 41600

# Processors 2 4 4 2 4 8

Memory 12GB 12GB 32GB 16GB 32GB 64GB

# Hard Disk Drives

70 to 90 110 to 130 130 to 160 60 to 80 130 to 170 210 to 250

# RAID Adapters

>2 or Fibre

>5 or Fibre >4 or Fibre >2 or Fibre >4 or Fibre

>4 or Fibre


1Gb 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb

File and Print

Application is stored locally. (For server stored applications - cut number of users in half).

# Users 6130 8780 9210 6750 9210 N/A

# Processors 2 4 4 2 4 -

Memory 4GB 4GB 4GB 4GB 4GB -

# Hard Disk Drives

50 to 70 75 to 100 75 to 100 55 to 75 75 to 100 -

# RAID Adapters

>2 or Fibre

>4 or Fibre >4 or Fibre >2 or Fibre >4 or Fibre

-


2 x 1Gb 2 x 1Gb 2 x 1Gb 2 x 1Gb 2 x 1Gb -

Lotus® Notes®

10% Power Users 40% Mail

50% Mail & DB

# Users 5530 6900 7250 - 7250 N/A

# Processors 2 4 4 - 4 -

Memory 3GB 4GB 4GB - 4GB -

# Hard Disk Drives

35 to 45 45 to 60 45 to 60 - 45 to 60 -

# RAID Adapters

>1 or Fibre

>2 or Fibre >2 or Fibre - >2 or Fibre

-


1Gb 1Gb 1Gb - 1 -

xiv COG

Notes:1. Performance numbers for the xSeries 382 are based on using 64-bit software applications.

Microsoft® Exchange Server 2000

100% Med Users

30MB Mailbox

# Users 3250 6000 - - - -

# Processors 2 4 - - - -

Memory 2GB 4GB - - - -

# Hard Disk Drives

22 34 - - - -

# RAID Adapters

1 1 - - - -


1 to 2 2 - - - -

SAP 3-Tier Distributed

Version 4.0b

Processing


# Users - 4800 - - - -

# Processors - 4 - - - -

Memory - >4GB - - - -

# Hard Disk Drives

- 48 to 60 - - - -

# RAID Adapters

- >3 - - - -


- 1 - - - -

SAP Central Version 4.0b

Processing


(One Server)

# Users 180 375 - - - -

# Processors 2 4 - - - -

Memory 2GB >2GB - - - -

# Hard Disk Drives

12 to 24 24 to 36 - - - -

# RAID Adapters

>1 >2 - - - -


1 1 - - - -


xSer

ies

235

Du

al 3

.2G

Hz/

533M

Hz-

1MB

L3

Xeo

n

xSer

ies

255

Qu

ad 3

.0G

HZ

/40

0MH

z-4M

B L

3 X

eon

MP

xSer

ies

365

Qu

ad 3

.0G

HZ

/40

0MH

z-4M

B L

3 X

eon

MP

xSer

ies

382

Du

al 1

.5G

Hz/

400M

Hz-

6MB

L3

Itan

ium

21

xSer

ies

445

Fou

r-w

ay 3

.0G

Hz/

400M

Hz-

4MB

L3

Xeo

n M

P

xSer

ies

445

Eig

ht-

way

3.0

GH

z/40

0MH

z-4M

B L

3 X

eon

MP

xv


xSer

ies

445

16-w

ay 3

.0G

Hz/

400M

Hz-

4MB

L3

Xeo

n M

P

xSer

ies

455

Qu

ad 1

.5G

Hz/

400M

Hz-

6MB

L3

Cac

he

Itan

ium

2

Bla

deC

ente

r (c

has

sis)

Bla

deC

ente

r H

S20

Du

al 3

.2G

Hz/

533M

Hz-

1MB

L3

Xeo

n

Bla

deC

ente

r H

S40

eSer

ver

325

Du

al A

MD

Op

tero

nM

odel

246

-1M

B L

2 C

ach

e1



# Users 57330 31370 180700 12900 19360 15190

# Processors 8 4 (BladeCenter

2 4 2

Memory 64GB 56GB numbers are 8GB 12GB 12GB

# Hard Disk Drives

290 to 340 150 to 190 derived by 60 to 80 100 to 120 75 to 90

# RAID Adapters

>4 or Fibre >4 or Fibre multiplying by

Fibre Fibre Fibre


1Gb 1Gb 14 HS20s) 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb

File and Print

Application is stored locally. (For server stored applications cut number of users in half).

# Users N/A 10140 24530 6130 7980 7670

# Processors - 4 (BladeCenter

2 4 2

Memory - 4GB numbers are 4GB 4GB 4GB

# Hard Disk Drives

- 85 to 110 derived by 50 to 70 65 to 90 65 to 90

# RAID Adapters

- >4 or Fibre multiplying by

Fibre Fibre Fibre


- 2 x 1Gb 14 HS20s) 2 x 1Gb 2 x 1Gb 2 x 1Gb

Lotus Notes

10% Power Users 40% Mail

50% Mail & DB

# Users N/A - 73770 5270 6850 6360

# Processors - - (BladeCenter

2 4 2

Memory - - numbers are 3GB 4GB 4GB

# Hard Disk Drives

- - derived by 30 to 45 40 to 55 40 to 50

# RAID Adapters

- - multiplying by

Fibre Fibre 2 or Fibre


- - 14 HS20s) 1Gb 1Gb 1Gb

xvi COG

Notes:1. Performance numbers for the eServer 325 are based on using 32-bit software applications. Usage of 64-bit

software applications may increase performance.

Microsoft Exchange Server2000

100% Med Users

30MB Mailbox

# Users - - 45500 3250

# Processors - - (BladeCenter

2

Memory - - numbers are 2GB

# Hard Disk Drives

- - derived by 32

# RAID Adapters

- - multiplying by

Fibre


- - 14 HS20s) 2

SAP 3-Tier Distributed Version 4.0b

Processing


# Users - - - -

# Processors - - - -

Memory - - - -

# Hard Disk Drives

- - - -

# RAID Adapters

- - - -


- - - -

SAP Central Version 4.0bProcessing


(One Server)

# Users - - - 180

# Processors - - - 2

Memory - - - 2GB

# Hard Disk Drives

- - - 12 to 24

# RAID Adapters

- - - Fibre


- - - 1


xSer

ies

445

16-w

ay 3

.0G

Hz/

400M

Hz-

4MB

L3

Xeo

n M

P

xSer

ies

455

Qu

ad 1

.5G

Hz/

400M

Hz-

6MB

L3

Cac

he

Itan

ium

2

Bla

deC

ente

r (c

has

sis)

Bla

deC

ente

r H

S20

Du

al 3

.2G

Hz/

533M

Hz-

1MB

L3

Xeo

n

Bla

deC

ente

r H

S40

eSer

ver

325

Du

al A

MD

Op

tero

nM

odel

246

-1M

B L

2 C

ach

e1

xvii

xviii COG

IntelliStation® Video Adapter Selection Guide

Vid

eo A

dap

ter1

Imag

ing

Du

al-h

ead

Gra

ph

ics

Mem

ory

Sig

nal

Wid

th

Res

olu

tion

Su

pp

orte

d(e

ach

hea

d)

Mon

itor

Con

nec

tor

Typ

e

Nu

mb

er/T

ype

Mon

itor

s S

up

por

ted

Sys

tem

Su

pp

ort2

3Dlabs Wildcat4™

71103, 4

extreme 3D Y 128/128MB

128/64-bit

2048 x 1536 (analog), 3820 x 2160 (digital)5

2 DVI-I 2 digital, hybrid or analog (any combination)

Z Pro 6221

NVIDIA Quadro FX 3400 PCle

High Advanced 3D

Y 256MB 256-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 3820 x 2400 (digital)5


M Pro 6225, Z Pro 6223

NVIDIA Quadro NVS

280 PCle

Performance 2D

Y 64MB 64-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 1280 x

1024 (digital)

2 DVI-D or 2 analog (both

require pigtails convert the

DMS59)

2 digital/hybrid or 2

analog/hybrid

M Pro 6225, Z Pro 6223,A Pro 6224

ATI FireGL V3100 PCle

Entry 3D Y 128MB 128-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 1600 x

1200 (digital)

1 DVI-I and 1 analog

1 digital/ hybrid or 2 analog/

hybrid

M Pro 6225

NVIDIA Quadro FX

4000

Extreme 3D Y 256MB 256-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 3820 x 2400 (digital)5

2 DVI-I 2 digital,hybrid or analog

(any combination)

A Pro 6224

NVIDIA Quadro FX

3000

extreme 3D Y 256MB 128-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 3820 x 2400 (digital)5


M Pro 6225

NVIDIA Quadro FX 1300 PCle

Advanced 3D Y 128MB 128-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 3820 x 2400 (digital)5


M Pro 6225, Z Pro 6223

NVIDIA Quadro FX

1100

Advanced 3D Y 128MB 128-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 3820 x 2400 (digital)5


A Pro 6224, M Pro 6230, Z Pro 6221

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004 xix

Notes:1. Available only as standard equipment in an IntelliStation workstation model or configured to order via

CTO.2. See IntelliStation system At-A-Glance sections to identify models that include these standard video

adapters.3. Requires more space than the planar provides between slots, preventing the installation of an optional

PCI adapter in the first PCI slot.4. Models shipped with this video adapter do not support video playback in DVD devices.5. The IBM T221 monitor (P/N 9503DG3) is required to run this mode. Smaller resolutions are available on

the digital port with other monitors.

NVIDIA Quadro FX

1000

extreme 3D Y 128MB 128-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 3820 x 2400 (digital)5


M Pro 6230, Z Pro 6221

NVIDIA Quadro4 980XGL

advanced 3D Y 128MB 128-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 3840 x 2400 (digital)5


M Pro 6230, Z Pro 6221


entry 3D Y 64MB 128-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 1600 x

1200 (digital)

analog (both require pigtails to convert the

LFH60)


analog/hybrid

M Pro 6220, M Pro 6230

NVIDIA Quadro FX 500 AGP


1200 (digital)

1 DVI-I and 1 Analog


analog/hybrid

M Pro 6230

NVIDIA Quadro4 280NVS

high-performance

2D

Y 64MB 128-bit 2048 x 1536 (analog), 1280 x

1024 (digital)

analog (both require pigtails to convert the

LFH60)


analog/hybrid

A Pro 6224, M Pro 6220,M Pro 6230, Z Pro 6221

Matrox Millennium G450 DVI


1024 (digital)

1 DVI-I 1 digital/hybrid or 2

analog/hybrid (requires pigtail

shipped with adapter)

Z Pro 6221

Vid

eo A

dap

ter1

Imag

ing

Du

al-h

ead

Gra

ph

ics

Mem

ory

Sig

nal

Wid

th

Res

olu

tion

Su

pp

orte

d(e

ach

hea

d)

Mon

itor

Con

nec

tor

Typ

e

Nu

mb

er/T

ype

Mon

itor

s S

up

por

ted

Sys

tem

Su

pp

ort2

xx COG

Chapter 1. IntelliStation M Pro 6220

Table 2. Intellistation M Pro 6220 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1

Pro

cess

or/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax)

Cac

he

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)2

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(AG

P)

Form

Fac

tor

On

boa

rd E

ther

net

(Mb

ps)

3

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler4

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

PC

I S

lots

(Tot

al/A

vail

)

6220-20U 2.8/800 1/1

512KB L2

256MB/4GB5


Low-profile

Desktop

1Gb IDE 40GB/160GB6

48x-20x CD-

ROM

3/1

3/3

6220-24U 2.8/800 1/1

512KB L2

512MB/4GB5


Low-profile

Desktop

1Gb SATA 80GB/320GB7

48x-20x CD-

ROM

3/1

3/3

6220-40U 3.2/800 1/1

512KB L2

256MB/4GB5


Low-profile

Desktop

1Gb IDE 40GB/160GB6

48x-20x CD-

ROM

3/1

3/3

6220-44U 3.2/800 1/1

512KB L2

512MB/4GB5


Low-profile

Desktop


48x-20x CD-

ROM

3/1

3/3

6220-50U 3.4/800 1/1

512KB L2

512MB/4GB5


Low-profile

Desktop

1Gb IDE 40GB/160GB6

48x-20x CD-

ROM

3/1

3/3

6220-54U 3.4/800 1/1

512KB L2

512MB/4GB8


Low-profile

Desktop


48x-20x CD-

ROM

3/1

3/3

6220-71U9 3.4/800 1/1

1MB L2

512MB/4GB8


Low-profile

Desktop


48x-20x CD-

ROM

3/1

3/3

6220-74U 3.4/800 1/1

1MB L2

512MB/4GB8


Low-profile

Desktop


48x-20x CD-

ROM

3/1

3/3

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004 1

Notes:1. IntelliStation M Pro 6220 also provides six USB ports (two in front, four in rear), two 9-pin serial ports

and one 25-pin parallel port. A floppy diskette drive is not provided. All models ship with a keyboard, mouse and a vertical floor stand. See “Power and Accessories” for a list of compatible monitors.

2. Maximum memory capacity may require replacement of the standard DIMMs.3. An Intel-based copper gigabit Ethernet controller is integrated into the planar.4. IDE models support two IDE HDDs and one IDE optical drive. SATA models support two SATA HDDs

and one IDE optical drive.5. Standard memory is PC2700 CL2.5 ECC DDR.6. Maximum storage is based on two 120GB IDE HDDs, which requires replacing the standard 40GB HDD.7. Maximum storage is based on two 80GB SATA HDDs.8. Standard memory is PC3200 CL3 ECC DDR.9. Ships preloaded with Red Hat Enterprise Linux® WS 3 operating system. Other models ship preloaded

with Microsoft Windows XP Professional.

Intellistation M Pro 6220 Memory Options

Notes:1. A single DIMM configuration is valid if installed in socket DIMM1. Otherwise,

DIMMs must be configured in matched pairs starting with DIMM sockets 1 and 3, then 2 and 4. Single DIMM models require the standard DIMM either be matched or removed, before adding additional memory in pairs.

2. All DIMM speeds within a configuration must match. All PC3200 or all PC2700.

SBB NumberOption

Number Memory Description1, 2

74P5096 06P4053 256MB PC2700 ECC DDR UDIMM

74P5097 06P4054 512MB PC2700 DDR UDIMM

74P5098 06P4055 1GB PC2700 ECC DDR UDIMM




2 COG

Intellistation M Pro 6220 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage

SBB

NumberOption

Number Description Bays Supported HeightMaximum Quantity

SATA HDDs1, 2

- 22P7185 40GB Serial ATA HDD 1, 3 SL 2

74P5102 09N4253 80GB 7200rpm Serial ATA 1, 3 SL 2

90P0581 09N4254 160GB 7200rpm Serial ATA 1, 3 SL 2

- 73P8006 250GB 7200rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD3 1, 3 SL 2

IDE HDDs1, 4

74P5145 22P7157 40GB 7200 rpm ATA-100 (EIDE) HDD 1, 3 SL 2

49P2895 09N4226 80GB 7200 rpm ATA-100 (EIDE) HDD 1, 3 SL 2

Fixed (Nonhot-swap) Ultra320 HDDs

- 26K5678 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD 1, 3 SL 2

- 26K5679 73GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD 1, 3 SL 2

- 90P1314 146GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD 1, 3 SL 2

Chapter 1. IntelliStation M Pro 6220 3

Notes:1. Standard HDD installed in bay three for both SATA and IDE models.2. SATA models support a maximum of two SATA devices and one IDE device.3. Installation of this HDD option will require removing the simple-swap tray that ships with the HDD.4. EIDE models support a maximum of three IDE devices including CD-ROM drives and HDDs.5. Standard optical drive is installed in Bay 1.

Notes:

1. A diskette drive does not ship with any model.

Figure 1. M Pro 6220 front view

Optical Drives5

71P8149 10K3782 48x-20x CD-ROM Black Internal IDE Drive 2 HH 1

90P4239 22P7042 48x/32x/48x Max CD-RW Drive 2 HH 1

02R3278 22P6950 16x Max RAM-Read DVD-ROM Drive 2 HH 1

26K8792 73P3300 48X/32X/48X/16X Max CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combination Drive

2 HH 1

26K8793 73P3305 Multi-Burner Plus 2 HH 1

Bay Form Factor Height Front Access Usage1

1 89mm (3.5in) SL No HDD

2 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Std. Optical

3 89mm (3.5in) SL No Std. HDD

SBB Number

Option Number Description Bays Supported Height

Maximum Quantity

4 COG

Intellistation M Pro 6220 I/O Options

Notes:1. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot transfers data at 32-bit rates. Adapters rated at 66MHz or

higher will operate at 33MHz when installed in a 33MHz slot.2. IntelliStation M Pro 6220 has three half-length PCI expansion slots on a single 32-bit, 33MHz bus.3. Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as

the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.4. Wake on LAN® is supported through PCI networking adapters that provide this function.5. The integrated 10/100/1000 Intel-based Ethernet controller supports Wake on LAN.

Figure 2. M Pro 6220 rear view

SBB Number

Option Number Description

Adapter Length

PCI Support1

Slots Supported2

Storage Controllers

- 71P8648 ServeRAID-7t SATA Controller Half 64-bit 1 ... 3

- 13N2249 Ultra320 SCSI Controller 23 Half 64-bit 1 ... 3

Networking4, 5

31P9605 31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel

Half 64-bit 1 ... 3

- 73P2701 PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel

Half 64-bit 1 ... 3

Other I/O

31P7205 31P7201 V.90 Data/Fax Soft Modem Half 32-bit 1 ... 3


Intellistation M Pro 6220 Power and Accessories

Notes:

1. IntelliStation M Pro 6220 ships standard with a keyboard and mouse.

SBB NumberOption

Number Description

Power

IntelliStation M Pro 6220 includes a 200w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.

Tower Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)

- 21301TX UPS750TLV

- 21302TX UPS750THV

- 21303TX UPS1000TLV

- 21304TX UPS1000THV



Monitors

- 673766N C170 ThinkVision 17in CRT Flat Panel Monitor (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), business black

- 9503DG3 T221 Flat Panel Monitor 22.2in (564mm, 22.2in viewable image), business black

- 673560N C220p ThinkVision 22in CRT Flat Screen Monitor (508mm, 20in viewable image), business black

- 6636HB1 L150p ThinkVision 15in LCD Flat Panel Monitor (381mm, 15in viewable image), business black


Keyboard and Mouse

02R3206 31P7415 Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys business black

02R3421 28L3673 Sleek 2-Button Mouse, business black

02R3434 31P8700 Optical 3-button Scrollpoint Pro Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 and USB

- 33L3252 SpaceBall 3D Input Device

Other Accessories

- 05K9276 USB Portable Diskette Drive

6 COG

Chapter 2. Intellistation M Pro 6225


Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(PC

le)

Form

Fac

tor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

4

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler5

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)6,

7

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)8

6225-10Y

3.4/800 - 1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

NVIDIA Quadro NVS 280

Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

40GB/750GB9

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

5/3

4/3

6225-11Y

3.4/800 - 1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

ATI FireGL V3100

Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

73.4GB/440.4GB10

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

5/3

4/3

6225-20Y

3.6/800 - 1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

ATI FireGL V3100

Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB11

CD-RW (48x/32x

/48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-22Y

3.6/800 - 1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX 1300

Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB11

CD-RW (48x/32x

/48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-23Y

3.6/800 - 1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

73.4GB/440.4GB10

CD-RW (48x/32x

/48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-25Y

3.6/800 - 1MB

L2

1/1

1GB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

73.4GB/440.4GB10

CD-RW (48x/32x

/48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-26Y12

3.6/800 - 1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB11

CD-RW (48x/32x

/48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-32Y

3.8/800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB11

CD-RW (48x/32x

/48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-35Y

3.8/800-1MB L2

1/1

1GB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

73.4GB/440.4GB10

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3


6225-36Y12

3.8/800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB11

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-40Y

3.0/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

512MB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-42Y

3.0/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

1GB/4GB

ATI FireGL V3100

Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-44Y

3.0/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

1GB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-50Y

3.2/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

1GB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-52Y

3.2/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

1GB/4GB

ATI FireGL V3100

Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-54Y

3.2/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

1GB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)5/3

4/3

6225-64Y

3.4/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

1GB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-66Y

3.4/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

2GB/4GB

ATI FireGL V7100

Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-67Y

3.4/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

2GB/4GB

ATI FireGL V7100

Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

73.4GB/440.4GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-74Y

3.6/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

2GB/4GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/750GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

6225-79Y

3.6/800 -

2MB L2

1/1

2GB/4GB

3DLabs Realizm

800

Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

73.4GB/440.4GB

CD-RW (48x/32x/

48x)

5/3

4/3

Table 3. Intellistation M Pro 6225 At-A-GlanceP

art N

um

ber

1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(PC

le)

Form

Fac

tor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

4

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler5

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)6,

7

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)8

8 COG

Notes:1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are

not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 6225-10Y is 6225-10U. See the product-specific, Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for the A.P. geography follows the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator.

2. Intel Pentium 4 microprocessor with Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), L2 cache and an 800MHz front-side bus.

3. PCD2-3200 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMMs. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs.4. Single-port Broadcom 5721 copper gigabit Ethernet controller with Wake-on-Lan support.5. SCSI models provide a single-channel, U320 SCSI controller implemented via a mini-PCI SCSI adapter.

SATA models provide two SATA controllers, supporting one SATA HDD per controller.6. Maximum storage capacity for SCSI models is based on three 250GB SATA HDDs which requires

installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t controller and replacement of the standard HDD. Standard configuration supports two SATA HDDs.

7. Maximum storage capacity for SCSI models is based on three 146.8GB SCSI HDDs.8. The standard graphics adapter occupies slot 2.9. Model ships standard with a single 40GB, 7200 rpm SATA HDD.10. Model ships standard with a single 73.4GB, 10K rpm SCSI HDD.11. Model ships standard with a single 80GB, 7200 rpm SATA HDD.12. Ships with Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 License. Other models ship preloaded with Microsoft

Windows XP Professional.

Note: Intellistation M Pro 6225 also provides eight USB ports (two in front, six in rear), two IEEE 1394A ports (one front/one rear), two 9-pin serial ports and one 25-pin parallel port. A diskette drive is not provided. All models ship with a keyboard and mouse. See’Power and Accessories’ for power information.


Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(PC

le)

Form

Fac

tor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

4

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler5

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)6,

7

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)8

Chapter 2. Intellistation M Pro 6225 9

Intellistation M Pro 6225 Memory Options

Notes:1. Quantity two of each SBB PN must be ordered to equal its corresponding option.

SBB Number1 Option Number Memory Options

25K9324 73P3524 512MB (2x256MB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM Kit

25K9325 73P3525 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM Kit

73P3629 73P3526 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM Kit

Note: 4Gb of memory is supported via four DIMM slots. A single DIMM configuration is valid if installed in socket DIMM 1. Otherwise, DIMMs must be configured in matched pairs starting with DIMM sockets 1 and 3, then 2 and 4. Single DIMM models require the standard DIMM either be matched or removed, before adding additional memory in pairs.

Standard DIMM Configuration

Model Std. DIMM Configuration

40Y and all 1XY, 2XY and 3XY models except 25Y

and 35Y

2 x 256MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM

25Y, 35Y, 42Y, 44Y, 64Y and all 5XY models

2 x 512MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM

66Y, 67Y and all 7XY models

2 x 1GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM

10 COG

Figure 3. M Pro 6225 system board


Intellistation M Pro 6225 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage Options

Notes:1. Installation may require removing standard devices.2. Three SATA HDDs are supported with the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t controller. Two

HDDs are supported in the standard configuration.3. Installation of this HDD option will require removing the simple-swap tray that ships with the HDD.

SBB Number

Option Number Description Height

Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity2


- 26K5678 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 3, 4, 5 3

- 26K5679 73GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 3, 4, 5 3

32P0753 32P0723 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 1, 2 3

32P0751 32P0784 36.4GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 3, 4, 5 3



- 90P1314 146GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 3, 4, 5 3


Fixed SATA HDDs

25K9321 22P7185 40GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD SL 3, 4, 5 3

74P5102 09N4253 80GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD SL 3, 4, 5 3

90P0581 09N4254 160GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD SL 3, 4, 5 3

26K7188 73P8006 250GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD3 SL 3, 4, 5 3

Optical Devices

32P8852 10K3782 48x-20x Max CD-ROM Drive HH 1, 2 2

90P4239 22P7042 48x/32x/48x Max CD-RW Drive HH 1, 2 2

26K8793 73P3305 Multi-Burner Plus HH 1, 2 2

26K8792 73P3300 48x/32x/48x/16x Max CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combination Drive

HH 1, 2 2

02R3278 22P6950 16x Max RAM-Read DVD-ROM Drive HH 1, 2 2

12 COG


Bay Form Factor Height Front Access Usage


2 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Optical/Tape/Zip

3 89mm (3.5in) SL Yes HDD/Tape/Zip

4 89mm (3.5in) SL Yes HDD



Intellistation M Pro 6225 I/O Options

Notes:

1. Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.

2. Due to homologation variances, modem availability may differ by country.


SBB Number


Adapter Length PCI Support

Slots Supported

Storage Controllers

71P8651 71P8648 ServeRAID-7t SATA Controller Half 64-bit/66MHz

3, 4

- 13N2249 Ultra320 SCSI Controller 21 Half 64-bit/66MHz

3, 4

Networking

73P2705 73P2701 PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Ethernet Adapter Half 64-bit / 133MHz 3, 4

- 06P3601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter Half 32-bit/33MHz 3, 4

Other I/O

- 33L4618 V.90 PCI Data/Fax Modem2 Half 32-bit / 33MHz 3, 4

14 COG

Intellistation M Pro 6225 Power and Accessories

Notes:1. For runtimes and UPS attributes, see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.


Power

Intellistation M Pro 6225 includes a single 400w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.

Tower Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)1

21301TX UPS750TLV

21302TX UPS750THV

21303TX UPS1000TLV

21304TX UPS1000THV

21305TX UPS1500TLV

21306TX UPS1500THV

SBB Number


Monitors

- 6734AC0 C170 ThinkVision 17in (17in viewable image), analog LCD business black monitor

- 9503DG5 T221 Stealth Black Color Monitor

- 673960N C190 ThinkVision 19in CRT Flat Screen Monitor, business black






Keyboard and Mouse

- 31P7415 Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys, business black

- 73P2620 USB Keyboard Enhanced Performance Keyboard - US English

- 31P8950 USB Keyboard with UltraNav - US English

- 31P9490 USB Travel Keyboard with UltraNav - US English

- 28L3673 Sleek 2-Button Mouse, business black


Intellistation M Pro 6225 Tape Options

Notes:1. The standard optical drive is installed in bay 1.

13M7124 06P4069 USB Optical Wheel Mouse

02R3486 31P7405 Optical 3-button ScrollPoint Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 and USB

02R3434 31P8700 Optical 3-button ScrollPoint Pro Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 and USB


Other Accessories

- 22P9228 256MB USB 2.0 Memory Key

- 22P9230 512MB USB 2.0 Memory Key

- 22P7196 Portable 40GB USB 2.0 Hard Drive with Rescue and Recovery


SBB Number

Option Number Tape Drives

Bays Supported1

SCSI/IDE Interface Form Factor

Ext Tape Enclosures

49P3228 48P7042 20/40GB TR7 Internal IDE Tape Drive

2, 3 Std. IDE 89mm (3.5in) SL or 133mm (5.25in) HH

-

32P8861 00N7991 20/40GB DDS/4 4mm Internal Tape Drive

2 Ultra2(16-bit)

89mm (3.5in) HH or 133mm

(5.25in) HH

4559HHX

71P9176 71P9145 36/72GB DDS/5 Internal SCSI Tape Drive

2 Ultra2(16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

-

External Tape Enclosures

- 4559HHX Half-High Tape Enclosure

- Ultra160(16-bit)

Desktop or Rack Shelf (2.52in tall)

-

Note: An IDE tape drive can be connected to the standard 2-drop IDE cable on all models. SCSI tape drives on SCSI models can be connected to the standard 3-drop SCSI cable when two or less SCSI HDDs are installed. SCSI tape drives on SCSI models with three HDDs and all SATA models require an optional SCSI controller. External connections on all models require an optional SCSI controller.

Note: Additional tape drive and tape library attributes, requirements and options can be found in the Tape Drive Attributes and Tape Library Attributes appendices, respectively.

SBB Number


16 COG

Chapter 3. IntelliStation M Pro 6230

Table 4. IntelliStation M Pro 6230 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

Pro

cess

ors/

FSB

Sp

eed

(GH

/MH

z)

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax)

Cac

he

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(AG

P)

Form

Fac

tor

On

boa

rd E

ther

net

(Mb

ps)

4

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler5

IEE

E 1

394

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)6

Op

tica

l Dri

ve (I

DE

)

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

PC

I S

lots

(Tot

al/A

vail

6230-20U 2.8/800

1/1

512KB L2

256MB/4GB7


Tower 1Gb IDE N 40GB/240GB8

48x-20x CD-ROM

7/4

5/5

6230-27U 2.8/800

1/1

512KB L2

512MB/4GB7


Tower 1Gb IDE Y 40GB/240GB8

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

6230-38U 3.0/800

1/1

512KB L2

512MB/4GB7


Tower 1Gb U320 Y 36.4GB/587.2GB9

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

6230-39U 3.0/800

1/1

512KB L2

1GB/ 4GB7


Tower 1Gb U320 Y 36.4GB/587.2GB9

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/310

5/411

6230-41U 3.2/800

1/1

512KB L2

512MB/4GB7


Tower 1Gb SATA Y 80GB/320GB12

48x-20x CD-ROM

7/4

5/5

6230-49U 3.2/800

1/1

512KB L2

1GB/ 4GB7


Tower 1Gb U320 Y 36.4GB/587.26GB9

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/310

5/411

6230-51U 3.4/800

1/1

512KB L2

512MB/4GB13


Tower 1Gb SATA Y 80GB/320GB12

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

6230-52U 3.4/800

1/1

512KB L2

512MB/4GB13


Tower 1Gb SATA N 80GB/320GB12

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

6230-55U14

3.4/800

1/1

512KB L2

1GB/4GB13


Tower 1Gb U320 Y 36.4GB/587.26GB9

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

6230-56U 3.4/800

1/1

512KB L2

1GB/4GB13


Tower 1Gb U320 Y 36.4GB/587.26GB9

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

6230-58U 3.4/800

1/1

512KB L2

1GB/4GB13


Tower 1Gb U320 Y 36.4GB/587.26GB9

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5


Notes:1. IntelliStation M Pro 6230 also provides six USB ports (two in front, four in rear), two 9-pin serial ports

and one 25-pin parallel port. Select models have two IEEE 1394 ports (one front, one rear). All provides ship with a keyboard and mouse. See ’Power and Accessories’ for a list of compatible monitors. All models are rack-mountable using an optional tower-to-rack conversion kit, or they can be turned on the side and installed as desktop units capable of supporting the weight of a monitor.

2. Unless otherwise footnoted, models ship preloaded with Microsoft Windows XP Professional.3. Maximum memory capacity may require replacement of the standard DIMMs.4. An Intel-based copper gigabit Ethernet controller is integrated into the planar.5. Describes the storage controller to which the standard HDD is attached. All models include two Serial

ATA (SATA) controllers supporting one device each. All models also include an integrated ATA-100 IDE controller. Four IDE devices are supported in IDE models and three IDE devices in SCSI models. SCSI models include an integrated single-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller that supports up to four nonhot-swap SCSI HDDs attached with a standard four-drop terminated LVD SCSI cable.

6. Maximum storage capacity assumes all drives are of the same type. Higher maximum capacities may be possible by mixing SATA HDDs with IDE HDDs or by mixing SATA HDDs with SCSI HDDs.

7. Standard memory is PC2700 CL2.5 ECC DDR.8. Maximum storage is based on three 80GB IDE HDDs, which requires replacing the standard 40GB HDD.9. Maximum storage is based on four 146.8GB SCSI HDDs which requires replacing the standard 36.4GB

HDD.

6230-59U 3.4/800

1/1

512KB L2

1GB/4GB13


Tower 1Gb U320 Y 36.4GB/587.26GB9

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/310

5/511

6230-61U 3.2/800

1/1

1MB L2

512MB/4GB13



48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

6230-65U 3.2/800

1/1

1MB L2

1GB/4GB13



48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

6230-72U 3.4/800

1/1

1MB L2

512MB/4GB13



48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

6230-75U15

3.4/800

1/1

1MB L2

1GB/4GB13


Tower 1Gb U320 Y 36.4GB/587.26GB9

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

6230-78U 3.4/800

1/1

1MB L2

1GB/4GB13


Tower 1Gb U320 Y 36.4GB/587.26GB9

48x/24x/48x CD-

RW

7/4

5/5

Table 4. IntelliStation M Pro 6230 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

Pro

cess

ors/

FSB

Sp

eed

(GH

/MH

z)

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax)

Cac

he

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(AG

P)

Form

Fac

tor

On

boa

rd E

ther

net

(Mb

ps)

4

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler5

IEE

E 1

394

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)6

Op

tica

l Dri

ve (I

DE

)

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

PC

I S

lots

(Tot

al/A

vail

18 COG

10. The NVIDIA Quadro FX 1000 and NVIDIA Quadro FX 3000 video adapters require the use of one power drop that would normally be used for an IDE or SCSI device. In SCSI models with one of these adapters installed, one media bay will not be available for installation of a SCSI or IDE device.

11. Installation of the NVIDIA Quadro FX 3000 video adapter physically prevents installation of a PCI adapter in slot PCI 1.

12. Maximum storage is based on two 160GB SATA HDDs which requires replacing the standard 80GB HDD.

13. Standard memory is PC3200 CL3 ECC DDR.14. Ships with a PC DOS 2000 License and is not preloaded with an operating system.15. Ships preloaded with Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 operating system.

IntelliStation M Pro 6230 Memory Options

Notes:1. A single DIMM configuration is valid if installed in socket DIMM1, otherwise

DIMMs must be configured in matched pairs starting with DIMM sockets 1 and 3, then 2 and 4. Single DIMMs require the standard DIMM either be matched or removed, before adding additional memory in pairs.

2. All DIMM speeds within a configuration must match. All PC3200 or all PC2700.

SBB NumberOption



74P5097 06P4054 512MB PC2700 DDR UDIMM






IntelliStation M Pro 6230 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage Options

SBB

NumberOption

Number Description HeightBays

SupportedMaximum Quantity

SATA HDDs1, 2

- 22P7185 40GB Serial ATA HDD SL 4, 5, 6, 7 24

74P5102 09N4253 80GB 7200rpm Serial ATA3 SL 4, 5, 6, 7 24

90P0581 09N4254 160GB 7200rpm Serial ATA SL 4, 5, 6, 7 24

- 73P8006 250GB 7200rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD5 SL 4, 5, 6, 7 24

EIDE HDDs6

74P5145 22P7157 40GB 7200rpm ATA-100 (EIDE) HDD7 SL 4, 6, 7 3

49P2895 09N4226 80GB 7200rpm ATA-100 (EIDE) HDD SL 4, 6, 7 3

Fixed (Nonhot-swap) Ultra320 SCSI HDDs8, 9

- 26K5678 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 4, 5, 6, 7 4

- 26K5679 73GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 4, 5, 6, 7 4

32P0753 32P0723 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 4, 5, 6, 7 4


- 90P1314 146GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 4, 5, 6, 7 4

20 COG

Notes:1. Up to two SATA HDDs can be installed in EIDE and SCSI models. Each SATA HDD option ships with

one SATA cable.2. SATA models support a maximum of two SATA devices and three IDE devices.3. Standard HDD on SATA models. Installed in bay seven.4. Four SATA HDDs are supported with the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t RAID controller.5. Installation of this HDD option will require removing the simple-swap tray that ships with the HDD.6. IDE models support a maximum of four IDE devices.7. Standard HDD on EIDE models. Installed in bay six.8. Standard HDD on EIDE models. Installed in bay six.9. Mixing of 10,000rpm and 15,000rpm HDDs is allowed.10. Standard optical drive is installed in Bay 1.

Notes:1. Supports removable media devices only. Hard disk drives are not supported.2. IDE HDDs are not supported in bay five.

32P0755 32P0725 146.8GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD - 4, 5, 6, 7 4



Optical Drives10

71P8149 10K3782 48x-20x CD-ROM Black Internal IDE Drive HH 1, 2 2




HH 1, 2 2



1 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Std. Optical1

2 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Optical, Tape, Zip1

3 89mm (3.5in) SL Yes Std. FDD

4 89mm (3.5in) SL Yes HDD, Tape, Zip

5, 6 89mm (3.5in) SL No HDD2


SBB Number


Bays Supported

Maximum Quantity



IntelliStation M Pro 6230 I/O Options

SBB Number


Adapter Length

PCI Support1

Slots Supported2, 3

Storage Controllers

71P8651 71P8648 ServeRAID-7t SATA Controller Half 64-bit 1 ... 5


1 ... 5

Networking5, 6

02R3435 22P6501 Pro/1000 T Desktop Ethernet Adapter by Intel

Half 32-bit 1 ... 5


Half 64-bit 1 ... 5

- 73P2701 PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel

Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

31P6301 NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter (copper)

Half 64-bit 1 ... 5

Communications

32P8862 33L4618 V.90 PCI Data/Fax Modem Half 32-bit 1 ... 5

- 31P7201 V.90 Data/Fax Soft Modem Half 32-bit 1 ... 5

22 COG

Notes:1. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot transfers data at 32-bit rates. Adapters rated at 66MHz or

higher will operate at 33MHz when installed in a 33MHz slot.2. IntelliStation M Pro 6230 has five full-length PCI expansion slots on a single 32-bit, 33MHz bus.3. Models with the NVIDIA Quadro FX 1000 or 3000 video adapter installed will not have access to PCI slot

1. These adapters physically prevent installation of a PCI adapter in slot PCI 1.4. Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as

the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.5. The integrated 10/100/1000 Intel-based Ethernet controller supports Wake on LAN.6. Wake on LAN® is supported through PCI networking adapters that provide this function.



IntelliStation M Pro 6230 Power and Accessories

SBB NumberOption

Number Description

Power

IntelliStation M Pro 6230 includes a 340w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.


- 21301TX UPS750TLV

- 21302TX UPS750THV





- 32P1020 APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMB

- 32P1022 APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMiB

Monitors







Conversion Kit

- 09N4300 4Ux20D Tower-to-Rack Kit

Keyboard and Mouse1

02R3452 31P7415 Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys business black2


02R3434 31P8700 Optical 3-button Scrollpoint Pro Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 and USB



Other Accessories

02R3451 00N8078 250MB IDE Internal Zip Drive3

- 05K9276 Portable USB Diskette Drive

24 COG

Notes:1. IntelliStation M Pro 6230 ships standard with an IBM 104-key keyboard and three-button mouse.2. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a

keyboard try with a flat panel display.3. Supported in bays 1, 2 and 4. Hardware for installing into a 5.25in bay is included with the option.

IntelliStation M Pro 6230 Tape Options

Notes:1. IDE models and external tape enclosures require an optional SCSI controller in order to support SCSI

tape drives.2. The standard optical drive is installed in bay 1.

SBB Number

Option Number Tape Drives1

Bays Supported2

Storage Interface Form Factor

Ext Tape Enclosures


2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

89mm (3.5in) SL or

133mm (5.25in) HH

-


2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

89mm (3.5in) SL or

133mm (5.25in) HH

-


2 - 89mm (3.5in) SL or

133mm (5.25in) HH

-

- 59P6746 80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive

2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

-

Associated Options

Note: SCSI models include an integrated single-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller, a 68-pin, four-drop multimode terminated U320 SCSI cable and a two-drop IDE cable. IDE models include two two-drop IDE cables. SATA models include a one-drop IDE cable attached to the standard optical drive and one two-drop IDE cable.



26 COG

Chapter 4. Intellistation Z Pro 6223

Intellistation Z Pro (6223) also provides six USB ports (two front/four rear), two IEEE 1394A ports (one front/one rear), two 9-pin serial ports and one 25-pin parallel port. A keyboard and mouse is also provided. A diskette drive is not provided.

Table 5. Intellistation Z Pro 6223 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(PC

le)

Form

Fac

tor4

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

5

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7,

8

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

PC

I S

lots

(Tot

al/A

vail

)

6223-10Y

3.4/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB /16GB

NVIDIA Quadro 280NVS

Mini-tower

1GB SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

6/4

6/5

6223-11Y

3.4/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro 280NVS

Mini-tower

1GB SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB

CD-RW (48x-24x-

48x)

6/4

6/5

6223-14Y

3.4/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

3400

Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-21Y

3.6/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

1300

Mini-tower

1GB SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB

CD-RW (48x-24x-

48x)

6/4

6/5

6223-22Y

3.6/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

1300

Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW (48x-24x-

48x)

6/4

6/5

6223-23Y

3.6/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

3400

Mini-tower

1GB SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-24Y

3.6/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

3400

Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-28Y10

3.6/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

1300

Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW (48x-24x-

48x)

6/4

6/5


6223-29Y10

3.6/800 1MB L2

2/2

1GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

3400

Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW (48x-24x-

48x)

6/4

6/5

6223-12Y

3.4/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB /16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

1400

Mini-tower

1GB SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-26Y

3.6/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

ATI FireGL V7100

PCIExpress

Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-27Y

3.6/800 1MB L2

2/2

2GB/16GB

3DLabs Wildcat Realizm

800

Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-31Y

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB


PCIExpress

Mini-tower

1GB SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-41Y

3.2/800 2MB L2

1/2

1GB /16GB


PCIExpress

Mini-tower

1GB SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-42Y

3.2/800 2MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-43Y

3.2/800 2MB L2

2/2

2GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

1400

Mini-tower

1GB SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-51Y

3.4/800 2MB L2

1/2

2GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

1400

Mini-tower

1GB SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-52Y

3.4/800 2MB L2

2/2

1GB /16GB


800

Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

Table 5. Intellistation Z Pro 6223 At-A-GlanceP

art N

um

ber

1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(PC

le)

Form

Fac

tor4

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

5

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7,

8

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

PC

I S

lots

(Tot

al/A

vail

)

28 COG

Notes:1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model number which are not

orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 6223-10Y is 6223-10U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.

2. Intel Xeon processor with Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), L2 cache and an 800MHz (quad-pumped) Front Side Bus (FSB).

3. High-speed, two-way interleaved PC2-3200 RDIMMs. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs.

4. A 5U tower-to-rack conversion kit is available. See ’Power and Accessories.’5. Broadcom 5721 copper gigabit Ethernet controller with Wake-on-LAN support.6. Integrated dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI storage controller on SCSI models, two SATA controllers on

SATA models supporting one SATA HDD per controller. Both the SCSI and SATA integrated controllers support Integrated ServeRAID-7e (RAID-0 and RAID-1).

7. Maximum storage capacity for SATA models is based on four 250GB SATA HDDs which requires installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t RAID controller and replacement of the standard HDD. Standard configuration will support two SATA HDDs.

8. Maximum storage capacity for SCSI models is based on three 146.8GB HDDs.9. The standard graphics adapter occupies the PCI Express slot.10. Ships with Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 License. Other models ship preloaded with Microsoft

Windows XP Professional.

6223-53Y10

3.4/800 2MB L2

2/2

2GB/16GB

NVIDIA Quadro FX

1400

Mini-tower

1GB SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-64Y

3.6/800 2MB L2

2/2

2GB/16GB

ATI FireGL V7100

PCIExpress

Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

6223-68Y10

3.6/800 2MB L2

2/2

2GB/16GB


800

Mini-tower

1GB U320 Fixed SCSI

73GB/587.2GB

CD-RW/DVD

(48x-32x-48x-16x)

6/4

6/5

Table 5. Intellistation Z Pro 6223 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(PC

le)

Form

Fac

tor4

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

5

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7,

8

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

PC

I S

lots

(Tot

al/A

vail

)

Chapter 4. Intellistation Z Pro 6223 29

Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Processor Options

Notes:

1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.

Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Memory Options

Notes:1. Quantity two of each SBB PN must be ordered to equal its corresponding option.2. Supports Chipkill. Mixing Chipkill DIMMs with nonChipkill DIMMs will disable all Chipkill function.3. 2GB DIMMs can only be installed in slots 1, 2, 3 and 4. If mixing 2GB DIMMs with other size DIMMs,

only two 2GB DIMMs can be installed and they must be installed in slots 1 and 2.

SBB Number

Option Number Processor Options SMP Support1

90P1032 13N0674 3.4GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 1xY

90P1050 13N0675 3.6GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 2xY

- 25R8900 3.0GHz/800MHz-2MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 3xY

- 25R8901 3.2GHz/800MHz-2MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 4xY

- 13N0676 3.4GHz/800MHz-2MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 5xY

- 13N0678 3.6GHz/800MHz-2MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 6xY

Note: Z Pro (6223) processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T).


90P0870 73P3523 512MB (2x256MB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit

90P1218 73P3522 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit

73P2873 73P2865 1GB (2x512MB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit2

73P2874 73P2866 2GB (2x1GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit2

73P2875 73P2867 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit2, 3

73P4794 73P4792 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-3200 Single Rank ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit

Note: 8GB of memory is supported via six DIMM slots with currently available options. Z Pro (6223) supports 16GB of memory using the 4GB Single Rank DIMM. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is required beginning with DIMM slots 1 and 2, then 3 and 4, then 5 and 6.


10Y 2 x 256MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM

11Y, 12Y, 14Y, 2xY except for 27Y, 3xY, 4xY except

for 43Y and 52Y

2 x 512MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM

27Y, 43Y, 51Y, 6xY 2 x 1GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM

30 COG

Figure 8. Z Pro 6223 System Board

Slot 6, PCI-X

Battery Microprocessor 2 Microprocessor 1

Slot 5, PCI-X

Slot 4, PCI-X

Slot 3, PCI

Slot 2, PCI

Slot 1, PCIExpress x16 DIMM 5

DIMM 4DIMM 3

DIMM 2

DIMM 1

DIMM 6


Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage Options

Notes:1. May require removing standard devices.2. Four SATA HDDs are supported with the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t controller. Two

HDDs are supported in the standard configuration.3. Mixing SATA and SCSI HDDs is not supported.4. Installation of this HDD option will require removing the simple-swap tray that ships with the HDD.5. Required to enable a 68-pin high density external SCSI connector. Connects to the second channel of the

integrated SCSI controller.

SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Max Qty2

SATA HDDs3

- 22P7185 40GB Serial ATA HDD SL 3 ... 6 4

74P5102 09N4253 80GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD SL 3 ... 6 4

90P0581 09N4254 160GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD SL 3 ... 6 4

- 73P8006 250GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD4 SL 3 ... 6 4


- 26K5678 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 3 ... 6 4

- 26K5679 73GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 3 ... 6 4

32P0753 32P0723 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 3 ... 6 4




- 90P1314 146GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 3 ... 6 4


Optical Devices

32P8852 10K3782 48x-20x CD-ROM Internal IDE Drive (Black) HH 1, 2 2


90P4239 22P7042 48x/32x/48x Max CD-RW HH 1, 2 2


HH 1, 2 2


32 COG

Notes:

1. Standard HDD is installed in bay 6.

Figure 9. Z Pro 6223 Front View

Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Bay Usage


1 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Optical

2 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Optical/Tape/Zip

3 89mm (3.25in) SL Yes FDD/HDD

4 ... 6 89mm (3.25in) SL No HDD1

Note: HDDs are installed in the following order: bays 6, 5 and 4.


Intellistation Z Pro 6223 I/O Options

Notes:1. Currently only one type of RAID is supported at a time; for example, ServeRAID-7e (RAID-0 or RAID-1

with integrated controller), ServeRAID-4Lx or ServeRAID-7t, etc.2. Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as

the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.3. Due to homologation variances, modem availability may differ by country.

SBB Number



Slots Supported

Storage Controllers1

- 13N2190 ServeRAID-6i+ Integrated RAID Controller Half 64-bit/133MHz

5

- 71P8648 ServeRAID-7t SATA Controller Half 64-bit/66MHz

4 ... 6


4 ... 6

Networking

- 73P2701 Pro/1000 MT Dual Port Ethernet Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

4 ... 6

02R3435 22P6501 Pro/1000T Desktop Adapter by Intel Half 32-bit/33MHz

2 ... 6

24P9559 22P4501 Intel Pro/100S Desktop Ethernet Adapter Half 32-bit 2 ... 6

Other I/O

32P8862 33L4618 V.90 PCI Data/Fax Modem3 Half 32-bit/33MHz

2, 3

34 COG

Figure 10. Z Pro 6223 Rear View


Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Power and Accessories

SBB

NumberOption

Number Description

Power

- - Intellistation Z Pro 6223 includes a 530w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.


- 21301TX UPS750TLV

- 21302TX UPS750THV





Rack-mount Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)


- 32P1022 APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMiB

Rack/Tower Conversion Kits


Monitors

- 673766N C170 ThinkVision 17in CRT Flat Screen Monitor (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), business black

- 673960N C190 ThinkVision 19in CRT Flat Screen Monitor (457.3mm, 18in viewable image), business black






Keyboard and Mouse1

02R3206 31P7415 Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys, Business Black



02R3421 28L3673 Sleek 2-Button Mouse, Business Black




36 COG

Notes:

1. Intellistation Z Pro 6223 ships standard with an IBM 104-key keyboard and three-button mouse.

Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Tape Options

Notes:1. Installation may require removing a standard device.

Other Accessories

- 05K9276 Portable USB Diskette Drive

02R3451 00N8078 250MB IDE Internal Zip Drive

SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Interface (bit) Form Factor

Ext Tape Encl


1, 2, 3 Std. IDE 89mm (3.5in) SL or 133mm (5.25in) HH

-


1, 2 16 Ultra2 LVD


(5.25in) HH

-


1, 2 Ultra2 (16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

-

- 59P6746 80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive 1, 2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

-


- 4559HHX Half-High Tape Enclosure - Ultra160 (16-bit)


-

Associated Options

- - - - - - -

Note: The integrated SCSI controller is available on SATA models for tape support only (internal or external).


SBB Number



38 COG

Chapter 5. Intellistation A Pro 6224

Table 6. Intellistation A Pro 6224 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1

AM

D P

roce

ssor

Mod

el -

Cac

he

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)2

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(AG

P)

Form

Fac

tor3

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)4,

5

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

PC

I S

lots

(Tot

al/A

vail

)

6224-10U 244 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB6

48x-20x CD-ROM

6/4

5/5

6224-20U 246 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB6

48x-20x CD-ROM

6/4

5/5

6224-30U 248 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB6

48x/32x/48x

CD-RW

6/4

5/5

6224-33U 248 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

36.4GB/584GB7

48x/32x/48x

CD-RW

6/4

5/5

6224-35U 248 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

36.4GB/584GB7

48x/32x/48x/16x Max

CD-RW/DVD-

ROM

6/4

5/48

6224-36U 248 - 1MB L2

2/2

4GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB6

Multi-Burner Plus

6/4

5/5

6224-37U9 248 - 1MB L2

1/2

2GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

36.4GB/584GB7

48x/32x/48x

CD-RW

6/4

5/5

6224-38U9 248 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

36.4GB/584GB7

48x/32x/48x/16x Max CD-

RW/DVD-ROM

6/4

5/5

6224-39U9 248 - 1MB L2

1/2

2GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

36.4GB/584GB7

48x/32x/48x/16x Max CD-

RW/DVD-ROM

6/4

5/48


Notes:1. IntelliStation A Pro 6224 also provides an integrated Broadcom 5703ci Gb Ethernet controller (WOL, ASF

2.0), five USB ports (three front / two rear), two 9-pin serial ports, two IEEE 1394A ports (one front/one rear) and one 25-pin parallel port. It supports a single 530w power supply, and ships with a keyboard and mouse but without a diskette drive.

2. Maximum capacity shown will be supported if/when a 2GB DIMM option is available. To achieve maximum memory capacity, an additional CPU must be installed to provide support for four additional DIMMs.

3. A rack mount kit is available.4. Maximum capacity for fixed (nonhot-swap) SCSI models is based on four 146.8GB fixed (nonhot-swap)

SCSI HDDs.

6224-40U 250- 1MB L2

1/2

2GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB6

48x/32x/48x

CD-RW

6/4

5/5

6224-42U 250- 1MB L2

1/2

2GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB6

48x/32x/48x

CD-RW

6/4

5/5

6224-43U 250- 1MB L2

2/2

2GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB6

48x/32x/48x/16x Max CD-

RW/DVD-ROM

6/4

5/5

6224-45U9 250- 1MB L2

1/2

2GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

36.4GB/584GB10

48x/32x/48x

CD-RW

6/4

5/5

6224-46U9 250- 1MB L2

1/2

2GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

36.4GB/584GB10

48x/32x/48x/16x Max CD-

RW/DVD-ROM

6/4

5/5

6224-48U9 250- 1MB L2

2/2

2GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb SATA Fixed SATA

80GB/1000GB6

48x/32x/48x

CD-RW

6/4

5/5

6224-49U9 250- 1MB L2

2/2

2GB/16GB


Mini-tower

1Gb U320 Fixed SCSI

36.4GB/584GB10

48x/32x/48x/16x Max CD-

RW/DVD-ROM

6/4

5/5

Table 6. Intellistation A Pro 6224 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1

AM

D P

roce

ssor

Mod

el -

Cac

he

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)2

Vid

eo A

dap

ter

(AG

P)

Form

Fac

tor3

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)4,

5

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

PC

I S

lots

(Tot

al/A

vail

)

40 COG

5. Maximum storage capacity for SATA models is based on four 250GB SATA HDDs which requires installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t RAID controller and replacement of the standard HDD. Standard configuration will support two SATA HDDs.

6. Model ships standard with a single 80GB, 7200 rpm SATA HDD.7. Model ships standard with a single 36.4GB, 10K rpm SCSI HDD.8. PCI slot four is not available for models using the NVIDIA Quadro FX 3000 adapter.9. Ships with Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 License. Other models ship preloaded with Microsoft

Windows XP Professional.10. Model ships standard with a single 36.4GB, 15K rpm SCSI HDD.

Intellistation A Pro 6224 Processor Options

Notes:1. Installing a second CPU provides an additional four memory DIMM slots for a total of eight.2. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. Processor models must match

within a system.

Intellistation A Pro 6224 Memory Options

Notes:1. Each SBB number contains a single DIMM.2. Each memory option kit contains two matching Chipkill DIMMs totaling the specified amount. For

example, option 73P3233 contains two 512MB DIMMs.3. Memory must be installed in matched pairs, starting with DIMM slots 1 and 2. While memory

interleaving across processor complex cards is not supported, optimum system performance requires at least two DIMMs installed on each card.

SBB Number Option Number Processor Options1 SMP Support2

13N2862 13N0740 Opteron Processor Model 244 1xU



26K8346 13N0748 Opteron Processor Model 250 4xU

SBB Number1 Option Number Memory Options2, 3

73P3239 73P3233 1GB PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit



Note: All models ship with two matched, Chipkill DIMMs installed. Single processor systems support a maximum of 8GB via four DIMM slots. Dual processor systems will support a maximum of 16GB via 8 DIMM slots if/when a 2GB DIMM is available. The optional processor complex card contains four DIMM slots.

Chapter 5. Intellistation A Pro 6224 41

Figure 11. A Pro system board showing optional processor complex card



10U, 20U, 30U, 33U, 35U, 38U

2 x 512MB PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM

37U, 39U, 4xx 2 x 1GB PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM

36U 4 x 1GB PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM

42 COG

Intellistation A Pro 6224 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage Options

Notes:1. Up to four SATA HDDs are supported with the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t SATA RAID

controller.2. Mixing of different HDD technologies is supported. Follow installation order provided with the Bay

Usage table.3. Installation of this HDD option will require removing the simple-swap tray that ships with the HDD.4. Standard optical drive is installed in Bay 1.

SBB Number


Bays Supported Height

Maximum Quantity1

SATA HDDs2

25K9321 22P7185 40GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD 3 ... 6 SL 2

02R8747 09N4253 80GB 7200 RPM SATA HDD 3 ... 6 SL 2

02R8748 09N4254 160GB 7200 RPM SATA HDD 3 ... 6 SL 2

26K7188 73P8006 250GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD3 3 ... 6 SL 2


- 26K5678 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD 3 ... 6 SL 4

- 26K5679 73GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD 3 ... 6 SL 4

32P0753 32P0723 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD 3 ... 6 SL 4




- 90P1314 146GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD 3 ... 6 SL 4


Optical Devices4

32P8852 10K3782 48x-20x CD-ROM Internal IDE Drive (Black) 1, 2 HH 2

90P4239 22P7042 48x/32x/48x Max CD-RW 1, 2 HH 2

26K8793 73P3305 Multi-Burner Plus 1, 2 HH 2


1, 2 HH 2

02R3278 22P6950 16x Max RAM-Read DVD-ROM Drive 1, 2 HH 2


Notes:1. The installation order for adding additional HDDs depends upon the A Pro model. For SCSI models,

install all additional SCSI HDDs, then install any SATA HDDs. For SATA models, install all additional SATA HDDs, then install any SCSI HDDs.

2. Standard HDD is installed in bay 4.

Figure 12. A Pro front view

Bay1 Form Factor Height Front Access Usage

1 133mm (5.25in) HL Yes Std. Optical

2 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Optical/Tape

3 89mm (3.5in) SL Yes Zip, Tape, HDD

4 ... 6 89mm (3.5in) SL No Std. HDD2

Note: HDDs are installed in the following order: bays 4, 5, 6 and 3.

44 COG

Intellistation A Pro 6224 I/O Options

Notes:1. Intellistation A Pro 6224 Models with the NVIDIA Quadro FX 3000 video adapter installed will not have

access to PCI slot 4.2. All models have an integrated dual-channel, Ultra320 SCSI controller.3. Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as

the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.4. All Models also provide an integrated Intel gigabit Ethernet controller that supports WOL and ASF.

Figure 13. A Pro rear view

SBB Number



Slots Supported1


13N2194 13N2190 ServeRAID-6i+ Controller Half 64-bit/133MHz

3

71P8651 71P8648 ServeRAID-7t SATA Controller Half 64-bit/66MHz

1 ... 5


1 ... 5

Networking4

31P9605 31P9601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter Half 64-bit / 133MHz

1 ... 5

02R3435 22P6501 PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel

Half 32-bit 1 ... 5


Intellistation A Pro 6224 Power and Accessories

Notes:1. For runtimes and UPS attributes, see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.


Power

Intellistation A Pro 6224 includes a single 530w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.


21301TX UPS750TLV

21302TX UPS750THV

SBB Number




Monitors

- 6636HB1 L150p ThinkVision 15in LCD Flat Panel Monitor, (381mm, 15in viewable image), business black






Keyboard and Mouse1

02R3206 31P7415 Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys, business black2






46 COG

Notes:1. A Pro 6224 Models ship standard with a 104-key keyboard and 3-button mouse.2. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a

keyboard tray with a flat panel display.3. Hardware for installing into a 5.25in bay is included with the option.

Intellistation A Pro 6224 Tape Options

Notes:1. The standard optical drive is installed in bay 1.2. To determine external cable requirements, note the tape drive's SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI

controller from the system configurator section and the desired enclosure, then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers.



Other Accessories

02R3451 00N8078 250MB IDE Internal Zip Drive3


SBB Number


Bays Supported1

SCSI/IDE Interface Form Factor

Ext Tape Enclosures2


2, 3 Std. IDE 89mm (3.5in) SL or 133mm (5.25in) HH

-


2 Ultra2(16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

-


2 Ultra2(16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

-

71P9166 59P6746 80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive

2 Ultra2(16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

-

Associated Options

- - - - - - -


SBB Number



48 COG

Chapter 6. xSeries 206

Table 7. xSeries 206 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e3

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)S

yste

m M

anag

emen

t Pro

cess

or

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7,

8

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

8482-9MX9

2.4/400-

256KB L29

1/1

256MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1Gb SATA Simple-swap

80GB/640GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/4

5/5

8482-1MX

2.8/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

H N 1Gb U320 Hot-swap

0GB/440.4GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-1RX

2.8/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1Gb U320 Fixed 36.4GB/587.2GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/4

5/5

8482-1SX

2.8/800-1MB

L2

1/1

256MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/640GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-2MX

3.0/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/440.4GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-2RX

3.0/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1Gb U320 Fixed 36.4GB/587.2GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/4

5/5

8482-2SX

3.0/800-1MB

L2

1/1

256MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/640GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-3MY

3.2/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/440.4GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-3RY

3.2/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1Gb U320 Fixed 36.4GB/587.2GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-3SY

3.2/800-1MB

L2

1/1

256MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/640GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5


8482-4MY10

3.2/800-1MB

L210

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/440.4GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-4RY10

3.2/800-1MB

L210

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1Gb U320 Fixed 36.4GB/587.2GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-4SY10

3.2/800-1MB

L210

1/1

256MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/640GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-5MY10

3.4/800-1MB

L210

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/440.4GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-5RY10

3.4/800-1MB

L210

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1Gb U320 Fixed 36.4GB/587.2GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8482-5SY10

3.4/800-1MB

L210

1/1

256MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/640GB

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8487-9MY11

2.4/400-256KB L2

1/1

256MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1GB SATA Fixed 80GB/320GB12

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8487-2MY11

3.0/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

H N 1GB U320 Hot-swap

0GB/440.4GB12

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8487-2RY11

3.0/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1GB U320 Fixed 36.4GB/587.2GB12

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/4

5/5

8487-2SY11

3.0/800-1MB

L2

1/1

256MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1GB SATA Simple-swap

0GB/500GB12

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8487-4MY11

3.2/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/440.4GB12

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8487-4RY11

3.2/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1GB U320 Fixed 36.4GB/587.2GB12

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/4

5/5


Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e3

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)S

yste

m M

anag

emen

t Pro

cess

or

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7,

8

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

50 COG


not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8482-1Mx is 8482-1MU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.

2. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies: 1Mx --> 11X, 1Rx --> 14X, 1Sx --> 15X, 2Mx --> 21X, 2Rx --> 24X, 2Sx --> 25X, 9Mx --> 91X, 3MY --> 31X, 3RY --> 34X, 3SY --> 35X, 4MY --> 41X, 4RY --> 44X, 4SY --> 45X. Models 3xX and 4xX will need the last digit (X) substituted with a country-specific designator. For example, Model 34X may become 34L.

3. Unless footnoted otherwise, models ship with Intel Pentium 4 processors with advanced transfer L2 cache and 800MHz Front-side Bus (FSB).

4. Models with a 3.0GHz CPU or below, ship with PC2700 ECC DDR unbuffered DIMMs. Models with a 3.2GHz CPU ship with PC3200 ECC DDR unbuffered DIMMs.

8487-4SY11

3.2/800-1MB

L2

1/1

256MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/500GB12

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8487-5MY11

3.4/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/440.4GB12

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8487-5RY11

3.4/800-1MB

L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1

- N 1GB U320 Fixed 36.4GB/587.2GB12

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/4

5/5

8487-5SY11

3.4/800-1MB

L2

1/1

256MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


0GB/500GB12

CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/5

5/5

8487-61X13

3.2/800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


640GB14 CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/1

5/4

8487-71X13

3.4/800-1MB L2

1/1

1GB/4GB

Mini-tower

1/1


1TB14 CD-ROM

(48x-20x)

7/1

5/4

Note: xSeries 206 is housed in a mini-tower mechanical with a rack mount kit available. This system also provides an integrated Intel gigabit Ethernet controller (WOL, ASF 2.0), four USB ports (two front/two rear), two RS-232 serial ports, one parallel port, an integrated ATI 7000M video controller with 16MB of memory, supports a single 340w power supply, ships with a keyboard and mouse, and includes a one year parts and labor warranty.


Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e3

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)S

yste

m M

anag

emen

t Pro

cess

or

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7,

8

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Chapter 6. xSeries 206 51

5. See "Power and Accessories" section for more information on the power supplies.6. Integrated single channel Ultra320 SCSI storage controller on SCSI models, two SATA controllers on


7. Maximum capacity for hot-swap SCSI models is based on three 146.8GB hot-swap SCSI HDDs. Maximum capacity for fixed, or nonhot-swap, SCSI models is based on four 146.8GB nonhot-swap SCSI HDDs.

8. Maximum storage capacity for SATA models is based on four 160GB SATA HDDs, which requires installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t RAID controller and may require replacement of any standard HDD. Standard configuration will support two SATA HDDs.

9. Intel Celeron processor with 400MHz Front-side Bus (FSB).10. Intel Pentium 4 processor with Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), L2 cache and an 800MHz

Front Side Bus (FSB).11. The 8482 machine type carries a one year limited parts and labor warranty. 8487 carries a three year

limited parts and labor warranty.12. Capacities for the 8487 are based on installation of 250GB SATA HDDs or 146.8GB SCSI HDDs.13. xSeries 206 Storage Server NAS is included and preconfigured with Microsoft Windows® Storage Server

2003 preinstalled on the system. IBM Storage Server is limited to file server function only.14. xSeries 206 Storage Server NAS includes a preconfigured ServeRAID 7t adapter and four SATA drives

setup for RAID-1 and RAID-5.

xSeries 206 Memory Options

Notes:1. A maximum of 4GB of memory is supported via 4 DIMM slots.2. A single DIMM configuration is valid if installed in socket DIMM 1. Otherwise, DIMMs must be

configured in matched pairs starting with DIMM sockets 1 and 3, then 2 and 4. Single DIMM models require the standard DIMM either matched or removed, before adding additional memory in pairs. PC2700 and PC3200 DIMMs can coexist in the same system if configured in matched pairs. However, all memory will operate at the lowest installed speed.

SBB Number Option Number Memory Description1, 2

74P5096 06P4053 256MB PC2700 ECC DDR DIMM


74P5098 06P4055 1GB PC2700 ECC DDR DIMM




Note: All DIMM options are unbuffered DIMMs.

Model Std DIMM Configuration

9Mx, 1Sx, 2Sx 1 x 256MB PC2700 ECC DDR DIMM

1Mx, 1Rx, 2Mx, 2Rx 1 x 512MB PC2700 ECC DDR DIMM

2SY, 3SY, 4SY, 5SY, 9MY 1 x 256MB PC3200 ECC DDR DIMM

3MY, 3RY, 4MY, 4RY, 5MY, 5RY

1 x 512MB PC3200 ECC DDR DIMM

52 COG

xSeries 206 Internal Cabling

Hot-swap SCSI models

xSeries 206 hot-swap SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, point-to-point (68-pin to SCA-2), nonterminated, 16-bit Ultra320 SCSI cable connecting the SCSI controller to the hot-swap backplane. The backplane provides termination for the SCSI bus.

Fixed (Nonhot-swap) SCSI models

xSeries 206 fixed SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, 4-drop (68-pin), terminated, 16-bit Ultra320 SCSI cable, connecting the SCSI controller to installed HDDs.

Simple-swap SATA

Simple-swap SATA models provide two point-to-point SATA cables supporting one SATA HDD each.

All models provide a single ATA-100 IDE connector supporting two IDE devices, one device being the standard optical cabled via a 2-drop IDE cable.


xSeries 206 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage Options

Notes:1. May require removing standard devices2. Mixing of different HDD technologies is not supported.3. Four SATA HDDs are supported with the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t RAID controller.4. The xSeries 206 IDE controller supports a maximum of two “parallel” IDE devices (IDE optical drives,

IDE tape drives, etc.5. Not supported by the onboard SCSI controller.

SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity

Simple-swap SATA HDDs2

02R8747 73P8002 80GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD SL 6, 7 23


26K7188 73P8006 250GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD3 SL 6, 7 23

Fixed (Nonhot-swap) Ultra320 HDDs2






Hot-swap Ultra320 SCSI HDDs2

- 90P1380 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD SSL - -

90P1328 90P1304 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD SSL 5 ... 7 3






90P1330 90P1306 146.8GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD

SSL 5 ... 7 3

Optical Devices4

32P8852 10K3782 48x-20x CD-ROM Black Internal IDE Drive HH 1, 2 2

02R3278 22P6950 16x Max Black DVD-ROM HH 1,2 2



HH 1,2 2

26K8793 73P3305 Multi-Burner Plus HH 1,2 2

External Storage Expansion Units5 Form Factor

- 09N7296 EXP Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit -

54 COG

Notes:1. Supports removable media devices only. Hard disk drives are not supported.2. Bay 4 supports fixed HDDs only.3. Bays six and seven are front-accessible on SATA models, bays five, six and seven are front-accessible on

hot-swap models, and bays five, six and seven are not front-accessible on nonhot-swap models.4. Standard HDD on nonopen-bay models is installed in bay seven.


11 133mm (5.25in) HH yes Std. Optical

21 133mm (5.25in) HH yes Optical/Tape

3 89mm (3.5in) SL yes Std. FDD

4 89mm (3.5in) SL yes HDD2

5 ... 7 89mm (3.5in) SL yes/no3 Std. HDD4

Note: HDDs are installed in the order of bays seven through four, i.e., 7, 6, 5, 4.


xSeries 206 I/O Options

SBB Number


Adapter Length

PCI Support1

Slots Supported


02R0966 02R0988 ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB Cache) Full 64-bit/133MHz

1, 2

02R0995 32P0033 ServeRAID-6M Controller (128MB Cache) Full 64-bit/133MHz

1, 2


1

71P8651 71P8648 ServeRAID-7t SATA RAID Controller Half 64-bit/66MHz

1 ... 5

24P2650 19K4646 PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter Half 64-bit/66MHz

1 ... 5


3, 4

Fibre Storage Controllers and Options3

- 202612E TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch, 12-port - - -

- 2109F16 SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-port - - -

Networking4

25P2889 06P3601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter Half 32-bit/33MHz

1 ... 5

31P9605 31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

32P8862 33L4618 PCI V.90 56 Data/Fax Modem5 Half 64-bit/133MHz

-

73P4005 73P4001 NetXtreme 1000 SX + Fiber Ethernet Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

-

73P4105 73P4101 NetXtreme 1000 T + Ethernet Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

-

73P4205 73P4201 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

-

System Management

02R1676 59P2984 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Half 32-bit/33MHz

2

Point of Sale (POS)

- 08L2683 PCI Store Loop Adapter6 - - 1 ... 5

- 08L2684 PCI NVRAM Adapter6 - - 1 ... 5

56 COG

Notes:1. xSeries 206 SCSI models ship with single channel, Ultra320 SCSI Controller installed in a dedicated mini-

PCI slot. SATA models ship with two integrated SATA controllers. Both the SCSI and SATA controllers support Integrated ServeRaid-7e (RAID-0 and RAID-1).


3. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview Section for additional configuration information.4. xSeries 206 includes an integrated copper-based, full-duplex, Intel gigabit Ethernet controller.5. If 32P8862 is selected, then can only be populated in slots 3,4,5.6. The PCI Store Loop adapter contains NVRAM which is required to run the 4690 OS system. PCI solutions

implemented via Ethernet use the PCI NVRAM adapter to provide NVRAM.


xSeries 206 Power and Accessories

Notes:1. The xSeries 206 includes a 340w voltage sensing power supply with a single line cord.2. For runtimes and UPS attributes, see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.


Power1


21301TX UPS750TLV

21302TX UPS750THV

21303TX UPS1000TLV

21304TX UPS1000THV

21305TX UPS1500TLV

21306TX UPS1500THV

Rack-mount Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2

32P1020 APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMB

32P1022 APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMiB

2130R30 UPS3000XLV

2130R31 UPS3000XHV

37L6861 APC Smart-UPS 5000

32P1692 UPS Extend Run Battery Pack

58 COG

Notes:1. Refer to the Rack Console Option section for information regarding console connectivity using these

options.2. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).3. Includes a 17in Flat Panel Monitor.4. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.5. xSeries 206 models ship standard with a mouse and full-size keyboard.6. Installation within a rack requires an optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share

a keyboard tray with a flat panel display.

SBB NumberOption

Number Description



Rack Console Connectivity1

- 09N4290 NetBAY 1x4 Console Switch


Monitors

- 633147N E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), business black2

- 63324HN E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), business black2

- 17231UX 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Travel keyboard)3

- 17231NX 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)3

- 17232UX 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with PS/2 US keyboard)4


Keyboard and Mouse5


02R3421 28L3673 Sleek 2-button Mouse, business black


Note: Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.


xSeries 206 Tape Options

Notes:1. To determine external cable requirements, not the tape drive’s SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI

controller from the system configurator section and the desired enclosure, then refer to Appendix D: Cables-Storage Units-Controllers.

2. Rack mount requires an optional rack kit. See tape drive appendix for more information.3. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI terminator (P/N 00M7956).4. Tape library attributes and options are located in the tape library appendix.

SBB Number


Bays Supported

SCSI Interface Form Factor


32P8861 00N7991 20/40GB DDS/4 4mm Internal Tape Drive2

2 Ultra2(16-bit)

89mm (3.5in) HH or 133mm (5.25in)

HH

0034B0X45591UX


2 Ultra2(16-bit)

89mm (3.5in) HH or 133mm (5.25in)

HH

0034B0X45591UX

- 59P6745 80/160GB VS160 SCSI Tape Drive

2 Ultra160(16-bit)

89mm (3.5in) HH or 133mm (5.25in)

HH

0034B0X45591UX

71P9166 59P6746 80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive2

2 Ultra2(16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X45591UX

- 59P6717 100/200GB LTO Tape Drive 2 Ultra2(16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X45591UX

- 59P6719 40/80GB DLT VS80 Internal SCSI Tape Drive

2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X

Tape Autoloaders

- 18P9133 TotalStorage Ultrium LVD Tape Drive 3580 Model L23

- Ultra160(16-bit)

Stand-alone or5U Rack3

-


- 0034B0X NetBAY Tape Enclosure (Rack Mount)

- Ultra2 (16-bit)

4U Rack -

- 45591UX NetBay 1U xSeries Tape Enclosure

- Ultra160 (16-bit)

1U Rack -

External Tape Libraries4

- - - - - - -

Associated Options

- - - - - - -

Note: Hot-swap models do not support installation of a SCSI tape drive on the same bus that supports the hot-swap backplane. The standard SCSI controller can be used if an optional RAID controller is installed for the HDDs. SATA models will require an optional SCSI controller to support SCSI tape drives.


60 COG



Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Form

Fac

tor4

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

6

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler7

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)8,

9

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

8648-00Y

2.8/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/1 - N 1GB SATA Simple-swap

80GB/1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7/5

6/6

8648-0AY

2.8/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/1 H N 1GB Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9/7

6/6

8648-0BY

2.8/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1GB Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9/7

6/6

8648-0EY

2.8/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB


Hot-swap

72.8GB/880.8GB10

CD-ROM (48x - 20x)

9/5

6/6

8648-10Y

3.0/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB


80GB/1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7/5

6/6

8648-1AY

3.0/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB


Hot-swap

0/880.8GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9/7

6/6

8648-1BY

3.0/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1GB Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9/7

6/6

8648-20Y

3.2/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB


80GB/1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7/5

6/6

8648-2AY

3.2/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB


Hot-swap

0/880.8GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9/7

6/6

8648-2BY

3.2/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1GB Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9/7

6/6


8648-40Y

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/1 - N 1Gb SATA Simple-swap

80GB / 1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7 / 5

6 / 6

8648-50Y

3.2/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1


80GB / 1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7 / 5

6 / 6

8648-60Y

3.4/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1


80GB / 1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7 / 5

6 / 6

8648-70X11

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB12

Tower 1/1

- N 1Gb SATA13 Serve-RAID 7t

1TB13 CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7/1

6/5

8648-80X11

3.4/800 2MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB12

Tower 1/1

- N 1Gb U32014 Serve-RAID

6i+

72GB14 CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9/5

5/4

8648-4AY

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1

H N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8648-5AY

3.2/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1

H N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8648-6AY

3.4/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1

H N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8648-4BY

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8648-5BY

3.2/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8648-6BY

3.4/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8648-4EY

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1

H N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

72.8GB/ 880.8GB10

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 5

6 / 6

Table 8. xSeries 226 At-A-GlanceP

art N

um

ber

1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Form

Fac

tor4

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

6

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler7

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)8,

9

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

62 COG

8488-00Y15

2.8/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/8GB

Tower 1 / 1


80GB / 1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7/ 5

6 / 6

8488-10Y15

3.0/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/8GB

Tower 1 / 1


80GB / 1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7 / 5

6 / 6

8488-20Y15

3.2/800 1MB L2 Cache

1/2

512MB/8GB

Tower 1 / 1


80GB/ 1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7 / 5

6 / 6

8488-40Y

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1


80GB/ 1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7 / 5

6 / 6

8488-50Y

3.2/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1


80GB/ 1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7 / 5

6 / 6

8488-60Y

3.4/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1


80GB/ 1000GB

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7 / 5

6 / 6

8488-0AY15

2.8/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/8GB

Tower 1 / 1

H N 1Gb SATA Simple-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7/ 5

6 / 6

8488-1AY15

3.0/800 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/8GB

Tower 1 / 1


0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7/ 5

6 / 6

8488-2AY15

3.2/800 1MB L2 Cache

1/2

512MB/8GB

Tower 1 / 1


0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

7/ 5

6 / 6

8488-4AY

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1

H N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8488-5AY

3.2/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1

H N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8488-6AY

3.4/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1

H N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6


Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Form

Fac

tor4

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

6

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler7

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)8,

9

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)



not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8648-00Y is 8648-00U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator.


8488-0BY15

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8488-1BY15

3.2/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8488-2BY15

3.4/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8488-4BY

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8488-5BY

3.2/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8488-6BY

3.4/800 2MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 2/2 P, H

N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 7

6 / 6

8488-0EY15

2.8/800 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/ 1

H N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

72.8GB/880.8GB10

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9 / 5

6 / 6

8488-4EY

3.0/800 2MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/1 H N 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

72.8GB/880.8GB10

CD-ROM (48x-20x)

9/5

6/6

Note: xSeries 226 also provides four USB ports (two front, two rear), two 9-pin serial ports, one 25-pin parallel port, keyboard port, mouse port, video port and an integrated ATI Radeon 7000M graphics controller with 16 MB of video memory. A keyboard and mouse is also provided.


art N

um

ber

1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Form

Fac

tor4

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

6

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler7

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)8,

9

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

64 COG

3. High-speed, two-way interleaved PC2-3200 RDIMMs. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs. x226 will support 16GB of memory using a supported 4GB DIMM.

4. A 4U tower-to-rack conversion kit is available. See ‘Power and Accessories.’5. See ‘Power and Accessories’ section for more information on the power supplies.6. Broadcom 5721 copper gigabit Ethernet controller with Wake-on-LAN support.7. Integrated dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI storage controller on SCSI models, two SATA controllers on


8. Maximum storage capacity for SATA models is based on four 250GB SATA HDDs which requires installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t controller and replacement of the standard HDD. Standard configuration will support two SATA HDDs.

9. Maximum storage capacity for hot-swap SCSI models is based on six 146.8GB hot-swap HDDs.10. Models 0EY and 4EY ship standard with 2 x 36.4GB SCSI HDDs.11. xSeries 226 Storage Server NAS is preconfigured with Microsoft Windows Storage Server 2003 included

and preinstalled on the system. IBM Storage Server is limited to file and print server function only.®

12. xSeries 226 Storage Server operating system supports a maximum of 4GB of memory.13. xSeries 226 Storage Server NAS includes a preconfigured ServeRAID 7t adapter and four SATA drives

setup for RAID-1 and RAID-5.14. xSeries 226 Storage Server NAS includes a preconfigured ServeRAID 6i+ adapter and two 36.4GB Hot

Swap SCSI 15K disk drives setup for RAID-1. The Windows Storage Server 2003 operating system is installed on these drives.

15. The 8648 machine type carries a one year limited parts and labor warranty. 8488 machine type carries a three year limited parts and labor warranty.

xSeries 226 Processor Options

Notes:


SBB NumberOption

Number Processor Options SMP Support1

13N1622 13N0671 2.8GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 0xY

13N1431 13N0672 3.0GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 1xY

13N1432 13N0673 3.2GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 2xY

25R7356 25R8900 3.0GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 4xY

25R7357 25R8901 3.2GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 5xY

25R7358 13N0676 3.4GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 6xY

Note: x226 processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T).



Notes:1. Quantity two of each SBB PN must be ordered to equal its corresponding option.2. Supports Chipkill. Mixing Chipkill DIMMs with nonChipkill DIMMs will disable Chipkill function.3. A maximum of two 2GB DIMMs are supported and they must be installed in DIMM slots 1 and 2.






73P2875 73P2867 4GB (2x2GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit 2, 3

Note: 16GB of memory is supported via six DIMM slots with currently available options. x226 supports 16GB of memory using a 4GB DIMM. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is required beginning with DIMM slots 1 and 2, then 3 and 4, then 5 and 6.


All except 0EY and 4EY 2 x 256MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM (nonChipkill)

0EY, 4EY 2 x 512MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM (nonChipkill)

66 COG

Figure 14. xSeries 226 System Board

Slot 6 PCI-X

Battery Microprocessor 2

Microprocessor 2 VRM

Microprocessor 1

Slot 5 PCI-X

Slot 4 PCI-X

Slot 3 PCISlot 2 PCI

Slot 1 PCIExpress x 16

DIMM 5

DIMM 4DIMM 3

DIMM 2

DIMM 1

DIMM 6

Remote SupervisorAdapter II




xSeries 226 hot-swap SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, 1-drop LVD SCSI cable, connecting one channel of the integrated, dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller to the hot-swap backplane.

Simple-swap SATA


xSeries 226 simple-swap SATA models provide two point-to-point SATA cables connecting the two integrated SATA controllers to the SATA simple-swap backplane.

An optional SCSI cable is available to connect the second SCSI channel to the back of the chassis, enabling an external 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI connector.


SBB

NumberOption


Supported1 Max Qty2


90P1398 73P8002 80GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD

SL 4 ... 7 4


SL 4 ... 7 4

- 73P8006 250GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD

SL 4 ... 7 4

Hot-swap Ultra320 HDDs3

- 90P1380 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD

SSL - -


SSL 4 ... 9 6


SSL 4 ... 9 6


SSL - -


SSL 4 ... 9 6


SSL 4 ... 9 6


SSL - -


SSL 4 ... 9 6

68 COG

Notes:1. May require removing standard devices.2. Four SATA HDDs are supported within the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t controller. Two

HDDs are supported in the standard configuration.3. Mixing SATA and SCSI HDDs is not supported.4. FAStT options require an optional Fibre controller be installed in the system.

Notes:1. Standard HDD is installed in bay 7 on SATA models; bay 9 on SCSI models.2. Bays 8 and 9 are available on SCSI models only.

Optical Devices

32P8852 10K3782 48x-20x CD-ROM Black Internal IDE Drive

HH 1, 2 2

90P4239 22P7042 48X/32X/48X Max CD-RW Drive HH 1, 2 2


HH 1, 2 2

02R3278 22P6950 16X Max RAM-Read DVD-ROM Drive

HH 1, 2 2



- 17331RU EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit Rack (3U)

- 17401RU FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit

Rack (3U)

- 1724100 FAStT100 Storage Server Rack (3U)

- 172260U FAStT600 Storage Server Rack (3U)

- 17226LU FAStT600 Entry Storage Server Rack (3U)



2 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Optical/Tape





7 89mm (3.5in) SL Yes Std. HDD1


92 89mm (3.5in) SL Yes Std. HDD1

SBB Number


Bays Supported1 Max Qty2


Figure 15. xSeries 226 front view (SCSI)

Figure 16. xSeries 226 front view (SATA)

Bay 1

Bay 2

Bay 3

Bay 5

Bay 6

Bay 7

Bay 8

Bay 9

Bay 4

70 COG


SBB

NumberOption

Number DescriptionAdapter Length PCI Support

Slots Supported

Hot-Plug Capable1


02R0996 02R0988 ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB Cache)

Full 64-bit/133MHz 4 ... 6 -

02R0995 32P0033 ServeRAID-6M Controller (128MB Cache)

Full 64-bit/133MHz 4 ... 6 -

13N2194 13N2190 ServeRAID-6i+ Controller Half 64-bit/133MHz 5 -

- 71P8648 ServeRAID-7t SATA Controller Half 64-bit/66MHz 4 ... 6 -

- 13N2249 Ultra320 SCSI Controller 23 Half 64-bit/133MHz 4 ... 6 -


24P0963 24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz 4 ... 6 -

- 1724100 FAStT100 Storage Server - - - -

- 172260U FAStT600 Storage Server

- 17226LU FAStT600 Entry Storage Server - - - -

- 17421RU FAStT700 Storage Server - - - -

- 174290U FAStT900 Storage Server - - - -

- 202612E TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch, 12-port

- - - -

- 2109F16 SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-port

- - - -

Networking

25P2889 06P3601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter Half 32-bit/33MHz 2 ... 6 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz 4 ... 6 -

73P2705 73P2701 PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel

Half 64-bit/133MHz 4 ... 6 -

73P3505 73P3501 NetXtreme 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter

Half PCI E 1X - -

73P4005 73P4001 NetXtreme 1000 SX + Fiber Ethernet Adapter

Half 64-bit/133MHz - -

73P4105 73P4101 NetXtreme 1000 T + Ethernet Adapter


73P4205 73P4201 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet Adapter


System Management

02R1676 59P2984 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Half 32-bit/33MHz 2 -

Other I/O

32P8862 33L4618 V.90 PCI Data/Fax Modem5 Half 32-bit/33MHz 1 -


Notes:1. xSeries 226 does not have any Active-PCI slots.2. Currently only one type of RAID is supported at a time; for example, ServeRAID-7e (RAID-0 or RAID-1

with integrated controller), ServeRAID-4Lx or ServeRAID-7t, etc.3. Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as

the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.4. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.5. Due to homologation variances, modem availability may differ by country.

Figure 17. xSeries 226 rear view

72 COG


Notes:1. Nonredundant power models include a single 530w nonhot-swap power supply and line cord.

Redundant power models include two 514w power supplies and two line cords.2. For runtimes and UPS attributes, see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate (minutes).3. Height is 2U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.4. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.


Power1


21301TX UPS 750TLV

21302TX UPS 750THV

21303TX UPS 1000TLV

21304TX UPS 1000THV

21305TX UPS 1500TLV

21306TX UPS 1500THV

Rack Mount Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2



2130R30 UPS3000XLV3

2130R31 UPS3000XHV3

37L6861 APC Smart-UPS 5000RMB4

37L6862 APC Smart-UPS 5000RMiB4

32P1692 UPS Extend Run Battery Pack3


Notes:1. USB accessories are not compatible with the NetBay console switches. They attach to a single USB-

capable server.2. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.

SBB NumberOption

Number Description


- 26K6122 4U Extended Depth Tower to Rack Conversion Kit 3


- 1735L04 NetBay Local Console Manager

- 1735R16 NetBay Remote Console Manager

- 32P1636 250mm KVM Conversion Option

- 32P1652 1.5m KVM Conversion Option

- 09N4290 NetBay 1x4 Console Switch


Monitors

- 17231UX 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Travel keyboard)

- 17231NX 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)






- 633147N E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), business black

- 63324HN E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), business black

- 32P1703 NetBay 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)

Keyboard and Mouse

02R3206 31P7415 Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys, business black



- 73P3144 Space Travel PS2 Keyboard - US English


- 06P4069 USB Optical Wheel Mouse

Note: Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for more information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.

74 COG


Notes:1. Installation may require removing a standard device.

SBB Number


Bays Supported1


Ext Tape Encl

49P3228 48P7042 20/40GB TR7 Internal IDE Tape Drive 1, 2 Std. IDE 89mm (3.5in) SL or 133mm (5.25in) HH

-




(5.25in) HH

0034B0X




(5.25in) HH

-

71P9166 59P6746 80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive 1, 2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X

- 59P6717 100/200GB LTO Tape Drive 1, 2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X



133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X

- 59P6745 80/160GB DLT VS160 SCSI Tape Drive

1, 2 Ultra160 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X

- 59P6736 160/320GB SDLT SCSI Tape Drive Option

- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

0034B0X

- 59P6744 200/400GB LTO Full-High Tape Drive

- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

0034B0X

Tape Autoloaders

- 36232LX 200/400GB 2U LTO Generation 2 Tape Autoloader 3623 Model 2LX

- Ultra160 (16-bit)

2U Rack -

- 36232SX 1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX SDLT320 Tape Autoloader

- Ultra320 (16-bit)

2U Rack -

External Tape Libraries

- 4560SLX SDLT/LTO Modular Tape Library - Ultra2 (16-bit)

5U Rack -



- Ultra2 (16-bit)

4U Rack -

Associated Options

- - - - - - -

Note: The integrated SCSI controller is available on SATA models for tape support only (internal or external).



76 COG



Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3, 4

Form

Fac

tor5

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)6

Hot

-sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)7

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

8

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler9

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)10

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

8841-01Y

2.8/800- 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6

8841-0EY

2.8/800- 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

ServeRAID-

7k11

Hot-swap

220.2GB/

1.3TB11

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/5

6/6

8841-11Y

3.0/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6

8841-15Y

3.0/800- 2MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6

8841-16Y

3.0/800- 2MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6

8841-21Y

3.2/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6

8841-25Y

3.2/800 - 2MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6

8841-31Y

3.4/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6



not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8841-01Y is 8841-01U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator.


3. High-speed, two-way interleaved PC2-3200 RDIMMs. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs with 2GB DIMMs.

4. Memory-mirroring, hot-spare memory and Chipkill functions are supported. Chipkill is available on DIMMs 512MB and greater.

5. A 5U tower-to-rack conversion kit is available.6. See ‘Power and Accessories’ section for more information on the power supplies.7. x236 provides one Active-PCI slot.

8841-32Y

3.4/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 2/2

P, S, H, F

Y12 Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6

8841-35Y

3.4/800 - 2MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y12 Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6

8841-41Y

3.6/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6

8841-45Y

3.6/800 - 2MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/8

6/6

8841-E1Y

3.0/800 - 2MB L2

1/2

2GB/16GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

ServeRAID-

7k11

Hot-swap

220.2GB/

1.3TB

CD-ROM (48x-24x)

10/5

6/6

Note: xSeries 236 also provides three USB ports (one front, two rear), two 9-pin serial ports, one systems management RS-485 port, one systems management Ethernet port, keyboard port, mouse port, video port and an integrated ATI Radeon 7000M graphics controller with 16 MB of video memory. A keyboard and mouse is also provided.


art N

um

ber

1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3, 4

Form

Fac

tor5

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)6

Hot

-sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)7

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

8

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler9

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)10

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

78 COG

8. Dual Broadcom 5721 Gigabit Ethernet controllers.9. The integrated dual-channel, Ultra320 SCSI controller supports integrated RAID-0, 1 and 10.10. Maximum capacity is based on nine 146.8GB HDDs and requires installing the optional Ultra320 3-pack

kit.11. Models 0EY and E1Y ship standard with a ServeRAID-7k Controller (256MB) connected to three 73.4GB

SCSI HDDs.12. This model ships standard with the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter installed into a

dedicated slot.


Notes:1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be

identical in type, speed and cache size.


Notes:1. Quantity two of each SBB PN must be ordered to equal its corresponding option.2. Supports Chipkill. Mixing Chipkill DIMMs with nonChipkill DIMMs will disable all Chipkill function.

SBB Number

Option Number Processor Options SMP Support1

13M7939 13N0681 2.8GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 0xY

13M7940 13N0688 3.0GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 1xY

25K9555 13N0683 3.2GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 2xY

25K9556 13N0684 3.4GHz/800MHz 1 MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 3xY

25K9557 13N0685 3.6GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 4xY

13M8285 25R8902 3.0GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor ExY, 1xY

13M8286 25R8903 3.2GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 2xY

13M8287 13N0686 3.4GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 3xY


Note: x236 processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T)







Note: 16GB of memory is supported via eight DIMM slots. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is required beginning with DIMM slots one and two, then three and four, then five and six, then DIMM slots seven and eight. Memory-mirroring requires all installed DIMMs to match and effectively reduces available memory by half. Hot-spare memory requires all installed DIMMs to match except for the last pair which must be of equal size or greater than other installed pairs.


Figure 18. xSeries 236 system board


01Y 2 x 256MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM

0EY, 1xx, 2xx, 3xx, 4xx

2 x 512MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM

E1Y 2 x 1GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM

80 COG


xSeries 236 models are cabled internally with a single, 1-drop LVD SCSI cable, connecting one channel of the integrated, dual channel Ultra320 SCSI controller to the hot-swap backplane.

The second SCSI channel can be used to connect to the optional Ultra320 3-Pack HDD kit, an optional SCSI tape or can be used for external attachment via the optional Ultra320 SCSI External Interface Kit enabling an external 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI connector.



SBB

NumberOption


Supported1 Max Qty2

Hot-swap Ultra320 HDDs


SSL - -


SSL 5 ... 10 9


SSL 5 ... 10 9


SSL - -


SSL 5 ... 10 9


SSL 5 ... 10 9


SSL - -


SSL 5 ... 10 9

90P1331 90P1307 300GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD

SSL 5 ... 10 9

Associated Options

33P3127 33P2751 Ultra320 3-Pack HDD Kit3 - 1 + 23 1

Optical Devices4

- 10K3782 48X-20X Max CD-ROM Drive HH 1 .. 3 2

- 22P7042 48X/32X/48X Max CD-RW Drive HH 1 .. 3 2

- 73P3300 48X/32X/48X/16X Max CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combination Drive

HH 1 .. 3 2

- 73P3305 Multi-Burner Plus HH 1 .. 3 2


Notes:1. Bays 1 and 2 can be converted to support three additional HDDs for a total of nine HDDs.2. Maximum quantity of supported HDDs requires installation of the optical Ultra320 3-Pack HDD kit. Six

HDDs are supported without this kit.3. The Ultra320 3-Pack HDD Kit converts bays 1 and 2 into three additional HDD bays.4. An optical drive ships standard in bay 3.5. An optical SCSI, RAID or Fibre controller is required in order to attach to the system.

Notes:1. Bays 1 and 2 can be combined to support one full-high device.2. The optional Ultra320 3-Pack HDD Kit converts bays 1 and 2 into three additional hot-swap HDD bays.

02R3278 22P6950 16X Max RAM-Read DVD-ROM Drive

HH 1 .. 3 2



- 171010U FAStT EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit

Rack (3U)


Rack (3U)





11 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Optical/Tape/HDD2

21 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Optical/Tape/HDD2



5 89mm (3.5in) SSL Yes HDD






SBB Number


Bays Supported1 Max Qty2

82 COG

Figure 19. xSeries 236 Front View


SBB

NumberOption

Number DescriptionAdapter Length

PCI Support

Slots Supported

Hot-Plug

Storage Controllers

02R0996 02R0988 ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB Cache)1

Full 64-bit/133MHz

4, 5, 6 -

02R0995 32P0033 ServeRAID-6M Controller (128MB Cache)1

Full 64-bit/133MHz

4, 5, 6 -

71P8653 71P8642 ServeRAID-7k Controller2 - - - -

13N2252 13N2249 Ultra320 SCSI Controller 23 Half 64-bit/133MHz

4, 5, 6 -

Associated Options

02R2046 02R2068 Ultra320 Internal Single-drop 24in LVD SCSI Cable1

- - - -


24P0963 24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

4, 5, 6 X


172260U FAStT600 Storage Server - - - -




- 202612E TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch, 12-port - - - -


Notes:1. Ultra320 Internal Single-drop 24” LVD SCSI Cable option is required when connecting internal HDDs to

ServeRAID-6M adapters.2. Installs into a dedicated slot. Does not consume a PCI slot. Quantity one allowed.3. Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as

the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.4. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.5. Due to homologation variances, modem availability may differ by country.6. The Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries allows interconnectivity with an IBM eServer iServer server.

This card occupies two slot positions. It is restricted to slot four. The Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline must also be installed.

Networking


4, 5, 6 X


Half 64-bit/133MHz

4, 5, 6 X


Half 64-bit/133MHz

4, 5, 6 X


Half PCI E 1X 2, 3 -

73P3506 73P3601 IBM iSCSI Server Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

4, 5, 6 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

4, 5, 6 -


4, 5, 6 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

4, 5, 6 -

System Management

73P9342 73P9341 Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine2 - - - -

Other I/O


1 -

- 31P7201 V.90 Data/Fax Soft Modem5 Half 32-bit/33MHz

1, 4, 5, 6 -

- 1519200 Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries6 Full 64-bit/66MHz

4 -

SBB Number


Adapter Length

PCI Support

Slots Supported

Hot-Plug

84 COG


Notes:1. xSeries 236 ships with a single 670w hot-swap capable power supply and line cord. A second hot-swap

power supply is optional for redundancy.2. Does not ship with a line cord.3. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.4. Height is 2U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.5. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.6. Height is 6U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.7. Height is 3U. Available for UPS 7500XHV and UPS 10000XHV. Maximum of four per UPS.


Power1

25K9560 670w Hot-Swap Power Supply (North America)

24R9258 670w Hot-Swap Power Supply (Worldwide)2


21301TX UPS 750TLV

21302TX UPS 750THV

21303TX UPS 1000TLV

21304TX UPS 1000THV

21305TX UPS 1500TLV

21306TX UPS 1500THV




2130R30 UPS3000XLV4

2130R31 UPS3000XHV4




21306RX UPS 7500XHV6

21308RX UPS 10000XHV6

25R5582 UPS Extend Run Battery Pack7

86 COG

SBB Number Option Number Description


- 13N0956 5U Extended Depth Tower-to-Rack Conversion Kit1








Monitors

- 17231UX 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Travel keyboard)

- 17231NX 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)








Keyboard and Mouse

- 31P7415 Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys, business black5




Other Accessories


- 22P9163 USB 2.0 Portable Multi-Burner

Note: Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.


Notes:1. Rack kit is 24in deep.2. USB accessories are not compatible with the NetBay console switches. They attach to a single USB-

capable server.3. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.4. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).5. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a

keyboard tray with a flat panel display.


Notes:1. Installation may require removing a standard device.2. External cables are not included.

SBB Number


Bays Supported1


Ext Tape Encl




(5.25in) HH

-

71P9166 59P6746 80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive 1, 2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

45591UX

- 59P6717 100/200GB LTO Tape Drive 1, 2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

-


1, 2 Ultra160 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

45591UX


1 + 2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

-

71P9165 59P6744 200/400GB LTO Full-High Tape Drive

1 + 2 Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

4559FHX

Tape Autoloaders


- Ultra320 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- 0034B0X NetBAY Tape Enclosure (Rack Mount)2

- Ultra2(16-bit)

4U Rack -

- 45591UX NetBay 1U xSeries Tape Enclosure - Ultra160 (16-bit)

1U Rack -



-

- 4559FHX Full-High Tape Enclosure - Ultra160 (16-bit)


-


88 COG



Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e3

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)5

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)6

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

8685-71X

2.0/400 - 1MB L3

1/4

512MB/24GB

Tower 2/4

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb DualU160

Hot-swap

0/1761.6GB

48x-20x

16/14

7/7

8685-7EU

2.0/400 - 1MB L3

2/4

4GB/24GB

Tower 2/4

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb ServeRAID-6M7

Hot-swap

220.2GB/1761.6GB7

48x-20x

16/11

7/6

8685-7RX

2.0/400 - 1MB L3

1/4

512MB/24GB

Rack (7U)

2/4

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb DualU160

Hot-swap

0/1761.6GB

48x-20x

16/14

7/7

8685-A1X

2.2/400 - 2MB L3

1/4

512MB/24GB

Tower 2/4

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb DualU160

Hot-swap

0/1761.6GB

48x-20x

16/14

7/7

8685-ARX

2.2/400 - 2MB L3

1/4

512MB/24GB

Rack (7U)

2/4

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb DualU160

Hot-swap

0/1761.6GB

48x-20x

16/14

7/7

8685-B1X

2.7/400 - 2MB L3

1/4

1GB/24GB

Tower 2/4

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb DualU160

Hot-swap

0/1761.6GB

48x-20x

16/14

7/7

8685-BRX

2.7/400 - 2MB L3

1/4

1GB/24GB

Rack (7U)

2/4

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb DualU160

Hot-swap

0/1761.6GB

48x-20x

16/14

7/7

8685-C1X

3.0/400 - 4MB L3

1/4

1GB/24GB

Tower 2/4

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb DualU160

Hot-swap

0/1761.6GB

48x-20x

16/14

7/7


Notes:1. Tower models ship standard with keyboard and mouse. See Power and Accessories section for tower-to-

rack conversion kit.2. Rack models are housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ship standard without a keyboard or

mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.3. Intel Xeon MP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L3 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) access to

memory and I/O buses.4. Advanced Chipkill ECC memory, supporting two and four-way interleaving and hot-spare

configurations. Maximum memory is based on 12 2GB DIMMs.5. Maximum internal HDD storage capacity is based on 12 hot-swap 146.8GB HDDs, which requires the

optional 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit. Both the standard and optional hot-swap HDD backplanes are Ultra320. The integrated controller is Ultra160.

6. Total number of bays includes the standard bays plus six additional bays provided by installation of the optional 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit.

7. Model 7EU ships standard with a ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB) connected to three 73.4 GB SCSI HDDs.

8685-CRX

3.0/400 - 4MB L3

1/4

1GB/24GB

Rack (7U)

2/4

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb DualU160

Hot-swap

0/1761.6GB

48x-20x

16/14

7/7


Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e3

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)5

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)6

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

90 COG


Notes:1. Three additional processors may be installed, providing a maximum of four. All processors must be

identical in type, speed, and cache size. See diagram for order of installation.

Figure 21. Top view of x255 planar


Notes:1. To support two-way interleaving, optional DIMMs must be installed in pairs up to a maximum of six

DIMMs including the standard DIMMs. To support four-way interleaving, the first two optional DIMMs are installed to complete one four-way set, then the next two sets are installed, each of which includes four matching DIMMs. All DIMMs in a set must be the same density and technology, but the sets are not required to match other sets. Four-way interleaving provides improved performance benefits over two-way interleaving. Chipkill support is provided on the memory card. See DIMM order of Installation table below.

2. Hot-spare memory is supported for both two and four-way interleaving.3. When 2GB DIMMs are installed, the BIOS and diagnostic firmware must be later than version 1.02.

SBB NumberOption


90P0017 73P8805 2.0GHz/400MHz-1MB L3 Cache Upgrade with Xeon Processor MP

7xX

26K5912 13N0747 2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB L3 Cache Upgrade with Xeon Processor MP

AxX


BxX


CxX


25P2754 33L3281 256MB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM

25P2755 33L3283 512MB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM

33L3186 33L3285 1GB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM

73P2574 33L3287 2GB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM3


Figure 22. x255 memory riser card

Notes:1. Two DIMMs installed in D2 and D8 are standard in base models with two-way interleaving enabled. If

two-way interleaving is maintained, then a pair of DIMMs can be installed in D4 and D8 and two more in D6 and D12. If four-way interleaving is enabled, DIMMs must be added in D1 and D7 to complete Bank 3, then four DIMMs are added in Bank 2 and four more DIMMs can be added in Bank 1.

2. If Hot Spare Memory is enabled by the system BIOS, memory bank 3 is used as a spare bank in the event of DIMM failure. Bank 3 serves as a hot spare for both banks 1 and 2. Hot Spare Memory does not apply when only two DIMMs are installed or when only four DIMMs are installed with four-way interleaving. Hot Spare Memory is not addressable by the CPU until activated. Memory density and technology must be the same in both the active and spare banks.



71X, 7RX, A1X, ARX 2 x 256MB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM

Bxx, Cxx 2 x 512MB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM

7EU 4 x 1GB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM

DIMM Order of Installation and Hot Spare Memory Configuration

Interleaving DIMM Set Quantity of DIMMs Bank Spare Memory1

2-way2 D2, D8 2 3 -

2-way D4, D10 4 2 Bank 3

2-way D6, D12 6 1 Bank 3

4-way2 D1, D2, D7, D8 4 3 -

4-way D3, D4, D9, D10 8 2 Bank 3

4-way D5, D6, D11, D12 12 1 Bank 3

92 COG

xSeries 255 Internal SCSI Cabling

The xSeries 255 contains 10 standard bays with the option of adding an additional six HDD bays. The six standard slim-line hot-swap HDD bays are located on the upper left half of the front of both tower and rack models. Four removable media bays are located on the right-side front of the chassis. The top bay contains the standard floppy disk drive and the second bay from the top contains the standard CD-ROM drive. The remaining two removable media bays support tape or optical drive options.

The standard Ultra320 hot-swap backplane supports six hot-swap HDD bays. The backplane is connected to the integrated dual-channel, Ultra160 SCSI controller through a standard 16-bit LVD SCSI cable. If internal RAID support is required, this cable can be used to connect the backplane to a supported RAID controller. A second optional hot-swap backplane with six hot-swap HDD bays is supported for installation directly below the standard backplane. The optional backplane can be configured as an independent SCSI bus with the addition of an optional SCSI storage controller or it can be configured with the six standard hot-swap HDD bays by connecting each of the hot-swap backplanes to separate connectors of a two- or four-channel RAID controller. The optional backplane cannot be connected to the integrated SCSI controller if the standard backplane remains connected, and there is no accommodation for connecting the two backplanes directly.

Supported internal tape drives include a 34-inch terminated SCSI cable for connecting optional tape drives to either a supported SCSI controller or to channel A of the integrated SCSI controller if the hot-swap backplane is connected to an optional controller. The standard CD-ROM is cabled to the IDE port on the planar through a two-drop IDE cable.

External attachment of supported SCSI devices requires installation of the optional External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164), which provides a SCSI cable with an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector that attaches to the rear of the chassis and connects at the other end to the 68-pin connector of channel B on the planar.


xSeries 255 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage

SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity1



SSL - -


SSL 1... 12 12


SSL 1... 12 12


SSL - -


SSL 1... 12 12


SSL 1... 12 12


SSL - -


SSL 1... 12 12

Associated Options

32P1945 32P8163 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit3 - 6... 12 1

33P3129 32P8164 External SCSI Interface Kit4 - - 1

Optical Devices5 Bays Supported

25P5573 22P6950 16x Max RAM-Read DVD-ROM Drive6 A, B, C

26K8792 73P3300 48x/32x/48x/16x Max CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combination Drive6

A, B, C

26K8793 73P3305 Multi-Burner Plus A, B, C

32P8852 10K3782 48x-20x Max CD-ROM Drive A, B, C



- 09N7296 EXP Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit8 -

- 171010U FAStT EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit Rack (3U)

- 17401RU FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit Rack (3U)

- 172260U FAStT600 Storage Server (US line cord, English pubs)

Rack (3U)



94 COG

Notes:1. Maximum quantity requires installation of 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit (P/N 32P8163),

which supports bays seven through 12.2. xSeries 255 contains an Ultra320 hot-swap backplane connected to an integrated Ultra160 storage

controller. In order to support Ultra320 speeds, an Ultra320 storage controller must be installed.3. xSeries 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit is used to provide an additional hot-swap backplane

supporting a single SCSI channel with up to six HDDs.4. Required to enable a 0.8mm VHDCI external connector for external SCSI attachment to the second

channel of the integrated controller. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers for additional information.

5. Standard optical drive is installed in Bay A.6. Audio and video are not supported for DVD-ROM drives. The drive reads data signals only.7. Not supported by the onboard external SCSI port. To configure an external SCSI storage devices, select

an optional SCSI controller then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to confirm that the controller supports the desired External Storage Expansion Unit and to select a supported cable. For HDD or other expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel storage devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.

8. To convert an EXP Storage Unit to a tower form factor the EXP Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit is required.

Notes:1. Two half-high (HH) bays can be combined to support a single full-high (FH) device.2. Optional 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit (P/N 32P8163) is required to support bays seven

through 12.

Figure 23. xSeries 255 front view


- 89mm (3.5in) SL Yes FDD

RM A 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes CD-ROM

RM B 133mm (5.25in) HH1 Yes Open

RM C 133mm (5.25in) HH1 Yes Open

(1... 12)2 HS SL Yes Open

Note: Install HDDs in the same order as bays are numbered, i.e., bays one to 12.



SBB

NumberOption


PCI Support1

Slots Supported1

Hot-Plug2



Full 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 7 -


Full 64-bit133MHz

1 ... 7 -


1 ... 7 -

- 13N2249 Ultra 320 SCSI Controller 25 Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 7 -

Internal RAID Cable

02R2046 02R2068 Ultra320 Internal Single-drop 24in LVD SCSI Cable4

- - - -



1 ... 7 X

- 174290U FAStT900 Storage Server (US line cord) - - - -

- 17421RU FAStT700 Fibre Channel Storage Server - - - -


- - - -


- 2005H08 TotalStorage SAN Fabric Switch Model H08

- - - -


- - - -

- 202612E TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch, 12-Port

- - - -

- 2109F16 SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-Port - - - -

Networking7


Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 7 X

25P2889 06P3601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter Half 32-bit 1 ... 7 X


Half 64-bit/133MHz

2, 3 -

73P3506 73P3601 IBM iSCSI Server Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

2, 3 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

4, 5 -


2, 3 -

96 COG

Notes:1. The 5v slots support universal or 5v adapters. The 3.3v slots support universal or 3.3v adapters. A higher

frequency adapter plugged into a lower frequency slot will operate at the slot frequency. A lower frequency (e.g., 33MHz) adapter plugged into a higher frequency (e.g., 66MHz) slot limits other adapters installed on the same bus to the lower frequency. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot will transfer data at 32-bit rates. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.

2. Slots two through seven are hot-plugable. For Network Operating System support access www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.

3. All models include a dual-port, dual-channel, 64-bit Wide Ultra160 SCSI controller with one internal connector connected to the standard hot-swap backplane with a standard Ultra160 SCSI cable. The second connector supports one external port, which is enabled by installing an External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) with a 0.8mm VHDCI connector.

4. Cable option 02R2068 is required when connecting internal HDDs to ServeRAID-6M adapters.5. Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as

the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.6. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.7. xSeries 255 includes an integrated copper Broadcom 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet controller, which

supports Wake on LAN.8. xSeries 255 includes four USB ports, one external serial port and two integrated RS-485 system

management interconnect ports located on the back of the system chassis. Connection of the standard service processor to other servers in an interconnect network requires a customer-supplied Cat5 cable.

9. The Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries allows interconnectivity with an IBM eServer iServer server. This card occupies two slot positions. It is restricted to slot two. Remote Supervisor Adapter I or II must also be installed.

10. Due to homologation variances, modem availability may differ by country.11. Connection of the external AC power supply provided with the option is not required.


Half 64-bit/133MHz

2, 3, 4, 5 -

Other I/O8


1 -


29 -

System Management

02R1676 59P2984 Remote Supervisor Adapter II11 Half 32-bit/33MHz

1 -

SBB Number


Adapter Length

PCI Support1

Slots Supported1

Hot-Plug2




SBB NumberOption

Number Description

Power1

48P7713 31P6133 370w Reversed Fan Hot-swap Redundant Power Supply


- 21301TX UPS750TLV

- 21302TX UPS750THV





Rack-mount Uninterruptible Power Supply


- 2130R30 UPS3000XLV3

- 2130R31 UPS3000XHV3

- 32P1692 UPS Extend Run Battery Pack3

- 37L6861 APC Smart-UPS 5000RMB4

- 21306RX UPS 7500XHV5

- 21308RX UPS 10000XHV5

- 25R5582 UPS Extend Run Battery Pack6

Monitors7




98 COG

Notes:1. xSeries 255 includes two 370w hot-swap power supplies with the ability to accept two additional 370w

Reversed Fan Hot-swap Redundant Power Supplies (P/N 31P6133). Each power supply bus in rack models includes an IEC 9ft rack power cable (P/N 36L8886) for attachment to NetBAY Rack Plus and high voltage UPS units. The US country kit for rack models includes two NEMA 5-15P cords (P/N 6952300) for connection to a low voltage UPS, low voltage PDU or wall outlet. Tower models ship with two 1.8m NEMA 5-15P cords (P/N 6952301). Each of the two standard power supplies is installed on a separate bus. Installation of one optional power supply on each bus is required to achieve full power redundancy. Additional power cords are not used.

2. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.3. Height is 2U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.4. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.5. Height is 6U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.6. Height is 3U. Available for UPS 7500XHV and UPS 10000XHV. Maximum of four per UPS.7. xSeries 255 uses an integrated ATI Rage XL video controller with 8MB of memory.8. Includes a 17in Flat Panel Monitor.9. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).10. Installation within a rack requires optional Netfinity Flat Panel Monitor Rack Mount Kit II (P/N

37L6888) and Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707). A space saver keyboard may coexist within the same 28L4707 keyboard tray.

11. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.


- 32P1703 NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)11





SBB NumberOption

Number Description


Notes:1. xSeries 255 rack models are housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and require one of the racks listed

in the Rack Cabinets and Options section. 2. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these

options.3. xSeries 255 rack models ship without a keyboard or mouse.4. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a

keyboard tray with a flat panel display.

SBB NumberOption

Number Description

Conversion Kits

- 32P1474 7Ux26D Tower-to-Rack Kit

Rack and NetBAY1

Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.

Console Connectivity2

- 1735L04 NetBAY Local Console Manager

- 1735R16 NetBAY Remote Console Manager





Keyboard and Mouse3


32P4092 28L3673 Sleek 2-Button Mouse, business black

100 COG


SBB Number


Bays Supported



32P8861 00N7991 20/40GB DDS/4 4mm Internal Tape Drive2

B, C Ultra2 (16-bit)

89mm (3.5in) HH or 133mm (5.25in)

HH

0034B0X45591UX

71P9187 59P6745 80/160GB VS160 SCSI Tape Drive

B, C Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X45591UX

- 59P6717 100/200GB LTO Tape Drive B, C Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X

24P7303 59P6736 160/320GB SDLT Tape Drive B+C Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

0034B0X


B+C Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

0034B0X

Tape Autoloaders

- 00N7992 120/240GB DDS/4 Tape Autoloader

B+C Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- Ultra320 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

Stand-alone or 5U Rack3

-

- 3581L28 TotalStorage Ultrium LVD Tape 2U Autoloader 3581

- Ultra160 (16-bit)


-

- 3581F28 TotalStorage Ultrium Fibre Tape 2U Autoloader 3581

- 2Gb Fibre Channel


-



- Ultra2(16-bit)

4U Rack -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

1U Rack -


- - - - - - -

Associated Options

33P3129 32P8164 External SCSI Interface Kit6 - Ultra2 (16-bit)

- -



Notes:1. To determine external cable requirements, note the tape drive’s SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI

controller from the system configurator section and the desired enclosure, then refer to ’Cables - Storage Units - Controllers’.

2. The standard internal media power cable is not long enough to connect to this tape drive in xSeries 255. An optional longer media power cable is available (FRU# 24P1054).

3. Rack mount requires an optional rack kit. See tape drive appendix for more information. 4. An external cable is included. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow an additional 1U in rack

for fixed shelf).5. Tape library attributes and options are located in the tape library appendix.6. Required to connect one channel of the integrated SCSI controller to the 0.8mm VHDCI external port,

which cannot be enabled if both channels of the integrated controller are connected internally. If both SCSI channels are being used for internal use, an optional SCSI controller is required to support external SCSI tape attachment.

102 COG



Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e 3

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

8836-1Mx

2.8/800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb

U320 Fixed 36.4GB/293.6GB8

CD-ROM 24x-10x

4/1 2/2

8836-1Sx

2.8/800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb

SATA Simple-swap

0GB/320GB

CD-ROM 24x-10x

4/2 2/2

8836-2Mx

3.0/800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb

U320 Fixed 36.4GB/293.6GB8

CD-ROM 24x-10x

4/1 2/2

8836-2Sx

3.0/800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB/4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb

SATA Simple-swap

0GB/320GB

CD-ROM 24x-10x

4/2 2/2

8836-4MY9

3.2/800-1MB L29

1/1

512MB/4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb

U320 Fixed 36.4GB/293.6GB8

CD-ROM 24x-10x

4/1 2/2

8836-4SY9

3.2/800-1MB L29

1/1

512MB/4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb

SATA Simple-swap

0GB/320GB

CD-ROM 24x-10x

4/2 2/2

8836-5MY9

3.4/800-1MB L29

1/1

512MB/4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb

U320 Fixed 36.4GB/293.6GB10

CD-ROM 24x-10x

4/2 2/2

8489-2MY11

3.0/ 800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB / 4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1GB

U320 Fixed 0GB/320GB

CD-ROM (24x-10x)

4/ 1

2/ 2



not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8836-1Mx is 8836-1MU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.

2. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies: 1Mx --> 11X, 1Sx --> 15X, 2Mx --> 21X, 2Sx --> 25X, 4MY --> 41X, 4SY --> 45X, 5MY --> 51X, 5SY --> 55X. L.A. and A.P. models 4xX and 5xY will need the last digit (X) substituted with a country-specific designator. For example, Model 31X may become 31L.

3. Unless footnoted otherwise, models ship with Intel Pentium 4 processors with advanced transfer L2 cache and 800MHz Front-side Bus (FSB).

4. Models with 3.0GHz CPU or below, ship with PC2700 ECC DDR unbuffered DIMMs. Models with a 3.2GHz and above CPU, ship with PC3200 ECC DDR unbuffered DIMMs.

8489-2SY11

3.0/ 800-1MB L2

1 / 1

512MB / 4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb

SATA Simple-swap

36.4GB / 293.6GB

CD-ROM (24x-10x)

4/ 2

2 / 2

8489-4MY11

3.2/ 800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB / 4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb


CD-ROM (24x-10x)

4/ 1

2/2

8489-4SY11

3.2/ 800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB / 4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb

SATA Simple-swap

36.4GB / 293.6GB

CD-ROM (24x-10x)

4 / 2

2/2

8489-5MY11

3.4/800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB / 4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb


CD-ROM (24x-10x)

4/2 2/2

8489-5SY11

3.4/800-1MB L2

1/1

512MB / 4GB

Rack (1U)

1/1 - N Dual 1Gb

SATA Simple-swap

36.4GB / 293.6GB

CD-ROM (24x-10x)

4/2 2/2

Note: xSeries 306 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. This system also provides dual integrated Intel gigabit Ethernet controllers (WOL, ASF 2.0), four USB ports (two front/two rear), one RS-232 serial port, an integrated ATI 7000M video controller with 16MB of memory, supports a single 300w power supply, and comes with a one year parts and labor warranty.


Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e 3

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

104 COG

5. See "Power and Accessories" section for more information on the power supplies.6. Integrated single channel Ultra320 SCSI storage controller on SCSI models, two SATA controllers on

SATA models supporting one HDD per controller. Both the SCSI and SATA integrated controllers support Integrated ServeRAID-7e (RAID-0 and RAID-1).

7. Maximum capacity for SCSI models is based on two 146.8GB hot-swap SCSI HDDs. Maximum capacity for SATA models is based on two 160GB SATA HDDs.

8. Model ships standard with a single 36.4GB, 10K rpm SCSI HDD.9. Intel Pentium 4 processor with Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), L2 cache and an 800MHz

Front-side Bus (FSB).10. Model ships standard with a single 36.4GB, 15K rpm SCSI HDD.11. The 8836 machine type carries a one year limited parts and labor warranty. 8489 carries a three year

limited parts and labor warranty.


Notes:1. A maximum of 4GB of memory is supported via 4 DIMM slots.2. A single DIMM configuration is valid if installed in socket DIMM 1. Otherwise, DIMMs must be

configured in matched pairs starting with DIMM sockets 1 and 3, then 2 and 4. Single DIMM models require the standard DIMM either be matched or removed, before adding additional memory in pairs. PC2700 and PC3200 DIMMs can coexist in the same system if the memory configuration/installation rules are followed (i.e., matched pairs). However, all memory will operate at the lowest installed speed.

SBB Number Option Number Memory Options1, 2







Note: All DIMM options are unbuffered DIMMs.


1Mx, 1Sx, 2Mx, 2Sx 1 x 512MB PC2700 ECC DDR DIMM

4MY, 4SY, 5MY, 5SY 1 x 512MB PC3200 ECC DDR DIMM



Fixed (Nonhot-swap) SCSI Models

xSeries 306 fixed SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, 2-drop (68-pin), terminated, 16-bit LVD SCSI cable, connecting the SCSI controller to installed HDDs.

Simple-swap SATA

Simple-swap SATA models provide two point-to-point SATA cables supporting one SATA HDD each.

All models provide a single ATA-100 IDE connector cabled to the standard optical device via a single-drop IDE cable.

106 COG


Notes:1. Audio not supported for DVD-ROM drives. The drive provides data input/output only.2. Mixing of different HDD technologies is not supported.3. The xSeries 306 ships standard with a slim high 24x-10x CD-ROM Drive.4. May require removing standard devices.

Notes:

1. Standard HDD on nonopen-bay module is installed in bay 3.

SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity




73P8015 73P8006 250GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD SL 3, 4 2

Fixed (Nonhot-swap) Ultra320 HDDs2

- 26K5678 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 3, 4 2






- 90P1314 146GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SL 3, 4 2



Optical Devices3

- 22P7047 8x Max DVD-ROM Drive Ultra-Slim 1 1


- 17401RU DS4000 EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit Rack (3U)


1 133mm (5.25in) Slim yes Std. Optical


3 89mm (3.5in) SL yes Std. HDD1

4 89mm (3.5in) SL yes HDD

Note: Install first HDD in bay three.




SBB

NumberOption

Number DescriptionAdapter Length PCI Support1

Slots Supported



1


1


1, 2


-



1, 2

- 202612E TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch, 12-port - - -

- 2109F16 SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-port - - -

Networking4, 5


2


Half 64-bit/133MHz

_


Half 64-bit/133MHz

-

73P4005 73P4001 NetXtreme 1000 + SX Fiber Ethernet Adapter

Half 64-bit/133MHz

-


-

73P4205 73P4201 NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Ethernet Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

-

System Management

02R1676 59P2984 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Half 32-bit/33MHz

2

108 COG

Notes:1. xSeries 306 SCSI models ship with single channel, Ultra320 SCSI Controller installed in a dedicated mini-

PCI slot. SATA models ship with two integrated SATA controllers. Both the SCSI and SATA controllers support Integrated ServeRAID-7e (RAID-0 and RAID-1).


3. See the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.4. xSeries 306 includes dual integrated copper-based, full-duplex, Intel gigabit Ethernet controllers

(82547GI and 82541GI).5. If a low-profile adapter is selected, then slots 1 or 2 must be used.



Notes:1. The xSeries 306 includes a 300w voltage sensing power supply with a single line cord.2. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.

Option Number Power1



32P1022 APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400 RMiB

2130R30 UPS3000XLV

2130R31 UPS3000XHV

37L6861 APC Smart-UPS 5000

37L6862 APC Smart-UPS 5000RMiB



Notes:1. Refer to the Rack console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these

options.2. Required to connect one of the USB ports on the server to either a Local or Remote Console Manager.

This option kit contains four 1.5m USB conversion option cables, four 14in lengths of Cat5 cable, four large curly-lock cable connectors and an eight-pack of velcro strips.

3. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).4. Includes a 17in Flat Panel Monitor.5. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.6. xSeries 306 models ship standard with a mouse and full-size keyboard.7. Installation within a rack requires an optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share


SBB NumberOption

Number Description








- 73P5832 USB Conversion Option (four-pack)2

Monitors








Keyboard and Mouse6


02R3421 28L3673 Sleek 2-button Mouse, business black


Other Accessories


Note: Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.

110 COG


SBB Number


Bays Supported1



32P8861 00N7991 20/40 GB DDS/4 4mm Internal Tape Drive

- Ultra2 (16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

0034B0X45591UX


- Ultra2 (16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

0034B0X

71P9187 59P6745 80/160GB VS160 SCSI Tape Drive

- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X45591UX

71P9166 59P6746 80/160/GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive

- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X45591UX

- 59P6717 100/200GB LTO Tape Drive - Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X


- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

0034B0X

Tape Autoloaders

- 00N7992 120/240GB DDS/4 Tape Autoloader

- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

-


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- Ultra320 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)


-



- Ultra2 (16-bit)

4U Rack -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

1U Rack -


- - - - - - -

Associated Options

- - - - - - -

Note: Hot-swap models do not support installation of a SCSI tape drive on the same bus that supports the hot-swap backplane.



Notes:1. xSeries 306 does not support internal tape drives and does not include an external SCSI connector. An

external tape library or internal tape drive with a tape enclosure, supported SCSI adapter and appropriate cable must be selected. Select tape drive, enclosure and supported adapter then use Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to select an appropriate external cable.

2. Rack mount requires an optional rack kit. See tape drive appendix for more information.3. Tape library attributes and options are located in the tape library appendix.

112 COG


The xSeries 336 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and also provides three USB ports (one front, two rear), one 9-pin serial port, keyboard port, mouse port, video port and an integrated ATI Radeon 7000M graphics controller with 16 MB of video memory. A keyboard, mouse and diskette drive is not provided.


Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3, 4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

6

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

7

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

8837-01Y

2.8/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

U320 Hot-swap

0GB/293.6GB8

DVD-ROM (8X)

3/2

2/2

8837-02Y

2.8/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, F

Y Dual 1GB

SATA Simple-swap

0GB/500GB9

DVD-ROM (8X)

3/2

2/2

8837-0EY

2.8/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

2GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

U320 Hot-swap

146.8GB/293.6GB10

DVD-ROM (8X)

3/0

2/2

8837-11Y

3.0/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

U320 Hot-swap

0GB/293.6GB8

DVD-ROM (8X)

3/2

2/2

8837-21Y

3.2/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

U320 Hot-swap

0GB/293.6GB8

DVD-ROM (8X)

3/2

2/2

8837-2AY11

3.2/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

U320 Hot-swap

0GB/293.6GB12

-13 4/4

2/2

8837-22Y

3.2/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, F

Y Dual 1GB

SATA Simple-swap

0GB/500GB9

DVD-ROM (8X)

3/2

2/2

8837-31Y

3.4/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

U320 Hot-swap

0GB/293.6GB8

DVD-ROM (8X)

3/2

2/2

8837-41Y

3.6/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

U320 Hot-swap

0GB/293.6GB8

DVD-ROM (8X)

3/2

2/2


8837-4AY11

3.6/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

U320 Hot-swap

0GB/293.6GB12

-13 4/4

2/2

8837-42Y

3.6/800 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/2

P, F

Y Dual 1GB

SATA Simple-swap

0GB/500GB9

DVD-ROM (8X)

3/2

2/2

8837-15Y

3.0/800-2MB L2

1/ 2

1GB / 16GB

Rack (1U)

1/ 2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB14

DVD-ROM (8x)

3/ 2

2/ 2

8837-16Y

3.0/800-2MB L2

1/ 2

1GB / 16GB

Rack (1U)

1/ 2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1Gb

SATA Simple-swap

0GB / 500GB9, 14

DVD-ROM (8x)

3/ 2

2 / 2

8837-1VY

3.0/800-2MB L2

1/ 2

1GB / 16GB

Rack (1U)

1/ 2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB14

- 4 / 4

2 / 2

8837-25Y

3.2/800-2MB L2

1/ 2

1GB / 16GB

Rack (1U)

1/ 2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB14

DVD-ROM (8x)

3 / 2

2 / 2

8837-35Y

3.4/800-2MB L2

1/ 2

1GB / 16GB

Rack (1U)

1/ 2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB14

DVD-ROM (8x)

3 / 2

2 / 2

8837-36Y

3.4/800-2MB L2

1/ 2

1GB / 16GB

Rack (1U)

1/ 2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1Gb

SATA Simple-swap

0GB / 500GB9, 14

DVD-ROM (8x)

3 / 2

2 / 2

8837-3VY

3.4/800-2MB L2

1/ 2

1GB / 16GB

Rack (1U)

1 / 2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB14

- 4 / 4

2 / 2

8837-45Y

3.6/800-2MB L2

1/ 2

1GB / 16GB

Rack (1U)

1/ 2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB14

DVD-ROM (8x)

3 / 2

2 / 2

8837-E1Y

3.0/800-2MB L2

1/ 2

2GB / 16GB

Rack (1U)

1 / 2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB14

DVD-ROM (8x)

3 / 2

2 / 2

8837-E2Y

3.0/800-2MB L2

1/ 2

2GB / 16GB

Rack (1U)

1 / 2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB14

- 4 / 4

2 / 2


art N

um

ber

1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3, 4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

6

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

7

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

114 COG

Notes:

1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8837-01Y is 8837-01U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.




5. See ‘Power and Accessories’ section for more information on the power supplies.

6. Dual Broadcom 5721 Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

7. SCSI models provide a single-channel, Ultra320 integrated SCSI controller which supports RAID-0 and RAID-1. SATA models provide two SATA controllers supporting one HDD each.

8. Maximum capacity requires installing two 146.8GB 3.5in SCSI HDDs.

9. Maximum capacity requires installing two 250GB SATA HDDs.

10. Model 0EY ships standard with two 73.4GB 3.5in SCSI HDDs.

11. This model supports the 2.5in SCSI SFF HDD and not the 3.5in SCSI SSL HDD.

12. Maximum capacity requires installing four 73.4GB 2.5in SCSI HDDs.

13. Models shipping with four 2.5in hot-swap HDD bays do not support an optical drive. Operating system installation requires a network-based install or an external USB optical drive.

14. Capacities are based on installation of two 3.5-in 146 GB Ultra320 or four 2.5-in 73 GB Ultra320 HDDs (SCSI models) or two 160 GB SATA HDDs (SATA models).


SBB NumberOption


24R9286 13N0668 2.8GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 0xY


90P5195 13N0663 3.2GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 2xY



32R0422 25R8904 3.0GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor 1xY, ExY

32R0424 25R8905 3.2GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache 2xY



Note: x336 processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T).


Notes:



Notes:

1. Quantity two of each SBB PN must be ordered to equal its corresponding option.

2. Supports Chipkill. Mixing Chipkill DIMMs with nonChipkill DIMMs will disable all Chipkill function.







Note: 16GB of memory is supported via eight DIMM slots. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is required beginning with DIMM slots one and two, then three and four, then five and six, then the DIMM slots seven and eight. Memory-mirroring requires all installed DIMMS to match and effectively reduces available memory by half. Hot-spare memory requires all installed DIMMs to match except for the last pair which must be of equal size or greater than other installed pairs.

Model Std. DIMM Configuration Chipkill

01Y, 02Y 2 x 256MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM N

1xx, 2xx, 3xx, 4xx 2 x 512MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM N

0EY, E1Y, E2Y 2 x 1GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Y

116 COG




xSeries 336 hot-swap SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, 1-drop LVD SCSI cable, connecting the integrated single-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller to the hot-swap backplane.

Simple-swap SATA

xSeries 336 simple-swap SATA models provide two point-to-point SATA cables connecting the two integrated SATA controllers to the SATA simple-swap backplane.

A single IDE device is supported on the 3.5in SCSI HDD models and the simple-swap SATA models. An IDE device is not supported on the 2.5in SCSI HDD models.

External SCSI attachment requires an optional SCSI controller be installed.



SBB

NumberOption


Supported1 Max Qty



SL 1, 2 2


SL 1, 2 2

- 73P8006 250GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD

SL 1, 2 2

Hot-swap Ultra320 HDDs2, 3

90P1324 32P0796 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI SFF HDD

SFF4 1, 2, 3, 4 4

90P1325 32P0797 73.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI SFF HDD

SFF4 1, 2, 3, 4 4

- 90P1380 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD

SSL - -

90P1328 90P1304 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD

SSL 1, 2 2


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL - -


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL 1, 2 2

- 90P1382 146Gb 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD

SSL - -


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL 1, 2 -

Optical Devices5

26K8788 73P3288 24X/24X/24X/8X Max CD-RW/DVD Combination

Ultra-Slim 3 1

26K8787 73P3270 8X Max DVD-ROM Ultra-Slim 3 1

118 COG

Notes:

1. Installation may require removing standard devices.

2. Mixing SATA and SCSI HDDs is not supported.

3. Small Form Factor (SFF) HDDs are 2.5in wide and cannot be mixed with the 3.5in SSL HDDs.

4. See the At-A-Glance section for models that support SFF hard drives.

5. SFF SCSI HDD models do not support an optical drive. 3.5in SCSI HDD and SATA models ship standard with an 8X Max DVD-ROM drive.

6. An optional SCSI, RAID or Fibre controller is required in order to attach to the system.


- 73P3294 Multi-Burner Ultrabay Slim Drive DVD-RAM

Ultra-Slim 3 1

External Storage Expansion Units6

Form Factor


- 17332RX EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit (DC Power)

Rack (3U)

- 171010U FAStT EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit

Rack (3U)


Rack (3U)



- 24P8215 FAStT600 Turbo Storage Server Rack (3U)


SATA and 3.5in SCSI HDD Models




3 133mm (5.25in) Ultra-Slim Yes Std. Optical

2.5in SCSI HDD Models


1 63.5mm (2.5in) SFF Yes HDD

SBB Number


Bays Supported1 Max Qty







SBB Number



Slots Supported Hot-Plug1

Storage Controllers

71P8633 13N2190 ServeRAID-6i+ Controller Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 -


1, 23 -


Full 64-bit/133MHz

2 -


Full 64-bit/133MHz

2 -

71P8651 71P8648 ServeRAID-7t SATA RAID Controller

Half 64-bit/64MHz

1, 23 -



1, 23 -



- 24P8215 FAStT600 Turbo Storage Server - - - -





- - - -

Networking

- 31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Adapter by Intel

Half 64-bit/133MHz

1, 2 -

2.5in SCSI HDD Models


120 COG

Notes:

1. xSeries 336 does not have any Active-PCI slots.


3. For this option to fit in slot 1, remove the 3U bracket and attach the 2U bracket.

4. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.

5. Installs into a dedicated slot. Does not consume a PCI slot. Quantity one allowed.


Figure 30. xSeries 336 Rear View

- 73P2701 PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel

Half 64-bit/133MHz

1, 2 -




Half 64-bit/133MHz

1, 2 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

1, 2 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

1, 2 -

System Management

73P9342 73P9341 Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine5

- - - -

Other I/O

- 31P7201 V.90 Data/Fax Soft Modem56 Half 32-bit/33MHz

1, 2 -

SBB Number



Slots Supported Hot-Plug1



Notes:

1. xSeries 336 ships with a single 585w hot-swap capable power supply, a rack power cable and line cord. A second hot-swap power supply is optional for redundancy.

2. The power supply ships with a single 2.8m rack power Y-cable which replaces the system’s standard power cable. When used in conjunction with multiple x336s, the Y-cable is designed to be split between x336s. Therefore, the number of PDU outlets used is reduced and a certain level of redundancy is provided.

3. For runtimes and UPS attributes, see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.

4. Height is 2U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.


6. Height is 6U. See Rack Cabinets and Options sector for supported IBM racks.

7. Height is 3U. Available for UPS 7500XHV and UPS 10000XHV. Maximum of four per UPS.


Power1

90P5280 585w Hot-Swap Power Supply2




2130R30 UPS3000XLV4

2130R31 UPS3000XHV4





21308RX UPS 10000XHV6


122 COG

Notes:

1. USB accessories are not compatible with the NetBay console switches. They attach to a single USB-capable server.


3. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).









Monitors








Keyboard and Mouse


- 31P9490 USB Travel Keyboard with UltraNav - US English


- 31P8700 Optical 3-button ScrollPoint Pro Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 and USB


- 31P7405 Optical 3-button ScrollPoint Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 and USB


Other Accessories


- 33L5151 USB Portable CD-ROM

- 22P9163 USB 2.0 Portable Multi-Burner




SBB Number


Bays Supported


Ext Tape Encl

- 71P9145 36/72GB DDS/5 Internal SCSI Tape Drive

- Ultra2 (16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

-


- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

-

- 59P6746 80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive - Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

45591UX


133mm (5.25in) HH

-


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

45591UX


- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

-


- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm 5.25in) FH

4559FHX

Tape Autoloaders


- Ultra320 (16-bit)

2U Rack -



1U Rack -



-



-


124 COG


Notes:1. x343 machine-type 8827 also provides two integrated Intel 10/100 Ethernet controllers, two rear USB

ports, a single serial port (via a RJ-45 connector) and a single combined keyboard/mouse port. A keyboard or mouse is not provided.

2. x343 machine-type 8847 also provides two integrated Intel gigabit Ethernet controllers, two front and two rear USB, two serial ports (via RJ-45 connectors) and a single combined keyboard/mouse port. A keyboard or mouse is not provided and x343 machine-type 8847 does not ship with a diskette drive.

3. Not available from IBM after this date. Business Partner Inventory may be available.4. Storage controllers are integrated and dual-channel, supporting both internal and external SCSI

attachment.5. Intel Pentium III processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and a 133MHz Front-side bus (FSB).6. Includes two standard 350w, -48v direct current (DC) hot-swap, redundant power supplies.7. Ships standard with one nonhot-swap 36.4GB 10k rpm U160 SCSI HDD.8. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and a 533MHz Front-side bus (FSB).9. 12GB is supported when “Special Bid Order Only” 2GB DIMMs are installed in all six DIMM slots.10. Power supplies are 470w, -48v DC. They are hot-swappable and redundant when two are installed. An

AC power supply kit is available via Special Bid order only.


Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

Wit

hd

raw

al D

ate3

Pro

cess

ors/

FSB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax)

Cac

he

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er, S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)S

yste

m M

anag

emen

t Pro

cess

ors

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler4

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

8827-14X

Apr-29

1.265 2/2

512KB L2

2GB/6GB

Rack (2U)

2/26

P Y Dual U160

Fixed 36.4GB/72.8GB7

CD-ROM

24x-10x

4/1

6/6

8847-14X

- 2.4/5338

2/2

512KB L2

1GB/12GB9

Rack (2U)

1/210

P Y Dual U320

Hot-Swap

73.4GB/293.6GB11

CD-ROM

24x-10x

3/1

6/6

8847-24X

- 2.4/5338

2/2

512KB L2

2GB/12GB9

Rack (2U)

2/210

P Y Dual U320

Hot-Swap

146.8GB/293.6GB12

CD-ROM

24x-10x

3/1

6/6

Note: xSeries 343 is Network Equipment Building System (NEBS) Level 3 compliant, in its standard configuration, for utilization in a telecommunications network infrastructure. For information about obtaining NEBS compliancy for any other configuration, contact your IBM representative. x343 includes -48v direct current (DC) power supplies requiring a direct current power source (-48v to -60v). Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer which requires a two-post rack. It is not supported in standard IBM racks.


11. Ships standard with one hot-swap 73.4GB 10k rpm U320 SCSI HDD.12. Ships standard with one hot-swap 146.8GB 10k rpm U320 SCSI HDD.


Notes:1. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory options in pairs beginning with sockets one and

four is required. Add memory options in sockets two and five, then three and six.2. The 1GB DIMM Kit contains two 512MB DIMMs. The 2GB DIMM Kit contains two 1GB DIMMs. The

4GB DIMM Kit contains two 2GB DIMMs.3. Available via Special Bid order only.


MT-8827

A two-drop 16-bit LVD SCSI cable connects the standard HDD to the integrated, dual-channel U160 SCSI controller. The second channel of the integrated SCSI controller is hardwired to the rear of the system providing an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector for external attachment. A single-drop IDE cable connects to the standard optical drive.

MT - 8847

A two-drop 16-bit LVD SCSI cable connects the standard HDD to the integrated, dual-channel U320 SCSI controller. The second channel of the integrated SCSI controller is hardwired to the rear of the system providing an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector for external attachment. A single-drop IDE cable connects to the standard optical drive.

Option Number x343 MT 8847 Memory Options1, 2

- 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit3

73P4126 2GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit

- 4GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit3


8827-14X 2 x 1GB PC133 ECC SDRAM RDIMM

8847-14X 2 x 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM

8847-24X 2 x 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM

126 COG

xSeries 343 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options

Notes:1. One HDD ships standard.2. Not supported in x343 MT 8827.

Figure 31. xSeries 343 8827 front view

Figure 32. xSeries 343 8847 front view

Description Height Bays Supported1 Max Qty1

73.4GB 10k rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD2 SL 2, 3 2

146.8GB 10k rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD2 SL 2, 3 2

Note: HDD options for x343 MT 8847 are available via Special Bid order only. Contact your IBM representative for more information.

xSeries 343 8827 Bay Configuration




3 89mm (3.5in) SL yes Std. HDD


xSeries 343 8847 Bay Configuration




3 89mm (3.5in) SL yes Std. HDD



Notes:1. x343 MT 8847 includes dual, integrated, copper-based, full-duplex, Intel gigabit Ethernet controllers.

x343 MT 8827 includes dual, integrated, copper-based, full-duplex, Intel 10/100 megabit Ethernet controllers.

Figure 33. xSeries 343 8827 rear view


Note: Bus C may operate at lower speeds if all three slots are populated.



Slots Supported

Networking1

31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Adapter by Intel Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6

Note: I/O options above are for x343 MT 8847. They are not supported in x343 MT 8827. Select third-party options are supported on x343 MT 8827. Refer to the IBM Serverproven compatibility website for latest available information. IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-IBM products. These products are offered and warranted by the third parties, respectively.

128 COG


Notes:1. xSeries 343 MT 8827 includes two 350w, -48v direct current (DC) power supplies requiring a direct

current power source (-48v to -60v). Power cord is customer-supplied.2. Depending on model, x343 MT 8847, ships with one or two 470w, -48v DC power supplies. Power cord is

customer-supplied. A maximum of two power supplies are supported.3. Not available for x343 MT 8827.4. Available via Special Bid order only. Contact your IBM Representative for further information.5. Kit provides necessary hardware to convert x343 MT 8847 DC models to AC power. Customer will need

to specify one or two AC power supplies.6. xSeries 343 uses an ATI Rage XL SVGA controller with 8MB of video memory.7. Not available for x343 MT 8847.8. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).

Notes:1. xSeries 343 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires a two-post rack. Not supported for

installation in standard IBM racks.2. xSeries 343 supports rack configurations only and ships without a mouse or keyboard.


Power1, 2

- 470w, -48v, Hot-swap Power Supply3, 4

- AC Power Supply Kit4, 5

Monitors6

633147N E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), business black7, 8


Rack and NetBAY1

Keyboard and Mouse2

28L3673 Sleek 2-button Mouse, business black


130 COG


The xSeries 346 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and also provides three USB ports (one front, two rear), two 9-pin serial ports, two systems management RS-485 ports, an external SCSI port, keyboard port, mouse port, video port and an integrated ATI Radeon 7000M graphics controller with 16 MB of video memory. A keyboard and mouse is not provided.


Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3, 4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

s

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

6

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler7

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)8

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

8840-01Y

2.8/800 - 1MB

L2

1/2

512MB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-0EY

2.8/800 - 1MB

L2

1/2

2GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

ServeRAID-7K9

Hot-swap

220.2/880.8GB9

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-11Y

3.0/800 - 1MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24X)

8/6

4/4

8840-15Y

3.0/800 - 2MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0GB/880.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-16Y

3.0/800 - 2MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

2/2

P, H, F

Y10 Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/880.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24X)

8/6

4/4

8840-21Y

3.2/800 - 1MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/800.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-25Y

3.2/800 - 2MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/800.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-22Y

3.2/800 - 1MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

2/2

P, H, F

Y10 Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/800.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-31Y

3.4/800 - 1MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/800.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4



not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8840-01Y is 8840-01U. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.


8840-32Y

3.4/800 - 1MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

2/2

P, H, F

Y10 Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/800.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-35Y

3.4/800 - 2MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/800.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-36Y

3.4/800 - 2MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

2/2

P, H, F

Y10 Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/800.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-41Y

3.6/800 - 1MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/800.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-42Y

3.6/800 - 1MB

L2

2/2

2GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

2/2

P, H, F

Y10 Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/800.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-45Y

3.6/800 - 2MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/800.8GB

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-E1Y

3.0/800 - 2MB

L2

1/2

2GB/16GB

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

ServeRAID-7k9

Hot-swap

220.2/800.8GB9

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/6

4/4

8840-17Y11

3.0/800 - 2MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB12

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

ServeRAID-7k13

Hot-swap

1272GB/1272GB14

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/0

4/4

8840-37Y11

3.4/800 - 2MB

L2

1/2

1GB/16GB12

Rack (2U)

1/2

P, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

ServeRAID-7k13

Hot-swap

72.8/1272GB15

DVD-ROM (8x-24x)

8/4

4/4


art N

um

ber

1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3, 4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

s

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

6

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler7

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)8

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

132 COG



5. See ‘Power and Accessories’ section for more information on the power supplies.6. Dual Broadcom 5721 Gigabit Ethernet controllers.7. The integrated dual-channel, Ultra320 SCSI controller supports integrated RAID-0, 1 and 10.8. Maximum capacity is based on six 146.8GB HDDs.9. Models 0EY and E1Y ship standard with the ServeRAID-7k controller connected to 3 x 73.4GB SCSI

HDDs.10. This model ships standard with the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter installed into a

dedicated slot.11. Models 17Y and 37Y hardware components come preconfigured and the Microsoft Windows Server 2003

operating system is pre-installed.12. x346 Storage Server operating system supports a maximum of 4GB of memory.13. This model ships with dual Ultra320 SCSI controllers.14. x346 Storage Server NAS includes a preconfigured ServeRAID 7k adapter and two 36.4GB hot-swap

SCSI 15k disk drives set up for RAID-1. Model 8840-17Y has four additional 300GB hot-swap SCSI disk drives preinstalled for data, providing a maximum internal data disk capacity of 1.2TB.

15. x346 Storage Server NAS includes a preconfigured ServeRAID 7k adapter and two 36.4GB hot-swap SCSI 15k disk drives set up for RAID-1. The maximum additional internal data disk capacity is 1.2TB.



identical in type, speed and cache size.2. Model 42Y ships standard with two processors.

SBB Number Option Number Processor Options SMP Support1

13M7939 13N0681 2.8GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 0xY


25K9555 13N0683 3.2GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 2xY

25K9556 13N0684 3.4GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 3xY

25K9557 13N0685 3.6GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 4xY2

13M8285 25R8902 3.0GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor ExY, 1xY

13M8286 25R8903 3.2GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 2xY



Note: The x346 processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T).




SBB Number1

Option Number Memory Options






Note: 16GB of memory is available via eight DIMM slots. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is required beginning with DIMM slots one and two, then three and four, then five and six, then DIMM slots seven and eight. Memory-mirroring requires all installed DIMMs to match and effectively reduces available memory by half. Hot-spare memory requires all installed DIMMs to match except for the last pair which must be of equal size or greater than other installed pairs.


01Y 2 x 256MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM

1xx, 2xx, 3xx, 41Y, 45Y

2 x 512MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM

0EY, 42Y, E1Y 2 x 1GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM

134 COG



xSeries 346 models are cabled internally with a single, 1-drop LVD SCSI cable, connecting one channel of the integrated, dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller to the hot-swap backplane. The second SCSI channel is wired to an external 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI connector.

A single IDE device is supported in all models.

DIMM 1 (J1)DIMM 2 (J2)




Microprocessor 1 (J22)Microprocessor 2 (J23)

Battery(BH1)

VRM (J72)

RemoteSupervisorAdapter IISlimLine (J21)

PCI riser card (J73)

ServeRAID-7k card (J19)PCI low-profile card (J18)



Notes:1. Installation may require removing standard devices.2. All models ship standard with an 8X Max DVD-ROM drive.3. An optional SCSI, RAID or Fibre controller is required in order to attach to the system.

SBB Number


Bays Supported1 Max Qty


- 90P1380 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SSL - -

90P1328 90P1304 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SSL 1 ... 6 6






90P1330 90P1306 146.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SSL 1 .. 6 6

90P1331 90P1307 300GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SSL - -

Optical Devices2

59P5800 22P7047 8x Max DVD-ROM Drive Ultra-Slim 8 1







- 24P8215 FAStT600 Turbo Storage Server Rack (3U)


- 17011RS TotalStorage DS300 - Single Controller Rack (3U)

- 17001RS TotalStorage DS400 - Single Controller Rack (3U)

136 COG

Notes:

1. An optional tape drive enablement kit which supports one tape drive can be installed which occupies both bays 5 and 6.


Bay Usage






5 89mm (3.5in) SSL Yes HDD/Tape Kit1

6 89mm (3.5in) SSL Yes HDD/Tape Kit1

7 89mm (3.5in) SSL Yes Std. FDD




SBB

NumberOption

Number DescriptionAdapter Length PCI Support

Slots Supported

Hot-Plug1

Storage Controllers


Full 64-bit/133MHz

3, 4 -


Full 64-bit/133MHz

3, 4 -

71P8653 71P8642 ServeRAID-7k Controller 3 - - - -

- 13N2249 Ultra320 SCSI Controller 24, 5 Half 64-bit/133MHz

- -

External Disk Systems and Options6

24P0963 24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter4 Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 4 -



- 24P8215 FAStT600 Turbo Storage Server - - - -





- - - -


- - - -

Networking

25P2889 06P3601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter7

Half 32-bit/33MHz 1 ... 4 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 4 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 4 -




Half 64-bit/133MHz

3, 4 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

3, 4 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

3, 4 -

138 COG

Notes:1. xSeries 346 does not have any Active-PCI slots.2. Supported for external attachment only and not for internal HDDs. A second controller is only supported

if the integrated SCSI controller is disabled or a ServeRAID-7K is installed.3. Installs into a dedicated slot. Does not consume a PCI slot. Quantity one allowed.4. A second controller is only supported if the integrated SCSI controller is disabled or a ServeRAID-7K is

installed.5. Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as

the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.6. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information. 7. The option number 06P3601 contains both a standard (ATX) bracket and a low-profile bracket and

therefore is supported in all slots, when using the appropriate bracket. The SBB number 25P2889 contains a standard (ATX) bracket only and therefore is supported in slots 3 and 4 only.

8. The Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries allows interconnectivity with an IBM eServer iSeries server. This card occupies two slot positions. The Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline must also be installed.



System Management

73P9342 73P9341 Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine4

- - - -

Other I/O

- 1519200 Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries8

Full 64-bit/66MHz 48 -

- 31P7201 V.90 Data/Fax Soft Modem9 Half 32-bit/33MHz 1 ... 4 -

- 13M8182 2U PCI Riser Card for PCI Express Capability

- - - -

SBB Number



Slots Supported

Hot-Plug1



Notes:1. Non-redundant power models ship with a single 625w hot-swap capable power supply, a rack power

cable and a line cord. Redundant power models ship with quantity two of each. A second hot-swap power supply is optional for non-redundant power models.

2. Does not ship with a line cord.3. For runtimes and UPS attributes, see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.4. Height is 2U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks. 5. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.6. Height is 6U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.7. Height is 3U. Available for UPS 7500XHV and UPS 10000XHV. Maximum of four per UPS.


Power1

26K5097 625w Hot-Swap Power Supply (North America)

26K5098 625w Hot-Swap Power Supply (Worldwide)2




2130R30 UPS3000XLV4

2130R31 UPS3000XHV4




21308RX UPS 10000XHV6


140 COG

Notes:1. USB accessories are not compatible with the NetBAY console switches. They attach to a single USB-

capable server.2. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.3. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).4. Installation within a rack requires an optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share


SBB NumberOption

Number Description








Monitors







Keyboard and Mouse

- 31P7415 Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys, business black4


- 33L3244 Sleek USB Mouse





Notes:1. For internal use, requires installation of the optional Tape Drive Enablement kit.2. Requires installation of an optional SCSI controller and occupies bays 5 and 6. SCSI cable is provided.

SBB Number


Bays Supported


Ext Tape Encl


5+61 Ultra2(16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

-


- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

-

- 59P6746 80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive - Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

-


133mm (5.25in) HH

-


- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

-


- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

4559FHX

Tape Autoloaders


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

2U Rack -



1U Rack -



-



-

- 3503B1X Full-High SCSI Tape Enclosure - Ultra2 (16-bit)

Desktop or 3U Rack

-

Associated Options

73P9756 73P9711 Tape Drive Enablement Kit2 5+6 - - -


142 COG


Notes:

1. xSeries 365 also provides a FDD, three USB ports (one in front and two in rear), one serial port (RS-232), one RXE-100 expansion port (RS-485) and one RXE-100 management port (RS-485).

2. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.

3. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer L2 cache, an additional L3 cache and a 400MHz (quad-pumped) Front Side Bus (FSB).

4. xSeries 365 uses DDR PC2100, Advanced Chipkill memory DIMMs and is capable of memory mirroring.


Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

-Cac

he3

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4, 5

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)6

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent A

dap

ter7

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

8

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler9

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)10

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)7

8861-1RX11

2.0/400 - 1MB L3

1/4

1GB/32GB

Rack (3U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-Swap

0/880.8GB 24x-10x

8/6

6/5

8861-1EU11

2.0/400 - 1MB L3

2/4

4GB/32GB

Rack (3U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

ServeRAID-6i+12

Hot-Swap

109.2GB/880.8GB12

24x-10x

8/3

6/4

8861-4RX11

2.2/400 - 2MB L3

1/4

1GB/32GB

Rack (3U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-Swap

0/880.8GB 24x-10x

8/6

6/5

8862-1RX

2.0/400 - 1MB L3

1/4

2GB/32GB

Rack (3U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-Swap

0/880.8GB 24x-10x

8/6

6/5

8862-4RX

2.2/400 - 2MB L3

1/4

2GB/32GB

Rack (3U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-Swap

0/880.8GB 24x-10x

8/6

6/5

8862-5EU

2.7/400 - 2MB L3

4/4

8GB/32GB13

Rack (3U)

2/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

ServeRAID-6M12

Hot-Swap

218.4GB/880.8GB12

24x-10x

8/0

6/4

8862-5RX

2.7/400 - 2MB L3

2/4

2GB/32GB

Rack (3U)

2/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-Swap

0/880.8GB 24x-10x

8/6

6/5

8862-6RX

3.0/400 - 4MB L3

2/4

2GB/32GB

Rack (3U)

2/2

P, S, H, F

Y Dual 1GB

Dual U320

Hot-Swap

0/880.8GB 24x-10x

8/6

6/5


5. Memory mirroring and the maximum supported amount of memory require the optional 16 DIMM memory card. 16GB of memory is supported in base system. See x365 Memory section for more information.

6. Power is provided by either one or two 950w power supplies depending on model. N+1 power supply redundancy is provided standard in models with two power supples and is optional in models with one power supply.

7. Advanced system management is provided by a standard Remote Supervisor Adapter II installed in slot 1, allowing for five additional PCI adapters.

8. Integrated dual-port Broadcom 5704 Gigabit Ethernet controller.

9. The integrated dual-channel U320 SCSI controller (LSI 53C1030) supports HDD mirroring and provides one external port and one internal port.

10. Maximum storage capacity is based on six 146.8GB hot-swap HDDs.

11. The 8861 machine type carries a one year limited parts and labor warranty. 8862 carries a three year limited parts and labor warranty.

12. Model 1EU ships standard with the ServerRAID-6i+ Controller connected to 3 x 36.4GB SCSI HDDs. Model 5EU ships standard with the ServeRAID-6M Controller (128MB) connected to 6 x 36.4GB SCSI HDDs.

13. Ships standard with the 16-DIMM memory card.


Notes:

1. A maximum of four processors can be installed. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. Install processors in the order indicated in the diagram below.

Figure 38. xSeries 365 processor board

SBB Number Option Number Processor Upgrades SMP Support1

73P6953 73P7073 2GHz/400MHz-1MB L3 Cache Xeon Processor MP 1RX

13N0191 13N0712 2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB L3 Cache Xeon Processor MP 4RX



144 COG


Notes:

1. x365 memory supports Chipkill, mirroring and memory ProteXion technologies.

2. Installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is required. DIMMs must be installed in sets of four in order to enable mirroring which requires installation of the optional memory upgrade card. 32GB of memory is supported via 16-DIMM slots when the optional memory upgrade card is installed. 16GB is supported via 8 DIMM slots in base systems that ship with the 8-DIMM memory card.

3. Optional 16-DIMM memory card that replaces the standard 8-DIMM memory card. This card is required in order to support maximum amount of memory and to enable memory mirroring. Partial memory mirroring is not supported. If configured with “N” capacity of memory in Port 1, and “N+z” memory in Port 2 and memory mirroring is enabled, then “N” amount of memory is available to the system, and “z” amount of memory is not usable.

Notes:

1. Model 5EU ships standard with the 16-DIMM Memory Upgrade Card.


37L3538 33L5038 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM

73P2106 73P2031 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM

32P9223 33L5040 2GB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM

73P7026 73P9710 Memory Upgrade Card3



8861-4RX 2 x 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM

8862-xRX 4 x 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM

8861-1EU 4 x 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM

8862-5EU1 8 x 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM

8-DIMM Memory Card Installation Order

Pair # Location

1st DIMM1 and DIMM5

2nd DIMM2 and DIMM6

3rd DIMM3 and DIMM7

4th DIMM4 and DIMM8


Figure 39. 8-DIMM memory card

16-DIMM Memory Card Installation Order (non-mirrored mode)

Pair # Location

1st DIMM1 & DIMM3

2nd DIMM14 & DIMM16

3rd DIMM2 & DIMM4

4th DIMM13 & DIMM15

5th DIMM5 & DIMM7

6th DIMM10 & DIMM12

7th DIMM6 & DIMM8

8th DIMM9 & DIMM11

16-DIMM Memory Card Installation Order (mirrored mode)

Quad # Location

1st DIMM1 & DIMM3, DIMM14 & DIMM16

2nd DIMM2 & DIMM4, DIMM13 & DIMM15

3rd DIMM5 & DIMM7, DIMM10 & DIMM12

4th DIMM6 & DIMM8, DIMM9 & DIMM11

146 COG

Figure 40. 16-DIMM memory card


The xSeries 365 mechanical contains six hot-swap HDD bays, one slim 3.5in and one slim 5.25in media bay. The integrated SCSI controller is connected to the hot-swap backplane via a 16-bit LVDS cable.

The standard optical drive and floppy connect directly to a media card which is cabled to the system board.

External SCSI device attachment is provided via a 0.8mm VHDCI port on the rear of the system chassis, which is cabled to the second channel of the integrated SCSI controller. For internal SCSI tape support, this cable will be disconnected from the SCSI channel and left clipped to the inside of the mechanical, leaving the external port in place, though not usable. The SCSI cable for the tape can now be connected to the integrated SCSI controller.



Notes:

1. Requires removing and replacing the standard optical drive.

2. To configure an external SCSI storage device, select an optional SCSI controller then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to confirm the controller supports the desired External Storage Expansion Unit and to select a supported cable. For HDD or other expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel storage devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.

SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity










Optical Devices

59P5800 22P7047 8x Max Slimline DVD-ROM Drive1 SL 1 1







- 17421RU FAStT700 Storage Server Rack (4U)



148 COG

Notes:

1. An optional tape drive enablement kit which supports one tape drive can be installed which occupies both bays 7 and 8.



1 133mm (5.25in) SL Yes Std. Optical


3 89mm (3.5in) HS SL Yes HDD




7 89mm (3.5in) HS SL Yes HDD/Tape Kit1

8 89mm (3.5in) HS SL Yes HDD/Tape Kit1



SBB

NumberPart


PCI Support

Slots Supported1

Hot-Plug Capable



Full 64-bit/133MHz

2 ... 6 X


Full 64-bit/133MHz

2 ... 6 X

- 13N2190 ServeRAID-6i+ Controller3 Half 64-bit/133MHz

2 -


2 ... 6 -


2 ... 6 -



2 ... 6 X

- 174290U FAStT900 Storage Server (US line cord) - - - -



- - - -



- - - -

- 2109F16 SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-Port - - - -

Networking6


2 ... 6 X

31P9605 31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Adapter by Intel Half 64-bit/133MHz

2 ... 6 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

2 ... 6 -


2 ... 6 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

2 ... 6 -

150 COG

Notes:

1. xSeries 365 includes the Remote Supervisor Adapter II (RSA II) installed in PCI slot 1. Connection to other servers requires the Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit.

2. xSeries 365 includes an integrated dual channel Ultra320 SCSI controller and provides one internal and one external connector.

3. Not supported in RXE-100 when connected to this system.



6. xSeries 365 includes an integrated Broadcom 5704 10/100/1000 dual-port Ethernet controller (copper) with Wake on LAN support.

7. Required to connect the standard Remote Supervisor Adapter II to an interconnect network with other servers for system management support through a single LAN or modem connection.

8. xSeries 365 supports a maximum of one RXE-100 per server. One RXE-100 can be shared between two x365 systems providing fail-over support or capability to add up to six additional PCI slots per server.

9. The Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries allows interconnectivity with an IBM eServer iSeries server. This card occupies two slot positions.


System Management1

- 03K9309 Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit7

- - - -

Other I/O

- 8684-1RX RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure8 - - - -


39 -

SBB Number

Part Number Description

Adapter Length

PCI Support

Slots Supported1

Hot-Plug Capable



SBB NumberOption

Number Description

Power1

73P7052 73P9709 950w Hot-swap Power Supply (U.S.)2

- 73P7214 950w Hot-Swap Power Supply (International)2

Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)3

- 2130R30 UPS3000XLV

- 2130R31 UPS3000XHV


- 32P1692 UPS Extend Run Battery Pack

- 21306RX UPS 7500XHV4

- 21308RX UPS 10000XHV4

- 25R5582 UPS Extend Run Battery Pack5

Monitors6

- 633147N E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black7

- 63324HN E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black7






Rack and NetBAY9

- - Refer to Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.





Keyboard and Mouse12




152 COG

Notes:

1. xSeries 365 systems include either one or two 950w hot-swap power supplies depending on model. N+1 redundancy is standard on systems that ship with two power supplies. One 4.3m/14ft IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C14 power cable ships per installed power supply.

2. Available for models with one power supply installed. Provides N+1 redundancy.

3. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix: UPS Runtime Estimate.



6. xSeries 365 video is provided by the installed RSA II via an ATI Radeon RV-100. The integrated ATI RageXL video is disabled when the RSA II adapter is installed.

7. xSeries 365 video is provided by the installed RSA II via an ATI Radeon RV-100. The integrated ATI RageXL video is disabled when the RSA II adapter is installed.


9. xSeries 365 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires one of the racks listed in the Rack Cabinets and Options section.

10. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these options.

11. Required to connect one of the USB ports on the server to either a Local or Remote Console Manager. This option kit contains four 1.5m USB conversion option cables, four 14in lengths of Cat5 cable, four large curly-lock cable connectors and an eight-pack of velcro strips.

12. xSeries 365 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse.

13. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a keyboard try with a flat panel display.



Notes:

1. Limited internal tape support is available with the optional Tape Drive Enablement Kit. Otherwise, an external tape library or internal tape drive with a tape enclosure, can be connected to the Ultra320 0.8mm VHDCI external SCSI connector.

2. Internal use requires installation of the optional Tape Drive Enablement kit.

3. Rack mount requires an optional rack kit. See tape drive appendix for more information.

4. External cables are not included.

5. Tape library attributes and prerequisites are located in Appendix B: Tape Library Attributes.

6. Rack mount kit is standard. Stand-alone kit is optional. See tape drive appendix for more information and options.

7. A SCSI cable is provided, which can be connected to the second integrated SCSI connector. This will require disconnecting the external SCSI port cable.

SBB Number

Option Number Tape Drive

Bays Supported1




7 + 82 Ultra2 (16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

-

24P7303 59P6736 160/320GB SDLT SCSI Tape Drive Option

- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

0034B0X


- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

0034B0X

Tape Autoloaders


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- Ultra320 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

Stand-alone or

5U Rack3

-



- Ultra2 (16-bit)

4U Rack -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

1U Rack -


- 4560SLX SDLT/LTO Modular Tape Library

- Ultra2 (16-bit)

5U Rack -

Related Options

73P9756 73P9711 Tape Drive Enablement Kit7 7 + 8 - - -


154 COG


The xSeries 366 is housed in a 3U high, 19in rack-mountable drawer and also provides three USB ports (one front, two rear), two 9-pin serial ports, keyboard port, mouse port and an integrated ATI 7000-M video controller with 16MB of video memory. A keyboard and mouse is not provided.


not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8863-1RY is 8863-1RU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with the country-specific designator.

2. Intel Xeon MP, 64-bit, up to 3.66GHz and 1MB L2 Cache on a 667MHz dual front side bus architecture.


Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

-Cac

he2

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3, 4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s, M

emor

y)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

6

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler7

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)8

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

8863-1RY

3.16GHz 667MGz -

1M L2 Cache

1/4

2GB/64GB

Rack (3U)

1/2

P, S, H, F,

M

Y Dual 1GB

SAS Hot-Swap

0GB/440GB

Ultralight DVD-ROM

Ultrabay Enhanced

7/6

6/6

8863-2RY

3.66GHz 667MGz -

1M L2 Cache

1/4

2GB/64GB

Rack (3U)

1/2

P, S, H, F,

M

Y Dual 1GB

SAS Hot-Swap

0GB/440GB

Ultralight DVD-ROM

Ultrabay Enhanced

7/6

6/6

8863-E1Y9

3.66GHz 667MGz -

1M L2 Cache

2/4

4GB/64GB

Rack (3U)

2/2

P, S, H, F,

M

Y Dual 1GB

SAS Hot-Swap

108GB/440GB

Ultralight DVD-ROM

Ultrabay Enhanced

7/3

6/6


3. High-speed, two-way interleaved PC2-3200 SDRAM. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs, when 4GB DIMMs become available.

4. Memory-mirroring, hot-swap, hot-add and Chipkill functions are supported.5. See ‘Power and Accessories’ section for more information on the power supplies.6. Integrated Broadcom 5704 Dual-port 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet.7. Integrated Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) controller to support SAS HDD drives.8. Maximum capacity is based on six 73GB HDDs9. 8863-E1Y ships standard with the ServeRAID-8i SAS Controller.


Notes:1. A maximum of four processors can be installed. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache

size.


Notes:1. x366 supports Chipkill, memory mirroring, memory ProteXion technologies, hot-swap and hot-add

memory.2. Supported memory DIMMs can coexist in the same server. However, memory DIMMs of the same

capacity must be installed in matched pairs. 3. At least one memory card is required. A total of four memory cards with four DIMM slots each, may be

installed, allowing a total of 16 DIMMs per chassis.

SBB Number Option Number Processor Upgrades1 SMP Support

13M7421 13N0694 3.16GHz 667MHz 1M L2 Cache 1RY

13M7423 13N0695 3.66GHz 667MHz 1M L2 Cache 2RY, E1Y


- 73P2866 2GB (2x1GB Kit) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM (512Mb)

- 73P2867 4GB (2x2GB Kit) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM (512Mb)

13M7285 13M7409 4-DIMM DDR2 MEMORY CARD3



1RY, 2RY 2x1GB PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR-2 SDRAM RDIMM

E1Y 2x2GB PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR-2 SDRAM RDIMM

156 COG

Figure 43. x366 DIMMs

Figure 44. x366 performance sensitive configurations


Figure 45. x366 cost sensitive configurations

Figure 46. x366 mirrored configurations

158 COG


Notes:1. Installation may require removing standard devices.2. All models ship standard with an Ultralight DVD-ROM Ultrabay Enhanced.

SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity

SAS HDDs

26K5658 26K5654 36GB 10K 2.5" SAS HDD SFF 1 ... 6 6

26K5659 26K5655 73GB 10K 2.5" SAS HDD SFF 1 ... 6 6

Optical Devices2

26K9996 73P3275 24x/24x CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay enhanced SFF 7 1

25R7477 73P3312 Multiburner SFF 7 1

External Storage Expansion Units Form Factor


- 172260U DS4300 Midrange Disk (60U) Rack (3U)

- 17226LU DS4300 Midrange Disk (6LU) Rack (3U)

- 17401xx TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion Unit (all models)

-

- 17101xx TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit (all models)

-


1 2.5in SL Yes HDD

2 2.5in SL Yes HDD

3 2.5in SL Yes HDD

4 2.5in SL Yes HDD

5 2.5in SL Yes HDD

6 2.5in SL Yes HDD

7 5.25in Ultrabay Yes Optical


Figure 47. x366 front view

Figure 48. x366 operator information panel

160 COG


SBB

NumberPart


PCI Support

Slots Supported

Hot-Plug Capable1

Storage Controllers


Full 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6 -


Full 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6 -

13N2232 13N2227 ServeRAID 8i-Controller Half 64-bit/133MHz

Dedicated Slot

-

- 13N2249 Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 Half 64-bit/ 66MHz

1 ... 6 -

External Disk Systems and Options

24P0963 24P0960 DS400 Host Bus Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6 -

- 17001RS TotalStorage DS400 - Single Controller - - - -

- 17002RD TotalStorage DS400 - Dual Controller - - - -

- 17012RD TotalStorage DS300 - Dual Controller - - - -

- 172260U DS4300 Midrange Disk (60U) - - - -

- 17226LU DS4300 Midrange Disk (6LU) - - - -

- 17226LX DS4300 Midrange Disk (6LX) - - - -

- 17226XX TotalStorage DS4300 Midrange Disk Systems (all models)

- - - -

- 17401xx TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion Unit (all models)

- - - -

- 17101xx TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit (all models)

- - - -

- 17421xx TotalStorage DS4400 Midrange Disk System (all models)

- - - -

- 17421RX DS4400 Midrange Disk System - - - -

- 17241XX TotalStorage DS4100 Midrange Disk System (all models)

- - - -

- 24P82XX TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U with Turbo

- - - -

- 17429XX TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk System (all models)

- - - -

- 174290X DS4500 Midrange Disk System - - - -

- 17011RL TotalStorage DS300 - Single Controller LC

- - - -

- 17011RS TotalStorage DS300 - Single Controller - - - -

- 2005H08 TotalStorage Fibre Channel Switch H08

- - - -


Notes:1. Six 64-bit Active PCI-X 2.0 slots per chassis.2. Supported for external attachment only and not for internal HDDs.

- 2005H16 TotalStorage Fibre Channel Switch H16

- - - -

- 2006L10 TotalStorage Storage Switch - - - -

- 2034212 McData 4300 Fabric Switch (12-port) - - - -

Networking


Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6 X

73P2705 73P2701 PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Adapter by Intel

Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6 X

73P4005 73P4001 NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet Adapter 2

Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6 -

73P4105 73P4101 NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter 2 Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6 -

73P4205 73P4201 NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port Ethernet Adapter 2

Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6 -

Systems Management

13M7288 73P9341 Remote Supervisor Adapter II Slimline - - - -

Slot Type Bus Voltage (V)Frequency

MHzData Path Active PCI Slot Length

Dedicated Slot

PCI-X 1 Universal 66MHz 64-bit N Special

1 PCI-X 2.0 2 Universal 266MHz 64-bit Y Full




5 PCI-X 2.0 A Universal 266MHz 64-bit Y Full

6 PCI-X 2.0 C Universal 266MHz 64-bit Y Full

SBB Number

Part Number Description

Adapter Length

PCI Support

Slots Supported

Hot-Plug Capable1

162 COG

Figure 49. x366 rear view



Notes:1. xSeries 366 ships with a single 1300w hot-swap capable power supply, a rack power cable. A second hot-

swap power supply is optional for redundancy.2. For runtimes and UPS attributes, see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.3. Height is 2U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.

SBB NumberOption

Number Description

Power1

13M7286 13M7413 1300W Power Supply


- 2130R31 UPS3000XHV3

- 32P1692 UPS Extend Run Battery Pack3

SBB NumberOption

Number Description

Rack and NetBAY

- - Refer to Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.




- 09N4290 1x4 port Console Switch

- 09N4291 2x8 port Console Switch

Monitors

- 633147N E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image) MRP II, business black2

- 63324HN E74 Color Monitor 17in (403mm, 15.9in viewable image), business black2

- 6636AC1/AC2 L150 ThinkVision 15in business black flat panel LCD monitor

- 6636HB1 L150 ThinkVision 15in business black flat panel LCD monitor

- 6734HB0 L170p ThinkVision 17in business black flat panel LCD monitor

- 6734LB1 L170m ThinkVision 17in (17in viewable image) analog LCD business black monitor with speakers

- 673766N C170 ThinkVision 17in (16in viewable image) CRT business black full flat screen shadow mask monitor

Keyboard and Mouse3


- 31P8950 USB Keyboard with UltraNav

- 73P2620 USB Keyboard Enhanced Performance Keyboard

164 COG

Notes:1. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these

options.2. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).3. xSeries 366 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse.4. installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a

keyboard try with a flat panel display.


- 73P3144 PS/2 Keyboard with UltraNav


- 31P7405 Optical 3-button ScrollPoint Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 & USB (Business Black)

- 31P7410 Optical 3-button Travel Wheel Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 & USB

Other Accessories


- 22P9228 USB 2.0 Memory Key - 256MB

13M7124 22P9230 USB 2.0 Memory Key - 512MB

SBB Number


Bays Supported


Ext Tape Enclosures

- 59P6736 160/320GB SDLT Tape Drive - Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

0034BOX


- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

0034BOX

Tape Autoloaders

- 36232LX LTO2 1x8 Tape Autoloader - Ultra160 (16-bit)

2U Rack -

- 36232SX SDLT 320 1x8 Tape Autoloader - Ultra320(16-bit)

2U Rack -



- Ultra2 (16-bit)

4U Rack -



-

- 45594UX 4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure - - - -



- Ultra2 (16-bit)

5U Rack -

SBB NumberOption

Number Description


166 COG



Par

t Nu

mb

er1,

2

Pro

cess

ors/

FSB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

Nu

mb

er o

f P

roce

ssor

s (S

td/M

ax) 3

Cac

he

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)5

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Red

un

dan

cy (O

pti

onal

, Sta

nd

ard

)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent A

dap

ter6

On

boa

rd E

ther

net

(Mb

ps)

7

SC

SI

Con

trol

ler

(Du

al, U

ltra

, RA

ID)8

Rem

ovab

le M

edia

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)9

Op

tica

l Dri

ve (I

DE

)

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)10

8870-11X

2.0/400

2/8

1MB L3

2GB/64GB

Rack (4U)

2/2

P, S, H, F

S-Fans, S-

Power

Y Dual 1Gb

Dual U320

2/0

0/293.6GB

DVD-ROM

4/2

6/6

8870-12X

2.2/40011

2/8

2MB L3

2GB/64GB

Rack (4U)

2/2

P, S, H, F

S-Fans, S-

Power

Y Dual 1Gb

Dual U320

2/0

0/293.6GB

DVD-ROM

4/2

6/6

8870-22X

2.7/40011

2/8

2MB L3

2GB/64GB

Rack (4U)

2/2

P, S, H, F

S-Fans, S-

Power

Y Dual 1Gb

Dual U320

2/0

0/293.6GB

DVD-ROM

4/2

6/6

8870-3EX

3.0/40012

2/4

512KB L2

2GB/64GB

Rack (4U)

2/2

P, S, H, F

S-Fans, S-

Power

Y Dual 1Gb

Dual U320

2/0

0/293.6GB

DVD-ROM

4/2

6/6

8870-4EX

3.0/40012

4/4

512KB L2

2GB/64GB

Rack (4U)

2/2

P, S, H, F

S-Fans, S-

Power

Y Dual 1Gb

Dual U320

2/0

0/293.6GB

DVD-ROM

4/2

6/6

8870-42X

3.0/40011

4/8

4MB L3

2GB/64GB

Rack (4U)

2/2

P, S, H, F

S-Fans, S-

Power

Y Dual 1Gb

Dual U320

2/0

0/293.6GB

DVD-ROM

4/2

6/6

Note: Refer to the Datacenter Solutions section for xSeries 445 DataCenter models.


Notes:

1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.

2. Availability in the U.S. is limited to the Large Enterprise Direct (LED) program or through EXAct Business Partner program members.

3. Xeon MP models support up to eight processors each with the optional SMP Expansion Module installed. These models are expandable to 16-way configurations via a connection to a second x445 MP chassis. Xeon DP models support up to four processors each with the optional SMP Expansion Module installed.

4. Advanced Chipkill ECC memory controller supports two-way interleaving, Memory ProteXion, memory mirroring and hot-swap installation if mirroring is enabled. Sixteen sockets are provided in standard models, four of which are populated with 512MB RDIMMs. An additional 16 sockets are supported with the installation of SMP Expansion Module. Maximum memory configurations include 32 2GB RDIMMs.

5. Two 1200w, voltage-sensing, hot-swap power supplies that support N+1 redundancy on full configurations are standard.

6. Advanced system management is provided by the standard Remote Supervisor Adapter II-EXA installed in a dedicated slot.

7. Broadcom dual-port 5704 10/100/1000 Ethernet controller.

8. The LSI chipset in the dual-channel, Ultra320 integrated controller allows for two HDDs to be allocated for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed. Mirrored HDDs must be matched.

9. Maximum internal storage is based on two 146.8GB Ultra320 hot-swap HDDs.

10. Support for an additional 12 64-bit slots is available through installation of the optional RXE-100 Remote Expansion Unit. Refer to x445 I/O Options or the RXE-100 section for more information.

11. Intel Xeon MP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L3 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) Front-side Bus (FSB).

12. Intel Xeon DP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L2 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) Front-side Bus (FSB).


Notes:

1. xSeries 445 architecture supporting 2, 4, and 8-way configurations, optimizes memory and bus performance using an XA-32 core chipset with up to two CPU/memory cards and two PCI-X host-bridge controllers. With the optional SMP Expansion Module installed, up to eight Pentium Xeon MP processors

SBB NumberOption

Number Processor Options1 SMP Support

02R2034 02R2062 2.0GHz/400MHz-1MB L3 Cache Xeon Processor MP 11X

02R2243 13N0723 2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB L3 Cache Xeon Processor MP 12X



02R1935 02R1870 SMP Expansion Module for Xeon MP Models2, 3 11X, 12X, 22X, 42X

- 02R1871 SMP Expansion Module for Xeon DP Models3, 4 3EX

02R21085 02R2013 x445 Two Chassis 16-way Configuration Kit6 11X, 12X, 22X, 42X

168 COG

are supported or up to four Xeon DP processors. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.

2. Required for MP models to install processors five through eight. A total of eight processors required in system when installed. Includes two 250mm/10in scalability cables.

3. A minimum of two DIMMs must be installed on each SMP module board which may require purchasing additional DIMMs or rearranging the standard DIMMs.

4. Required to upgrade DP models from two to four Xeon processors. Includes two Xeon DP processors.

5. The SBB includes one 2.5m scalability cable whereas the option contains four.

6. Required to enable 16-way configurations by connecting two x445 Xeon MP chassis together. Includes four 2.5m and two 250mm scalability cables, and an Ethernet crossover cable for use if both chassis are not connected to an enterprise network.

Note: The figure depicts a Xeon MP model. Processors for DP models come preinstalled in correct locations.

Optional SMP expansion module for Xeon MP modules installs directly above standard CPU/memory board, requiring installation of four processors and a minimum of two DIMMs.


Optional SMP Expansion Module

Note: The figure depicts Xeon MP models. Processors for DP models come preinstalled in correct locations.

The figure is a logical diagram of SMP Expansion Module cabling for single node, four-way x445 running one operating system.

170 COG

SMP Expansion Module legend

The figure is a logical diagram of SMP Expansion Module cabling (including scalability cables) for single node, eight-way x445 running one operating system.


The figure is a logical diagram of SMP Expansion Module cabling for 16-way x445 (two eight-way models) running one operating system. The top SMP Expansion Modules in each chassis are labeled CEC #2. Scalability ports are shown top to bottom one to three.

172 COG


Performance is optimized by balancing the amount of memory between ports (and between SMP Expansion Modules).

In order to enable memory mirroring during BIOS set-up, the same memory configuration must be installed in each port (memory mirroring reduces the amount of memory available to the operating system by half).

Memory mirroring is specific to each SMP Expansion Module, but enabling mirroring in both SMP Expansion modules for eight-way systems is required.

Notes:

1. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in banks of two is required. A minimum of two DIMMs are required for each SMP Expansion Module (minimum of four required to enable memory mirroring).

Figure 50. Number of RDIMM sockets on memory card

SBB Number Option Number Memory Description1

37L3538 33L5038 512MB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM



Installation Order

Pair # Location

1st DIMM1 & DIMM3

2nd DIMM9 & DIMM11

3rd DIMM5 & DIMM7

4th DIMM13 & DIMM15

5th DIMM2 & DIMM4

6th DIMM10 & DIMM12

7th DIMM6 & DIMM8

8th DIMM14 & DIMM16



xSeries 445 server contains four drive bays on the lower left front of the chassis. The bottom two side-by-side bays contain the standard DVD-ROM and 1.44MB diskette drive. Two 3.5in, SCA-2-compliant, slim-line, hot-swap drive bays are located above these two bays.

The EIDE DVD-ROM is cabled directly to the IDE port. The two hot-swap bays are connected to the integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller through a 16-bit LVDS cable.

An optional ServeRAID controller is supported for internal RAID applications. A separate16-bit LVDS SCSI cable is included with the system to attach the hot-swap backplane to the ServeRAID controller.

The integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller supports HDD mirroring if the internal HDDs are matched.

The Ultra320 SCSI controller contains a second channel that supports external SCSI devices. The controller is connected to an external, industry-standard, 0.8mm VHDCI connector through a 16-bit LVDS cable.


SBB

NumberOption


Supported1Maximum Quantity

Hot-swap Ultra320 SCSI HDDs1


SSL - -


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL - -


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL - -


SSL 1, 2 2

Removable Media2 Bays Supported

32P9070 08K9603 ThinkPad Removable Diskette Drive3 3

48P8072 05K9233 ThinkPad 24x-10x CD-ROM Ultrabay 2000 Drive

3, 4

02R3485 22P6991 ThinkPad CD-WR/DVD Combo IV Ultrabay 2000 Drive4

3, 4

174 COG

Notes:

1. HDD bays in both the primary and secondary servers in 16-way configurations support boot disks.

2. Removable media bays in the secondary server in 16-way configurations are disabled.

3. Installed standard in bay three. Not compatible with bay four.

4. Install in either bay three or four, requiring removal of standard devices. If only one optical drive is installed, it must be installed in bay four. If a second optical drive is installed, use bay three configured as slave.

5. Installed standard in bay four.

6. Not supported by the onboard external SCSI port, which supports external tape enclosures only. External SCSI HDD storage requires a RAID controller. Fibre Channel HDD storage requires a Fibre Channel controller. For HDD expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel storage devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.

Notes:

1. Supports FDD, high-density FDD, CD-ROM, CD-RW or DVD-ROM. If IDE device (optical drive) is installed, must be configured as slave.

2. Supports CD-ROM, CD-RW or DVD-ROM. Must be configured as master if bay three contains an optical drive. If only one optical drive is installed, it must be installed in bay four. In 16-way configurations, bays three and four are disabled in the secondary chassis.

02R2032 22P9102 ThinkPad Ultralight 8x Max DVD-ROM Ultrabay 2000 Drive5

3, 4








1, 2 HS SL Yes open

3 133mm (5.25in) SL1 Yes FDD

4 133mm (5.25in) SL2 Yes DVD-ROM

SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity



176 COG


SBB

NumberOption

Number DescriptionAdapter Length PCI Support1

Slots Supported1, 2 Hot-Plug2



Full 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6 -


Full 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 6 -

24P2650 19K4646 PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter4

Half 64-bit/66MHz

1 ... 6 -


1 ... 6 -



1 ... 6 X

- 174290U FAStT900 Storage Server (US line cord)

- - - -



- - - -



- - - -


- - - -


- - - -

- 2109F16 SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-Port

- - - -

Networking7

25P2889 06P3601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter8

Half 32-bit/33MHz

1 ... 6 X


Half 64-bit/133MHz

- -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

- -


Half 64-bit/133MHz

- -

Other I/O9

- 8684-1RX RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure10, 11

- - - -

- 1519100 Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries12

Full 64-bit/66MHz

214 -


Notes:

1. Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed will reduce the bus to the frequency of the slowest adapter. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers. Slot six is not available if the serial port assembly cable shipped with the system is installed.

2. All six slots are full-length hot-plug capable. For network operating system support, access www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.

3. xSeries 445 includes an integrated dual channel Ultra320 SCSI controller with one external and one internal connector. See Internal SCSI Cabling or Internal Cabling Overview for cabling alternatives. When a RAID controller is installed as a boot disk, it must be installed in a slot that is scanned before other RAID controllers in the configuration. Refer to the scan sequence provided in this section.

4. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) is supported for external connections only.



7. xSeries 445 has an integrated dual-port Broadcom-based 10/100/1000 PCI Ethernet controller (copper), which supports Wake on LAN.

8. The Wake on LAN function of this option is supported by this server.

9. xSeries 445 provides three USB ports (two on the rear of the chassis and one on the front) and PS/2 connectors for monitor, keyboard and mouse. An external serial port can be enabled in the slot one bracket by installing the serial port assembly cable shipped with the system.

10. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure supports up to 12 additional PCI-X slots. Cable required for connection included with expansion unit, which attaches to a standard integrated RIO port located on the back of the x445 chassis. An optional longer cable is available. Refer to RXE-100 section for diagrams and supported options.

11. xSeries 445 supports only one RXE-100 for all server configurations. Two- and four-way systems use only RIO port A because port B is inactive unless a second SMP Expansion Module is installed. Sixteen-way systems require a connection from each server and an interconnection between the servers.

12. The Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries allows interconnectivity with an IBM eServer iSeries server. This card occupies two slot positions. It is restricted to slot two.

178 COG

Location of PCI slots and RIO ports on rear of x445 chassis


180 COG


Notes:

1. xSeries 445 models ship with two 1200w hot-swap power supplies with two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 power cables for intrarack power distribution. Models shipped in the US also include two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 6-15P power cords for attachment to high voltage power sources.

2. Power supply redundancy is standard for all configurations with a high voltage power source. If a low voltage source is used, power supplies operate at 600w on 1200w models. This limits full redundancy to configurations with two processors. Low voltage is not supported for 16-way installations.

3. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.



6. Height is 6U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks


8. xSeries 445 uses an SVGA controller (ATI Rage XL) with 8MB of video memory. Optional video adapters are not supported. Sixteen-way configurations support console connections only through the primary chassis.



Power1, 2



2130R30 UPS3000XLV4

2130R31 UPS3000XHV4




21308RX UPS 10000XHV6


Monitors8

17231UX 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Travel keyboard)9

17231NX 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)9

17232UX 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with PS/2 US keyboard)10

17232NX 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)10

633147N E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), business black11

63324HN E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), business black11

32P1703 NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)10




Notes:


2. Sixteen-way configurations support console connections only through the primary chassis.

3. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these options.

4. Required to connect one of the USB ports on the server to either a Local or Remote Console Manager. This option kit contains four 1.5 USB conversion option cables, four 14in lengths of Cat5 cable, four large curly-lock cable connectors and an eight-pack of velcro strips.

5. xSeries 445 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse. The system includes three USB ports (one on the front of the chassis), SVGA video port, mouse port and keyboard port. USB ports are not active on the secondary server in 16-way configurations.

6. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a keyboard tray with a flat panel display.

SBB NumberOption

Number Description

Rack and NetBAY1, 2


Console Connectivity2, 3








Keyboard and Mouse5



182 COG


Notes:

1. xSeries 445 does not support internal tape drives. An external tape library or internal tape drive with a tape enclosure, can be connected to the Ultra320 0.8mm VHDCI external SCSI connector. Select tape drive and enclosure, then use Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to select an appropriate external cable.

2. Rack mount requires an optional rack kit. See tape drive appendix for more information.

3. External cables are not included.

4. Rack mount kit is standard. Stand-alone kit is optional. See tape drive appendix for more information and options.

SBB Number


Bays Supported1



71P9187 59P6745 80/160GB DLT VS160 SCSI Tape Drive

- Ultra160 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

0034B0X45591UX

24P7303 59P6736 160/320GB SDLT Tape Drive

- Ultra2 (16-bit) 133mm (5.25in) FH

0034B1X


- Ultra2 (16-bit) 133mm (5.25in) FH

0034B0X

Tape Autoloaders


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- Ultra320 (16-bit)

2U Rack -

- 360726X 3607 Series 1.6TB/3.2TB LTO Tape Autoloader

- Ultra2 (16-bit) 2U Rack -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)


-





- Ultra160 (16-bit)

1U Rack -




Associated Options

- - - - - - -



184 COG


Notes:

1. Availability in the U.S. is limited to the Large Enterprise Direct (LED) program or through EXAct Business Partner program members.

2. 64-bit Itanium 2 processor with full-speed L3 cache, a 400MHz (double-pumped) Front-side Bus (FSB) and Explicitly Parallel Instruction Computing (EPIC) architecture. In addition to the L3 Cache, these models also have 64MB of XceL4 Server Accelerator Cache that propels performance by reducing waits for main memory.

3. Multinode upgrade kits are available which provide 16-way scalability. Refer to x455 Processor section for more information.

4. Advanced Chipkill ECC memory options are two-way interleaved supporting Memory ProteXion, memory mirroring and hot-swap installation if mirroring is enabled.

5. Advanced system management is provided by a standard Remote Supervisor Adapter installed in a reserved slot.

6. Broadcom dual-port 5704 10/100/1000 Ethernet controller supporting Wake-On-Lan.


Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)3

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

5

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

6

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler7

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)8

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)9

8855-4RY10 1.5/400-4MB L3

1/4

1GB/56GB

Rack (4U)

2/211

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb DualU320

Hot-swap

0/293.6GB

CD-RW/DVD (16x-10x-24-8x)

4/3

6/6

8855-5RY10 1.6/400-4MB L3

2/4

1GB/56GB

Rack (4U)

2/211

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb Dual U320

Hot-swap

0/293.6GB


4/3

6/6

8855-6RY10 1.6/400-9MB L3

1/4

2GB/56GB

Rack (4U)

2/211

P, S, H, F

Y 1Gb DualU320

Hot-swap

0/293.6GB


4/3

6/6

Note: Refer to the Datacenter Solutions section for xSeries 455 DataCenter models.

Note: xSeries 455 also provides three USB ports (one in front and two in rear), one serial port (RS-232), and two RXE-100 expansion ports (RS-485) and one RXE-100 management port (RS-485). This system does not provide a floppy diskette drive. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.


7. The LSI 1030 Ultra320 dual-channel integrated controller allows for two HDDs to be allocated for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed. Mirrored HDDs must be matched.

8. Maximum internal storage is based on two 146.8GB Ultra320 hot-swap HDDs.

9. Support for an additional 12 64-bit slots available through installation of the optional RXE-100 Remote Expansion Unit. Refer to x455 I/O Options for more information.

10. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8855-4RY is 8855-4RU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.

11. Two 1200w, voltage sensing, hot-swap power supplies are standard, supporting N+1 redundancy on all 220v configurations and some 110v configurations. For this reason x455 servers should be connected to a 220v power source.


Notes:

1. xSeries 455 architecture optimizes memory and bus performance using an XA-64 core chipset supporting up to four 64-bit Itanium 2 processors in each model. x455 models include three SMP expansion ports, allowing up to four x455 systems to be interconnected creating up to a 16-way multi-node system. Note: All nodes in a multi-node system must be installed in the same rack.

2. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. The nodes of a multi-node system must be the same base model with identical processors.

3. x455 models include three SMP expansion ports, allowing up to four x455 systems to be interconnected creating up to a 16-way multi-node system. Note: All nodes in a multi-node system must be installed in the same rack.

4. Allows two nodes to be connected together providing an 8-way capable configuration. Includes two 2.5m cables.

5. Allows two 8-way nodes to be connected together providing a 16-way capable configuration. Includes one 3.5m cable and three 2.5m cables. Note: 16-way capable configurations require both multi-node upgrade kits.

SBB NumberOption

Number Processors Options1 SMP Support2

26K6776 13N0733 1.5GHz/400MHz-4MB L3 Cache Itanium 2 Processor 4RY



Multi-node Upgrade Kits3

- 73P9911 4-way to 8-way Scalability Option4 -

- 73P9715 8-way to 16-way Supplemental option5 -

186 COG

Figure 52. xSeries 455 Processor board (front)

Figure 53. xSeries 455 Processor board (back)


Performance is optimized by balancing the amount of memory between ports.

DIMM pairs must be matched between ports if memory mirroring is enabled.

Partial memory mirroring is not supported. If configured with “N” capacity of memory in Port 1, and “N+z” memory in Port 2 and memory mirroring is enabled, then “N” amount of memory is available to the system, and “z” amount of memory is not usable.

Notes:

1. x455 memory supports Chipkill, mirroring, hot-swap and memory ProteXion technologies.

2. Installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is required. 56GB is supported via 28 DIMM sockets. Removal of standard memory is required to achieve the maximum supported amount.

SBB NumberOption

Number Memory Options1, 2


33P3126 33L5039 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM



Figure 54. xSeries 455 memory card


1RX, 4RY 2 x 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM

2RX, 3RX, 5RY, 6RY 4 x 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM

Pair # Location

1st DIMM1 & DIMM14

2nd DIMM15 & DIMM28

3rd DIMM2 & DIMM13

4th DIMM16 & DIMM27

5th DIMM3 & DIMM12

6th DIMM17 & DIMM26

7th DIMM6 & DIMM8

Pair # Location

8th DIMM18 & DIMM25

9th DIMM5 & DIMM10

10th DIMM19 & DIMM24

11th DIMM6 & DIMM9


13th DIMM7 & DIMM8


188 COG


The xSeries 455 server mechanical contains two hot-swap HDD bays and two 5.25in Ultrabay 2000 bays.

The integrated SCSI controller is connected to the hot-swap backplane via a 16-bit LVDS cable. A 24in LVDS cable is also provided inside the mechanical (unconnected), for use when a ServeRAID controller is installed for internal HDD configurations.

The standard optical drive is connected to the IDE controller via a two-drop IDE cable.

External SCSI device attachment, such as a tape enclosure, is facilitated by a dedicated 0.8mm VHDCI port on the rear of the system chassis, which is connected to the second channel of the integrated SCSI controller.


SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity



90P1328 90P1304 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD SSL 1, 2 2







Removable Media1 Bays Supported

48P8072 05K9233 ThinkPad 24x-10x CD-ROM Ultrabay 2000 Drive

3, 4

02R3485 22P6991 ThinkPad CD-RW/DVD Combo IV Ultrabay 2000 Drive

3, 4

48P8073 22P9102 ThinkPad Ultralight 8x Max DVD-ROM Ultrabay 2000 Drive

3, 4





- 17421RU FAStT700 Storage Server Rack (4U)



Notes:

1. If only one optical drive is installed, it must be installed in bay four. Standard optical is installed in bay four.

2. Not supported by the onboard external SCSI port, which supports external tape enclosures only. External SCSI HDD storage requires a RAID controller. Fibre Channel HDD storage requires a Fibre Channel controller. For HDD expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel storage devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Quickview section.



1, 2 HS SL Yes HDD

3 133mm (5.25in) SL Yes Optical

4 133mm (5.25in) SL Yes Std. Optical

190 COG


SBB Number


Adapter Length PCI Support1

Slots Supported1

Hot-Plug Capable



Full 64-bit/133MHz 1... 63 X


Full 64-bit/133MHz 1... 63 X

13N2252 13N2249 Ultra320 SCSI Controller 24 Half 64-bit/133MHz - -


24P0963 24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz 1... 6 X

- 172260U FAStT600 Storage Server (US line cord, English Pubs)

- - - -


- 174290U FAStT900 Storage Server (US line cord)

- - - -


- - - -


- - - -


- - - -

Networking6

25P2889 06P3601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter

Half 32-bit/133MHz 1... 6 X

31P9605 31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Adapter by Intel

Half 64-bit/133MHz 1... 6 X


Half 64-bit/133MHz 1... 6 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz 1... 6 -


Half 64-bit/133MHz 1... 6 -

System Management7

- 03K9309 Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit8

- - - -

Other I/O

- 8684-1RX RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure9

- - - -


Notes:

1. Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed will reduce the bus to the frequency of the slowest adapter.

2. xSeries 455 includes an integrated dual channel Ultra320 SCSI controller with one internal and one external connector.

3. Internal HDD configurations require the ServeRAID adapters to be installed in slot 6 and connected to the backplane using a separate 24in cable provided inside the mechanical.



6. xSeries 455 includes an integrated Broadcom (BC5704) 10/100/1000 dual-port Ethernet controller (copper) with Wake on LAN support.

7. xSeries 455 includes a Remote Supervisor Adapter II (RSA II) installed in a seventh reserved slot. Connection to other servers requires the Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit.

8. Required to connect the standard Remote Supervisor Adapter II to an interconnect network with other servers for system management support through a single LAN or modem connection.

9. xSeries 455 supports a maximum of one RXE-100 per server. One RXE-100 can be shared between two x455 systems providing fail-over support or adding up to six additional PCI slots per server.


192 COG


Notes:

1. xSeries 455 provides an integrated ATI RageXL video controller with 8MB of video memory.




5. Refer to the Rack Condole Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these options.

6. Required to connect one of the USB ports on the server to either a Local or Remote Console Manager. This option kit contains four 1.5m USB conversion option cables, four 14in lengths of Cat5 cable, four large curly-lock cable connectors and an eight-pack of Velcro strips.

7. xSeries 455 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse. Only USB-capable keyboards are supported.

SBB NumberOption

Number Description

Monitors1






Rack and NetBAY4






Keyboard and Mouse7


Note: xSeries 455 systems include either two 1050W or two 1200w hot-swap power supplies with two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 power cables for intra-rack power distribution. Models shipped in the US also include two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 6-15P power cords for attachment to high voltage power sources. Power supply redundancy is standard for all configurations with a high voltage power source.



Notes:

1. xSeries 455 does not support internal tape drives. An external tape library or internal tape drive with a tape enclosure can be connected to the Ultra320 0.8mm VHDCI external SCSI connector. Select tape drive and enclosure, then use Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to select an appropriate external cable.

2. External SCSI cables are not included.

SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Storage Interface

Form Factor


24P7303 59P6736 160/320GB SDLT Tape Drive - Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in)

FH

0034B0X


- Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in)

FH

0034B0X

Tape Autoloaders


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- Ultra320 (16-bit)

2U Rack -



- Ultra2 (16-bit)

4U Rack -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

1U Rack -


194 COG

Chapter 18. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure

Notes:1. RXE-100 management controller interfaces with the connected server's Remote Supervisor Adapter (I or

II) using the standard management cables.2. RXE-100 ships with six full-length, Active-PCI, 64-bit PCI-X slots. Six more are supported via installation

of the optional six slot expansion kit.

Table 19. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er

For

m F

acto

r

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, F

ans)

Red

un

dan

cy (O

pti

onal

, Sta

nd

ard

)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent C

ontr

olle

r1

Nu

mb

er o

f S

lots

(Std

/Max

)

8684-2RX Rack (3U) 2 /2

P,S,F

S-Fans,S-Power

Y 6 /122

Note: Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer. Includes two 370w hot-swap power supplies, two 2.8m rack power cables (100-240v, C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m low voltage line cords (100-120v, C13 to NEMA 5-15P). One 3.5m Remote I/O Cable Kit and one 3.5m Interconnect Management Cable Kit is also provided.


Figure 57. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure P/N 8684-2RX

secondary RIO

connections

primary RIO

connections (external)

and DMC ports

(RS-485 bus)

(rear)

(front)

powersupply

powersupply

Fans

Fans

Remote I/O PCI-X

6-slot Expansion Kit

Six-pack B

Remote I/O PCI-X

6-slot Expansion Kit

Six-pack A

(standard)

196 COG

RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure I/O Options

Notes:1. Supported I/O options for RXE-100 will match those options supported on the system to which RXE-100

is connected. See specific system options for further option support. Exceptions will be footnoted.2. Note: If the NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port Ethernet adapter or the PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Adapter

by Intel is installed, the other PCI slot on the same bus as the subject adapters, must be occupied with another supported PCI adapter.

3. Supported in 8684 model 2RX only.4. Installs into the RXE-100 to expand slot availability from six to 12. The expansion enclosure must be

powered down to install this option. Cables internally through the secondary RIO connectors. The additional six slots are numbered one to six with the same attributes as the standard unit.

5. Allows the host server remote management functionality to support the RXE-100. A 3.5m cable is standard for installations in the same rack. The 8m length is required when installing in a different rack.

6. Primary expansion cable connecting the expansion enclosure PCI slot capability to the system processor and memory components. A 3.5m cable is standard for installations in the same rack. The 8m length is required when installing in a different rack. Connects the RIO port on the back of the system to the primary RIO port on the back of the enclosure.

7. Ships standard with the RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure.


I/O Adapters1, 2

Associated Options

13N0055 Remote I/O PCI-X 6-slot Expansion Kit3, 4

31P6088 8m Interconnect Management Cable Kit5

31P6103 8m Remote I/O Cable Kit6

31P6087 3.5m Interconnect Management Cable Kit7

31P6102 3.5m Remote I/O Cable Kit7

Chapter 18. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure 197

198 COG

Chapter 19. Datacenter Solution Program

The IBM Datacenter Solution Program is a comprehensive set of hardware, software and service offerings intended to deliver true enterprise computing solutions based on the Microsoft® Windows® Server 2003 Datacenter Edition operating systems. xSeries servers supporting Datacenter Solutions include the xSeries 445 and the xSeries 455.

IBM now offers two Datacenter solutions with the xSeries 445 and 455. The Datacenter Scalable Offering for “system” certified solutions and the Datacenter High Availability Program for end to end Datacenter certified configurations including storage. The IBM Datacenter Solutions include Microsoft-certified hardware, the Windows Datacenter Server operating systems and optional onsite services and remote support offerings through IGS or xSeries Lab Services.

In addition to the configuration information on the following pages, the IBM Datacenter Solution Program includes the following software and optional services. The service offerings must be ordered separately. A complete Solutions Assurance Review will be conducted by IBM or your IBM business partner to ensure that the configuration being ordered is complete.

The product content described here is consistent worldwide; however, there may be some variance in IBM part numbers outside of the US and Canada. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.

Software

• Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, licensed for up to 16 CPUs3 (five Client Access Licenses are included. Additional CALs must be purchased separately)

Standard Services

• Solutions Assurance Review4

• Factory installation and software preload for the IBM Datacenter High Availability Program

• Limited Warranty service5 with 24x7 same day response

3. IBM makes no representations or warranties regarding non-IBM products or services. These products are offered and warranted by third parties.

4. IBM provides this service standard for all Datacenter sales direct through IBM. Business Partners will also perform this service but may choose to charge a fee.

5. For information on IBM's Statement of Limited Warranty, call 1-800-772-2227 or contact your IBM representative or reseller. Copies are available upon request. International Warranty Service available in those countries where the particular product is sold by IBM or IBM Business Partners. With respect to on-site service, IBM sends a technician after attempting to resolve the problem remotely.


IBM Optional Support Services

• On-site installation

• Microsoft Authorized Premier Support (MAPS--base software support for Datacenter, where available)

• IBM Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Datacenter6

• Advanced Support for Mission Critical Systems (US)

• Support Line (base software support outside the US and where MAPS is not available)

• High Availability Services7(including up to 99.99% availability guarantee in the US for the Datacenter High Availability Program only)

• xSeries 99.9% High Availability Guarantee8 outside the US

• Warranty upgrade (24x7x2 hour response)

• Operational Support Services, e.g., Account advocate

• Testing Services--proof of concept, assessment, design and planning

• Business Continuity and Recovery Services

• Custom services for unique requirements provided by IGS

6. Optional annual Software Update Subscription services ensure that customers can upgrade to future Microsoft Datacenter operating system releases. Software Update Subscriptions for the IBM Datacenter High Availability Program include operating system upgrades and IBM maintenance updates. The IBM Datacenter Scalable Offering includes Software Update Subscriptions for operating system upgrades only, maintenance is available from Microsoft. IBM will provide Operating System Upgrades and Maintenance as applicable as long as upgrade and maintenance support is provided by Microsoft.

7. The High Availability Services for Business Critical Systems offering for an availability guarantee is an optional service and is only offered for eligible IBM eServer xSeries environments at this time. IBM reserves the right to change the terms and conditions of the program at any time, without notice. For more details, refer to IBM’s eServer xSeries ‘99.9% Availability Guarantee Program’ website. See ‘Information Sources’ for URL.

8. The xSeries 99.9% High Availability Guarantee program is an optional offering on eligible xSeries configurations. IBM reserves the right to change the terms and conditions of the program at any time, without notice. For more details, refer to www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/999guarantee.html.

200 COG

Datacenter Solutions

Chapter 19. Datacenter Solution Program 201

xSeries 445 Datacenter Solution: High Availability Program

The Datacenter High Availability Program includes the part numbers and quantities identified in this table. Additional options for Datacenter Solutions are listed in the table labeled “Selectable Options.”

xSeries 445 4 and 8-way Datacenter High Availability Program1


Total Qty 4-way

Total Qty 8-way Usage

Select one of the following

8870-1BX 2 x 2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB Xeon MP, open bay, DVD-ROM

1 1


1 1


1 1

Select one of the following All processors in the solution must match.

13N0723 2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB L3 Cache Xeon Processor MP

2 6


2 6


2 6

4-way to 8-way upgrade kit

02R1870 SMP Expansion Module 0 1

Select memory required Select in matched pairs. Up to 16 DIMMs per chassis without SMP Expansion module. Up to 32 with SMP Expansion module

33L5038 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Min. of 2 -

33L5039 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Min. of 2 -



02R0988 ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB Cache)

1 1

32P0033 ServeRAID-6M Controller (128MB Cache)

1 1

Select HDD required Two HDDs required

90P1304 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD

2 2


2 2


2 2

202 COG

Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.


2 2


2 2

Select the following

24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter 2 2 Two per node for load balancing and redundancy.


4816-7AU Preload Kit for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-4 Processors

1

4816-7BU Preload Kit for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-8 Processors

1

Services

06P7505 Image Load Fee 1 1

58P8663 Hardware Integration - Server - up to 3 options

As Required As Required

58P8665 Hardware Integration - Server - 4 or more options

As Required As Required

73P7492 Configured Rack Ship Group 1 1 One required per ordered solution.

xSeries 445 4 and 8-way Datacenter High Availability Program1


Total Qty 4-way




xSeries 445 16-way Datacenter High Availability Program1


Total Qty 16-way

Total Qty 2 Node 16-way

Total Qty 4 Node 16-

way Usage


8870-1Bx 2 x 2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB Xeon MP, open-bay, DVD-ROM

2 4 8 -

8870-2BX 2 x 2.7GHz/400MHz-2MB Xeon MP, open-bay, DVD-ROM

2 4 8 -

8870-4BX 2 x 3.0GHz/400MHz-4MB Xeon MP, open-bay, DVD-ROM

2 4 8 -

Scalability Kit

02R2013 Two Chassis 16-way Configuration Kit

1 2 4 Allows two chassis to be connected together providing a 16-way capable configuration.



12 24 48 -


12 24 48 -


12 24 48 -

4-way to 8-way upgrade kit

02R1870 SMP Expansion Module 2 4 8 -

Select memory required Select in matched pairs. Up to 16 DIMMs per chassis without SMP Expansion module; Up to 32 with SMP Expansion module.

33L5038 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Min. of 2 - - -

33L5039 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Min. of 2 - - -

33L5040 2GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Min. of 2 - - -



1 2 4 -

204 COG

Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.2. One of the two chassis in each "node" will contain two HDDs.


1 2 4 -

Select HDD required Two HDDs per node required.2


2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8

Select the following One per node

24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter 2 4 8 Two per node for load balancing and redundancy.

Select one of the following One per node

4816-7DU Preload Kit for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-16 Processors

1 2 4 -

Services

06P7505 Image Load Fee 1 2 4 -


As Required

As Required

As Required

-


As Required

As Required

As Required

-

73P7492 Configured Rack Ship Group 1 1 1 One required per ordered solution.

Note: A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For x445 Datacenter 16-way configurations, a node consists of two chassis.



Total Qty 16-way


Total Qty 4 Node 16-

way Usage


xSeries 445 Datacenter High Availability Program - Selectable Options1

Selectable options are additional, certified options for use with IBM Datacenter solutions.

Warranty Service Upgrade 24x7x4 hrs


Enterprise Rack Assembly Fee

Option Number Description Usage Option Number Option Number Option Number

I/O Controllers

22P7801 NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet Adapter

One per node - - -


One per node - - -

31P6401 NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port Ethernet Adapter (copper)

One per node - - -

External Fibre Channel storage

174290U2 FAStT900 Fibre Channel Storage Server (U.S. line cord)

96P2062 96P2063 21P3342

174290X2 FAStT900 Fibre Channel Storage Server (no line cord)

96P2062 96P2063 21P3342

17401RU2 FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit

41L2768 41L2769 21P3342

24P7984 Upgrade from 16 to 64 Storage Partitions

- - -

24P7985 FAStT900 FlashCopy Activation

- - -

24P7986 FAStT900 Remote Mirror Activation

- - -

Fibre Channel HDD options

Multiple of two per bundle

06P5761 36.4GB 10K rpm 2Gbps FC Hot-swap HDD



206 COG


Cables, connectors and switches:

19K1247 1m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable

- - -


- - -


- - -

19K1271 Short-wave SFP Module

- - -

2005H082 TotalStorage SAN Fabric Switch Model H08

- - -


- - -

Other I/O

8684-1RX2 RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure

96P2469 96P2470 -

31P5998 Remote I/O PCI-X 6-slot Expansion Kit

- - -

19K57883 25ft Ethernet crossover cable

- - -

31L3820 Fast Ethernet on STP Adapter 2.5m Cable

Attachment from Ethernet adapter to Ethernet switch

- - -

Tape Drives and Enclosures4

59P6744 200/400GB LTO Full-High Tape Drive

0034B0X NetBAY Tape Enclosure (4U Rack Mount)

4U rack mount enclosure that supports four full-high or six half-high tape drives








Rack-related

930842S NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet (ER)

41L2762 41L2763 21P3341

930842E NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet (EX)

41L2762 41L2763 21P3341

32P17022 NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with U.S. Space Saver keyboard)

- - -

32P17032 NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)

- - -

25R5559 1U Quick Install Filler Panel Kit

Contains five 1U rack filler panels



09N42902 NetBAY 1x4 Console Switch

- - -

09N42912 NetBAY 2 x 8 Console Switch

- - -

94G7447 NetBAY Console Cable Set 12ft (3.66 m)

- - -

94G7448 Power Cable Type C12 (3.7m, 12ft)

Provides IEC 320-C13 (Device) to IEC 320-C14 (Power Unit) power cord.

- - -

37L68862 NetBAY Three-phase Front-end 30a PDU (US)

- - -

94G66662 100-120v Power Distribution Unit

- - -

2130R312 UPS3000XHV (US)

- - -


- - -







208 COG

Datacenter Preload Kits

One per node or as required separately

4816-7AU Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-4 Processors

4816-7BU Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-8 Processors

4816-7DU Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-16 Processors

Software Update Subscriptions5

4816-CAX Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-4 processors

4816-CBX Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-8 processors

4816-CDX Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-16 processors








Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.2. This hardware component may be subject to a rack installation/configuration fee.3. Part number may vary outside of North America.4. xSeries 445 does not support internal tape drives. An external tape enclosure must be used.5. Requires a fixed shelf such as 1U Fixed Shelf P/N 94G7442.6. Annual subscription services ensure that customers receive all updates to the Microsoft Datacenter

operating system (and roll up of IBM driver updates). Staying current on Datacenter subscriptions is a requirement for Microsoft support; therefore, this service is highly recommended to all Datacenter customers.

7. 24x7x2 warranty service is limited to selected locations. For list, see Fax #8146 on 1-800-IBM-4FAX.

Services



06P7514 Enterprise Rack Setup Fee

Covers installation of items such as PDUs, KVM and power cabling. Quantity equals the number of racks

31P4310 Enterprise Rack Configuration Fee (1U)

Quantity equals the number of rack components 1U or smaller

06P7515 Enterprise Rack Configuration Fee (>1U)

Quantity equals the number of rack components larger than 1U.

Warranty Services

96P2688 3 Year On-Site Repair: 24x7x4









210 COG

xSeries 455 Datacenter Solution: High Availability Program



Option Number Description Total Qty Usage


8855-1AX 2 x 1.3GHz/400MHz-3MB L3 Cache Itanium 2, open-bay, CD-RW/DVD

1 -


1 -


1 -

8855-5AY 2 x 1.6GHz/400MHz-6MB L3 Cache Itanium 2, open-bay, CD-RW/DVD

1 -


1 -


73P7076 1.3GHz/400MHz-3MB L3 Cache Itanium 2 Processor

2 -


2 -


2 -

13N0732 1.6GHz/400MHz-6MB L3 Cache Itanium 2 Processor

2 -


2 -

Select memory required Select in matched pairs, up to 28 DIMMs per chassis.

33L5038 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Min. of 2

33L5039 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Min. of 2



02R0988 ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB Cache) 1



32P0033 ServeRAID-6M Controller (128MB Cache) 1

Select HDD required Two HDDs required

90P1304 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD 2



2




24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter 2 Two per node for load balancing and redundancy.

Each Datacenter Solution is preloaded with the following:

4816-5AU Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition licensed for up to 4 processors

1

Services

06P7505 Image Load Fee 1

58P8663 Hardware Integration - Server (up to 3 options) As Required

58P8665 Hardware Integration - Server (4 or more options)

As Required

73P7492 Configured Rack Ship Group 1 One required per solution.



212 COG




Total Qty 8-way

Total Qty 2 Node 8-way Usage



2 4 -


2 4 -


2 4 -


2 4 -


2 4 -

Scalability Kit

73P9911 4-way to 8-way Scalability option 1 2 Allows two nodes to be connected together providing an 8-way capable configuration. Includes two 2.5mm cables.



4 8 -


4 8 -


4 8 -


4 8 -


4 8 -

Select memory required Select in matched pairs, up to 28 DIMMs per chassis.






1 2


1 2


Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.2. One of the two chassis in each “node” will contain two HDDs.



2 4


2 4


2 4


2 4


2 4


24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter 2 4 Two per node for load balancing and redundancy.


4816-5BU Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition licensed for up to 8 processors

1 2 One per node.

Services

06P7505 Image Load Fee 1 2

58P8663 Hardware Integration - Server (up to 3 options)

As Required

As Required


As Required

As Required

73P7492 Configured Rack Ship Group 1 1 One required per ordered solution.




Total Qty 8-way


214 COG




Total Qty 16-way





4 8 16 -


4 8 16 -


4 8 16 -


4 8 16 -


4 8 16 -

Scalability Kit

73P9911 4-way to 8-way Scalability Option 1 2 4 Allows two chassis to be connected together providing an 8-way capable configuration. Includes two 2.5mm cables.

73P9715 8-way to 16-way Supplemental Option

1 2 4 Allows two 8-way nodes to be connected together providing a 16-way capable configuration. Includes one 3.5m cable and three 2.5m cables.



8 16 32 -


8 16 32 -


8 16 32 -


8 16 32 -


8 16 32 -


Select memory required Select in matched pairs up to 28 DIMMs per chassis.

33L5038 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Min. of 2 - -

33L5039 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Min. of 2 - -




1 2 4


1 2 4



2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8


24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter 2 4 8 Two per node for load balancing and redundancy.


4816-5DU Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition licensed for up to 16 processors

1 2 4 One per node.

Services

06P7505 Image Load Fee 1 2 4

58P8663 Hardware Integration - Server (up to 3 options)

As Required

As Required

As Required


As Required

As Required

As Required

73P7492 Configured Rack Ship Group 1 1 1 One required per ordered solution.

Note: A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For x455 Datacenter 16-way configurations, a node consists of four chassis.



Total Qty 16-way



216 COG

Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.2. One of the four chassis in each "node" will contain two HDDs.


Selectable Options






I/O Controllers


One per node - - -


One per node - - -


One per node - - -

External Fibre Channel storage

174290U2 FAStT900 Fibre Channel Storage Server (U.S. line cord)

- 96P2062 96P2063 21P3342

174290X2 FAStT900 Fibre Channel Storage Server (no line cord)

- 96P2062 96P2063 21P3342

17401RU2 FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit

- 41L2768 41L2769 21P3342


- - - -

24P7985 FAStT900 FlashCopy Activation

- - - -


- - - -

Fibre Channel HDD options

Multiple of two per bundle


- - - -


- - - -



- - - -


- - - -



- - - -


- - - -


- - - -


- - - -


- - - -


- - - -

Other I/O

8684-1RX2 RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure

- 96P2469 96P2470 -


- - - -

19K57883 25ft Ethernet crossover cable

- - - -



- - -

Rack-related


- 41L2762 41L2763 21P3341


- 41L2762 41L2763 21P3341


Selectable Options






218 COG


- - - -


- - - -





09N42902 NetBAY 1x4 Console Switch

Attaches up to 4 nodes to a single monitor, keyboard and mouse.

- - -

09N42912 NetBAY 2 x 8 Console Switch

- - - -

94G7447 NetBAY Console Cable Set 12ft (3.66 m)

- - - -

94G7448 Power Cable Type C12 (3.7m, 12ft)

Provides IEC 320-C13 (Device) to IEC 320-C14 (Power Unit) power cord.

- - -


- - - -

94G66662 100-120v Power Distribution Unit

- - - -

2130R312 UPS3000XHV (US)

- - - -


- - - -


Selectable Options







Datacenter Preload Kits

One per node or as required separately

4816-5AU Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-4 processors

- - - -

4816-5BU Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-8 processors

- - - -

4816-5DU Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-16 processors

- - - -


4816-EAX Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-4 processors (Yearly)

- - - -

4816-EBX Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-8 processors (Yearly)

- - - -

4816-EDX Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-16 processors (Yearly)

- - - -


Selectable Options






220 COG

Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.2. Indicates component may be subject to Rack Install Fee.3. Part number may vary outside of North America.4. This annual subscription service ensures that customers receive all updates to the Microsoft Datacenter

operating system (and roll up of IBM driver updates). Staying current on Datacenter patches is a requirement for Microsoft support; therefore, this service is highly recommended to all Datacenter customers.


Services


- - - -


- - - -

06P7514 Enterprise Rack Setup Fee

Covers installation of items such as PDUs, KVM and power cabling. Quantity equals the number of racks

- - -

31P4310 Enterprise Rack Configuration Fee (1U)

Quantity equals the number of rack components 1U or smaller

- - -

06P7515 Enterprise Rack Configuration Fee (>1U)

Quantity equals the number of rack components larger than 1U.

- - -

Warranty Services


- - - -


- - - -

Note: A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For x455 Datacenter 8-way configurations, a node consists of two chassis; for 16-way configurations, a node consists of four chassis.


Selectable Options







xSeries 445 Datacenter Solution: Scalable Offering

The DataCenter Scalable Offering includes the part numbers and quantities identified in this table. Additional options for DataCenter Solutions are listed in the table labeled “Selectable Options”.


xSeries 445 8-way Datacenter Scalable Offering1



Select one of the following All models ship with the maximum number of processors standard

8870-2FX 8 x 2.7GHz/400MHz-2MB Xeon MP, 4GB mem, WS03 DC, open-bay, DVD-ROM, RSA II

1


1

Select memory required Select in matched pairs. Up to 16 DIMMs per chassis without SMP Expansion module; up to 32 DIMMs per chassis with SMP Expansion module. All models ship standard with 4GB of memory via 4 x 1GB DIMMs.

33L5038 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM -

33L5039 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM -

33L5040 2GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM -

Select one of the following 1 ServeRAID adapter is required per node.


1


1

Select HDD Required


2


2


2


2


2

222 COG

The Datacenter Scalable Offering includes the part numbers and quantities identified in this table. Additional options for Datacenter Solutions are listed in the table labeled “Selectable Options.”



Total Qty

16-way

Total Qty 2

Node 16-way

Total Qty 4

Node 16-way Usage

Select one of the following All models ship with the maximum number of processors standard.


2 4 8


2 4 8

Scalability Kit

02R2013 Two Chassis 16-way Configuration Kit

1 2 4 Allows two chassis to be connected together providing a 16-way capable configuration.

Select memory required Select in matched pairs. Up to 16 DIMMs per chassis without SMP Expansion module; up to 32 DIMMs per chassis with SMP Expansion module. All models ship standard with 4GB of memory via 4 x 1GB DIMMs.

33L5038 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Min. of 2 - -





1 2 4


1 2 4



2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8


Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.2. One of the two chassis in each node will contain two HDDs.


2 4 8


xSeries 445 Datacenter Scalable Offering - Selectable Options1

Selectable Option


Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x4 hrs

Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x2 hrs

Enterprise Rack

Assembly Fee

Option Number Description Usage

Option Number

Option Number

Option Number

I/O Controllers

24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter Two per node for load balancing and redundancy.

- - -


One per node - - -


One per node - - -


One per node - - -

External Fibre Channel Storage

174290U FAStT900 Fibre Channel Storage Server (U.S. line cord)

- 96P2062 96P2063 21P3342

174290X FAStT900 Fibre Channel Storage Server (no line cord)

- 96P2062 96P2063 21P3342

17401RU FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit

- 41L2768 41L2769 21P3342


- - - -

24P7985 FAStT900 FlashCopy Activation - - - -


- - - -



Total Qty

16-way

Total Qty 2

Node 16-way

Total Qty 4

Node 16-way Usage

224 COG

Fibre Channel HDD Options Multiple of two per bundle


- - - -


- - - -


- - - -


- - - -


19K1247 1m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable - - - -



19K1271 Short-wave SFP Module - - - -


- - - -


- - - -

Other I/O

8684-1RX RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure

- 96P2469 96P2470 -


- - - -

19K57882 25ft Ethernet Crossover Cable - - - -



- - -

Tape Drives and Enclosures3

59P6744 LTO FH Generation-2 Tape Drive Option

- - - -

0034B0X NetBAY Tape Enclosure (4U Rack Mount)

4U rack mount enclosure that supports four full-high or six half-high tape drives

- - -


Selectable Option


Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x4 hrs

Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x2 hrs

Enterprise Rack

Assembly Fee


Option Number

Option Number

Option Number


Rack-related


- 41L2762 41L2763 21P3341


- 41L2762 41L2763 21P3341


- - - -


- - - -

94G6670 Blank Filler Panel Kit Fills empty front panel space to control air flow

- - -

09N4290 NetBAY 1x4 Console Switch - - - -

09N4291 NetBAY 2 x 8 Console Switch - - - -

94G7447 NetBAY Console Cable Set 12ft (3.66m)

- - - -

94G7448 Power Cable Type C12 (3.7m, 12ft) Provides IEC 320-C13 (Device) to IEC 320-C14 (Power Unit) power cord.

- - -


- - - -

94G6666 100-120v Power Distribution Unit - - - -

2130R31 UPS3000XHV (US) - - - -

31P1692 UPS Extend Run Battery Pack - - - -

06P38824 Cisco CAT2912 12-port Ethernet Switch/Enterprise Edition

Used for heartbeat interconnect.

- - 21P3342


4818-CBX Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-8 processors

- - - -

Warranty Services

96P2688 3 Year On-Site Repair: 24 x 7 x 4 - - - -

96P2689 3 Year On-Site Repair: 24 x 7 x 25 - - - -



Selectable Option


Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x4 hrs

Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x2 hrs

Enterprise Rack

Assembly Fee


Option Number

Option Number

Option Number

226 COG

Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.2. Part number may vary outside of North America.3. Tape drives are not supported internally. An external tape enclosure is required. Additional tape drive

and tape library attributes, requirements and options can be found in the Tape Drive Attributes and Tape Library Attributes appendices, respectively.

4. Annual subscription services ensure that customers can upgrade future releases of the Microsoft Datacenter operating system. Maintenance updates are not included in this subscription license. All Datacenter OS maintenance updates are available directly from Microsoft.



xSeries 455 Datacenter Solution: Scalable Offering

The Datacenter Scalable Offering includes the part numbers and quantities identified in this table. Additional options for Datacenter Solutions are listed in the table labeled “Selectable Options.”





8855-2BX 4 x 1.4GHz/400MHz-4MB Itanium 2, 2GB mem, WS03 DC, open-bay, CD-RW/DVD, RSA

1


1

8855-4BY 4 x 1.5GHz/400MHz-4MB Itanium 2, 2GB mem, WS03 DC, open-bay, CD-RW/DVD, RSA

1


1


1

Select memory required Select in matched pairs, up to 28 DIMMs per chassis. All models ship standard with 2GB of memory via 2 x 1GB DIMMs.





02R0988 ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB Cache) 1

32P0033 ServeRAID-6M Controller (128MB Cache) 1

Select HDD required Two HDDs required per node.




2



228 COG




Total Qty

8-wayTotal Qty 2 Node 8-way Usage


8855-2BX 4 x 1.4GHz/400MHz-4MB Itanium 2, 2GB mem, WS03DC, open-bay, CD-RW/DVD, RSA

2 4


2 4


2 4


2 4


2 4

Scalability Kit

73P9911 4-way to 8-way Scalability option 1 2 Allows two chassis to be connected together, providing an 8-way capable configuration. Includes two 2.5mm cables.

Select memory required Select in matched pairs, up to 28 DIMMs per chassis. All models ship standard with 2GB of memory via 2 x 1GB DIMMs.






1 2


1 2


Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.2. One of the two chassis in each “node” will contain two HDDs.



2 4


2 4


2 4


2 4


2 4




Total Qty

8-wayTotal Qty 2 Node 8-way Usage

230 COG

The Datacenter Scalable Offering Program includes the part numbers and quantities identified in this table. Additional options for Datacenter Solutions are listed in the table labeled “Selectable Options.”



Total Qty

16-way

Total Qty 2 Node

16-way

Total Qty 4 Node

16-way Usage


8855-2BX 4 x 1.4GHz/400MHz-4MB Itanium 2, 2GB mem, WS03DC, open-bay, CD-RW/DVD, RSA

4 8 16


4 8 16


4 8 16


4 8 16


4 8 16

Scalability Kit

73P9911 4-way to 8-way Scalability Option 1 2 4 Allows two chassis to be connected together providing an 8-way capable configuration. Includes two 2.5mm cables.

73P9715 8-way to 16-way Supplemental Option 1 2 4 Allows two 8-way nodes to be connected together providing a 16-way capable configuration. Includes one 3.5m cable and three 2.5m cables.

Select memory required Select in matched pairs up to 28 DIMMs per chassis. All models ship standard with 2GB of memory via 2 x 1GB DIMMs.


- -


- -


- -


Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.2. One of the four chassis in each "node" will contain two HDDs.



1 2 4


1 2 4



2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8


2 4 8

Note: A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For x455 Datacenter 16-way configurations, a node consists of four chassis.



Total Qty

16-way

Total Qty 2 Node

16-way

Total Qty 4 Node

16-way Usage

232 COG


Selectable Options


Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x4 hrs

Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x2 hrs

Enterprise Rack

Assembly Fee


Option Number

Option Number

Option Number

I/O Controllers

24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter Two per node for load balancing and redundancy.

- - -


One per node - - -


One per node - - -


One per node - - -

31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Adapter by Intel

One per node. - - -

External Fibre Channel Storage

174290U FAStT900 Fibre Channel Storage Server (U.S. line cord)

96P2062 96P2063 21P3342

174290X FAStT900 Fibre Channel Storage Server (no line cord)

96P2062 96P2063 21P3342

17401RU FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit

41L2768 41L2769 21P3342


- - -

24P7985 FAStT900 FlashCopy Activation - - -

24P7986 FAStT900 Remote Mirror Activation - - -

Fibre Channel HDD Options Multiple of two per bundle


- - -


- - -


- - -


- - -



19K1247 1m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable - - -



19K1271 Short-wave SFP Module - - -


- - -


- - -

Other I/O

8684-1RX RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure

96P2469 96P2470 -


- - -

19K57882 25ft Ethernet Crossover Cable - - - -



- - -

Rack-related:


41L2762 41L2763 21P3341


41L2762 41L2763 21P3341


- - -


- - -

94G6670 Blank Filler Kit Fills empty front panel space to control air flow

- - -

09N4290 NetBAY 1x4 Console Switch Attaches up to 4 nodes to a single monitor, keyboard and mouse.

- - -

09N4291 NetBAY 2 x 8 Console Switch - - - -

94G7447 NetBAY Console Cable Set 12ft (3.66m)

- - - -


Selectable Options


Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x4 hrs

Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x2 hrs

Enterprise Rack

Assembly Fee


Option Number

Option Number

Option Number

234 COG

Notes:1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.2. Part number may vary outside of North America.3. Annual subscription services ensure that customers can upgrade future releases of the Microsoft

Datacenter operating system. Maintenance updates are not included in this subscription license. All Datacenter OS maintenance updates are available directly from Microsoft.


94G7448 Power Cable Type C12 (3.7m, 12ft) Provides IEC 320-C13 (Device) to IEC 320-C14 (Power Unit) power cord.

- - -


- - -

94G6666 100-120v Power Distribution Unit - - -

2130R31 UPS3000XHV (US) - - -

31P1692 UPS Extend Run Battery Pack - - -


4818-EAX Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-4 processors (Yearly)

- - -

Warranty Services

96P2688 3 Year On-Site Repair: 24 x 7 x 4 - - -

96P2689 3 Year On-Site Repair: 24 x 7 x 24 - - -

Note: A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For x455 Datacenter 8-way configurations, a node consists of two chassis; for 16-way configurations, a node consists of four chassis.


Selectable Options


Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x4 hrs

Warranty Service

Upgrade 24x7x2 hrs

Enterprise Rack

Assembly Fee


Option Number

Option Number

Option Number


236 COG

Chapter 20. eServer 326

eServer 326 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and also provides four USB ports (two front, two rear), one 9-pin serial port, an integrated ATI Rage XL video controller with 8MB of video memory. A keyboard, mouse and diskette drive is not provided. Keyboard and mouse connection must be USB.

Notes:

1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8837-01Y is 8837-01U. See the product-specific official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.

2. AMD Opteron processor with L2 cache.

Table 20. eServer 326 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1

AM

D P

roce

ssor

Mod

el -

Cac

he2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)4

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

5

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Slo

ts (T

otal

/Ava

il)

8848-51Y 246 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/1

H Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB

CD-ROM (24x-10x)

3/2

2/2

8848-52Y 246 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/1

- Y Dual 1Gb

SATA Fixed 80GB/320GB

CD-ROM (24x-10x)

3/1

2/2

8848-61Y 248 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/1

H Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB

CD-ROM (24x-10x)

3/2

2/2

8848-62Y 248 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/1

- Y Dual 1Gb


CD-ROM (24x-10x)

3/1

2/2

8848-71Y 250 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/1

H Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB

CD-ROM (24x-10x)

3/2

2/2

8848-72Y 250 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/1

- Y Dual 1Gb


CD-ROM (24x-10x)

3/1

2/2

8848-81Y 252 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/1

H Y Dual 1Gb

U320 Hot-swap

0/293.6GB

CD-ROM (24x-10x)

3/2

2/2

8848-82Y 252 - 1MB L2

1/2

1GB/16GB

Rack (1U)

1/1

- Y Dual 1Gb


CD-ROM (24x-10x)

3/1

2/2


3. Ships with high-speed, two-way interleaved Chipkill PC3200 RDIMMs. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs. Uni-processor systems support a maximum of 8GB and dual-processor systems support a maximum of 16GB.

4. See ’Power and Accessories’ for more information.

5. Dual Broadcom 5704 Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

6. SCSI models provide a single-channel, Ultra320 integrated SCSI controller which supports RAID-1. SATA models provide two SATA controllers supporting one HDD each.

7. Maximum capacity is based on two 146.8GB HDDs for SCSI models and two 160GB HDDs for SATA models.

eServer 326 Processor Options

Notes:

1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. Installed processors must be identical.

eServer 326 Memory Options

Notes:

1. Quantity two of this SBB PN must be ordered to equal its corresponding option.

2. This option contains a single DIMM.

SBB NumberOption


13M7648 13N0705 AMD Opteron Processor Model 246 5xY




Note: Installation of the second processor enables four additional DIMM slots for a total of eight.


73P32391 73P3233 1GB (2x512MB) PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit

73P32401 73P3234 2GB (2x1GB) PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit

22P9270 73P2269 2GB (1x2GB) PC2700 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit2

Note: 16GB of memory is supported via eight DIMM slots, when a second processor is installed. Single processor systems support 8GB via four DIMM slots. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is required. PC2700 and PC3200 DIMMs can coexist in the same system as long as the memory configuration/installation rules are followed. However, all memory will operate at the lowest installed speed.

238 COG

Notes:

1. Not available on uni-processor systems.

Notes:

1. Requires installation of second processor.

eServer 326 Internal SCSI Cabling


eServer 326 hot-swap SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, 1-drop LVD SCSI cable, connecting the integrated, single-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller to the hot-swap backplane.

Fixed SATA models

eServer 326 fixed SATA models provide two point-to-point SATA cables which support one HDD each.

A 1-drop cable attaches the optical drive to the only IDE connector.

External SCSI attachment requires an optional SCSI controller to be installed.



All 2x512MB PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM

Uni-Processor DIMM Installation Order

Pair # Location1

1st DIMM1 and DIMM2

2nd DIMM3 and DIMM4

3rd1 -

4th1 -

Dual Processor DIMM Installation Order

Pair # Location1

1st DIMM1 and DIMM2

2nd DIMM5 and DIMM6

3rd1 DIMM3 and DIMM4

4th1 DIMM7 and DIMM8

Chapter 20. eServer 326 239

eServer 326 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage

SBB Number


Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity

SATA HDDs2

13M7715 25R6902 80GB 7200 RPM SATA HDD SL 2, 3 2

13M7716 25R6903 160GB 7200 RPM SATA HDD SL 2, 3 2






- 90P1380 36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD SSL 2, 3 2


SSL 2, 3 2


SSL 2, 3 2

- 90P1381 73GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD SSL 2, 3 2


SSL 2, 3 2


SSL 2, 3 2

- 90P1382 146GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap SSL 2, 3 2


SSL 2, 3 2

Optical Devices

59P5800 22P7047 8x Max DVD-ROM Ultra-Slim 1 1





- 17011RS TotalStorage DS300 VL (single controller) Rack (3U)

- 17011RL TotalStorage DS300 (single controller) Rack (3U)

- 17012RD TotalStorage DS300 (dual controller) Rack (3U)

- 17001RS TotalStorage DS400 (single controller) Rack (3U)

- 17002RD TotalStorage DS400 (dual controller) Rack (3U)


240 COG

Notes:

1. Installation may require removing standard devices.

2. Mixing SATA and SCSI HDDs is not supported.

3. An appropriate, optional I/O controller is required in order to attach to the system.

Notes:

1. Standard HDD on SATA models is installed in bay 3.

Figure 58. eServer 326 front view

eServer 326 I/O Options




3 89mm (3.5in) SSL Yes HDD1

SBB Number


Adapter Length

PCI Support

Slots Supported1

Hot-Plug2

Storage Controllers


Full 64-bit/133MHz

2 -


Full 64-bit/133MHz

2 -


1, 2 -

13M5114 19K4646 PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter Half 64-bit/66MHz

1, 2 -


- -

iSCSI Storage Controllers and Options4

- 17011RS TotalStorage DS300 VL (single controller)

- - - -

- 170011RL TotalStorage DS300 (single controller) - - - -


Notes:

1. In order to support two 133MHz adapters (which will operate at less than 133MHZ), a jumper setting will need to be changed. Refer to your system’s documentation for more information.

2. eServer 326 does not have any Active-PCI slots.


4. See External Storage Expansion sections and/or Fibre Channel Solutions sections for additional configuration information.

Figure 59. eServer 326 rear view



1, 2 -

- 17002RD TotalStorage DS400 (dual controller) - - - -





- - - -

Networking

31P6305 31P6301 NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter Half 64bit/133MHz

1, 2 -

SBB Number


Adapter Length

PCI Support

Slots Supported1

Hot-Plug2

242 COG

eServer 326 Power and Accessories

Notes:

1. eServer 326 includes a rack power cable and line cord.

2. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.



Power

eServer 326 supports a single 411w power supply.1




2130R30 UPS3000XLV3

2130R31 UPS3000XHV3


SBB NumberOption

Number Description






Monitors



Keyboard and Mouse





- 31P7405 Optical 3-button ScrollPoint Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 and USB

- 31P7410 Optical 3-button Travel Wheel Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 and USB



Notes:

1. USB accessories are not compatible with the NetBay console switches. They attach to a single USB-capable server.


3. This keyboard does not provide a USB connection.

eServer 326 Tape Options

SBB Number


Bays Supported

Storage Interface

Form Factor

Ext Tape Encl

Tape Autoloaders


- Ultra320 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- Ultra160 (16-bit)

2U Rack -


- 4560SLX SDLT/LTO Modular Tape Library - Ultra2(16-bit)

5U Rack -


244 COG

Chapter 21. eServer™ OpenPower™ 710

Table 21. OpenPower 710 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er (M

TM

)

Pro

cess

or C

ard

- S

pee

d

Cac

he

per

Pro

cess

or C

ard

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

On

boa

rd E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)

HD

D B

ays

(Std

)

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

PC

I-X

Slo

ts

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

9123-1A12 1-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

1GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1A21 1-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

1GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1A32 1-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

2GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1A41 1-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

2GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1A52 1-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

4GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 15,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1A61 1-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

4GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 15,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1A72 1-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

2GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

146.8GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1A81 1-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

2GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

146.8GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1B12 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

2GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1B21 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

2GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)


9123-1B32 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

4GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1B41 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

4GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1B52 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

4GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 15,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1B61 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

4GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

73.4GB 15,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1C12 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

2GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4GB 15,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1C21 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

2GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4GB 15,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1C32 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

2GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

146.8GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1C41 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

2GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

146.8GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1C52 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

4GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

146.8GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

9123-1C61 2-way - 1.65GHz

36MB L3

4GB/32GB

Rack (2U)

1/2 P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

146.8GB 10,000RPM/

587.2GB

4 5 3 DVD-ROM (24x)

Note: Model 710 provides the following rear ports: 2x USB ports, 2x 9-pin serial ports, 2x HMC ports and 2x RIO2 ports. There is a 1x front RJ-45 serial port that shares a controller with one of the rear 9-pin ports. The front and rear shared serial ports cannot be used simultaneously. When an HMC is attached to the system, these 3x serial ports are non-functional. If an Async connection is required, a PCI option must be ordered. Optional keyboard and mouse are attached via the USB ports. Processors are soldered on planar.


Par

t Nu

mb

er (M

TM

)

Pro

cess

or C

ard

- S

pee

d

Cac

he

per

Pro

cess

or C

ard

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

On

boa

rd E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)

HD

D B

ays

(Std

)

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

PC

I-X

Slo

ts

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

246 COG

Notes:1. Contains SUSE Linux CDs.2. Contains Red Hat Linux CDs.

OpenPower 710 Processor Options

OpenPower 710 Memory Options

Notes:1. Memory must be installed in pairs.

Option Number LPAR Options Model Support

52P8685 Power Hypervisor for OpenPower Systems (LPAR/DLPAR/Subprocessor partitioning)

All

Option Number Memory Options1 Max

52P8607 1024MB (2x512MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz DDR SDRAM 4




Chapter 21. eServer™ OpenPower™ 710 247

OpenPower 710 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage Options

Notes:1. One optical drive ships standard.


Bays Supported

Maximum Quantity


52P8626 73.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly SL 1 ... 4 4




Optical Devices1

52P8635 24x Max DVD-ROM Drive Ultra-Slim Media 1 1

52P8636 4.7GB 2x Max DVD-RAM Drive Ultra-Slim Media 1 1

DeviceMaximum Quantity Media Bay

Feature Number

DVD-ROM (IDE) 1 Media 1 52P8635

DVD-RAM (IDE) 1 Media 1 52P8636

36.4GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk, Hot-swap 4 DASD 1 ... 4 52P8628



248 COG

OpenPower 710 I/O Options

Notes:1. External use only. Internal RAID is not supported.



Slots Supported

Storage Controllers

52P8632 PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3

52P8630 PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter1 Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3

52P8633 2GB Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3

Networking

52P8641 Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3

52P8642 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3

52P8640 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3

52P8643 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3

52P8644 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-SX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3

52P8614 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

-

52P8615 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

-

Other I/O

52P8645 POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3

52P8639 2-Port USB PCI Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3

64P1243 2 Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 3


OpenPower 710 Power Options

Notes:1. OpenPower 710 ships with one 700w, hot-swap and redundant capable power supply.2. OpenPower 710 power supplies are auto-ranging (100-240V AC).

I/O Adapter Number Quantity Slot Priority Size

10/100 Ethernet 52P8640 3 1, 2, 3 Short

Gigabit Ethernet 52P8641 3 1, 2, 3 Short

10/100/1000 Ethernet 52P8642 3 1, 2, 3 Short

PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI RAID 52P8630 3 1, 2, 3 Long

2-port Gigabit Ethernet-TX 52P8643 3 1, 2, 3 Short

2-port Gigabit Ethernet-SX 52P8644 3 1, 2, 3 Short

PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI 52P8632 3 1, 2, 3 Short

10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 52P8614 1 1, 2, 3 Short

10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 52P8615 1 1, 2, 3 Short

GXT135P Graphics Acc 52P8645 1 1, 2, 3 Short

2-port USB PCI Adapter 52P8639 1 1, 2, 3 Short

2 Port AsynchEIA-232 PCI Ad. 64P1243 2 1, 2, 3 Short

2 Gb Fibre Channel PCI-X 52P8633 3 1, 2, 3 Short


Power Supply and Power Cord Options1, 2

03N4489 700w Hot Swap Power Supply + 36L8861 Power Cord

03N4636 700w Hot Swap Power Supply + 8192292 Power Cord

Linecords

Drawer - PDU Linecord

36L8861 PWR CBL, DRWR TO IBM PDU, 14’, 200-240V/10A, IEC320/C13, IEC320/C14

250 COG

OpenPower 710 Monitors and Accessories


Monitors

6736HC9 L200p Flat Panel Color Monitor 20.1in (408mm, 20.1in viewable image), business black

6636HB1 L150p ThinkVision 15in LCD Flat Panel Monitor (381mm, 15in viewable image), business black


673560N C220p ThinkVision 22in Flat Screen Monitor (508mm, 20in viewable image), business black

08L0491 1.8m Monitor Extender Cable (15-pin)

Keyboard and Mouse

09P3496 Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P

09P3701 Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

Cables - Asynchronous

30F9453 Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24

40H0744 3m Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable, EIA-232

00P2166 4m Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin

00P2165 0.3m Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin

Cables - SCSI External

40H2172 2.5m 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable

07L9628 0.3m Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68-pin to 68-pin

40H6603 PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable

Cables - SCSI Fibre

09P3044 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fibre Converter Cable

00P4023 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fibre Converter Cable

Other Accessories

52P8634 External USB 1.44MB Diskette Drive


OpenPower 710 Operating Systems Registration and Maintenance

OpenPower 710 Remote Technical Support Services

OpenPower 710 HW Service Options

Note: One Service package per Model 710 installation location is required.


25R3637 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-2 CPU, 1 Yr Maintenance

25R3638 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-2 CPU, 1 Yr Maintenance + Support Standard



25R3642 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-8 CPU, 1 Year maintenance Premium

25R3644 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-8 CPU, 3 Year maintenance Premium

25R3646 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-8 CPU, 1 Year maintenance + Support Premium

25R3648 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-8 CPU, 3 Year maintenance + Support Premium

25R3656 SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for Power <2 CPUs, 1 Yr Maintenance


38R2975 Remote Technical Support Services - ServicePac for OpenPower systems (1 yr 9x5)





09P3035 Service Package: Wrap plugs + Media

252 COG

Chapter 22. eServer™ OpenPower™ 720


Par

t Nu

mb

er (M

TM

)

Pro

cess

or C

ard

- S

pee

d

Pro

cess

or C

ard

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Cac

he

per

Pro

cess

or C

ard

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)1

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

On

boa

rd E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)2

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)3

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)4

PC

I-X

Slo

ts

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

9124-1T15 1-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

None 1GB/32GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-AT16

1-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

None 1GB/32GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-1T35, 7

1-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

None 1GB/32GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-AT36, 7

1-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

None 1GB/32GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-1R15 1-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

None 1GB/32GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-AR16

1-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

None 1GB/32GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-1R35, 7

1-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

None 1GB/32GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-AR36, 7

1-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

None 1GB/32GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-1T45 2-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/32GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-AT46

2-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/32GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)


9124-1T65, 7

2-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/32GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-AT66, 7

2-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/32GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-1R45 2-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/32GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-AR46

2-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/32GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-1R65, 7

2-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/32GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-AR66, 7

2-way - 1.5GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/32GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-2T15 2-way - 1.65GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/64GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-CT16

2-way - 1.65GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/64GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-2T35, 7

2-way - 1.65GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/64GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-CT36, 7

2-way - 1.65GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/64GB

Tower 1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-2R15 2-way - 1.65GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/64GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-CR16

2-way - 1.65GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/64GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)


Par

t Nu

mb

er (M

TM

)

Pro

cess

or C

ard

- S

pee

d

Pro

cess

or C

ard

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Cac

he

per

Pro

cess

or C

ard

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)1

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

On

boa

rd E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)2

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)3

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)4

PC

I-X

Slo

ts

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

254 COG

Notes:1. 1-way models can be upgraded to support 64GB of memory. See memory section for additional

information.2. Maximum HDD storage capacity is based on eight 146.8GB hot-swap HDDs. Unless noted otherwise,

standard capacity is based on a single installed HDD.3. Installation of eight HDDs requires the optional four-bay DASD backplane kit.4. Two bays are taken up with the standard HDD and standard optical drive.5. Contains SUSE Linux CDs.6. Contains Red Hat Linux CDs.7. Labeled for installation in Mexico.

9124-2R35, 7

2-way - 1.65GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/64GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

9124-CR36, 7

2-way - 1.65GHz

1/2

36MB L3

1GB/64GB

Rack (4U)

1/2

P, S, H, F

Dual 1GB

Dual U320

36.4/1174.4GB

4/8

11/9

5 DVD-ROM (24x)

Note: Model 720 provides the following rear ports: 2x USB ports, 2x 9-pin serial ports, 2x HMC ports and 2x RIO2 ports. There is a 1x front RJ-45 serial port that shares a controller with one of the rear 9-pin ports. The front and rear shared serial ports cannot be used simultaneously. When an HMC is attached to the system, these 3x serial ports are non-functional. If an Async connection is required, a PCI option must be ordered. Optional keyboard and mouse are attached via the USB ports. Tower MTMs include a single 52P8646 (power supply +6’ 110V power cord). Rack MTMs include a single 52P8654 (power supply + 14’ IBM rack compatible power cord).


Par

t Nu

mb

er (M

TM

)

Pro

cess

or C

ard

- S

pee

d

Pro

cess

or C

ard

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Cac

he

per

Pro

cess

or C

ard

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)1

Form

Fac

tor

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Slo

ts, H

DD

, Fan

s)

On

boa

rd E

ther

net

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)2

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)3

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)4

PC

I-X

Slo

ts

Op

tica

l Dri

ve


OpenPower 720 Processor Options

Notes:1. 1-way models can be upgraded to 2-way and 4-way by replacing the standard processor card with 2-way

processor cards.

OpenPower 720 Memory Options

Notes:1. All models ship standard with 1GB of memory comprised of four 256MB DIMMs.2. Memory must be installed in matched pairs following the installation order below.

Option Number Processor Options Model Support

52P8669 2-way 1.65GHz POWER5 Processor Card, 36MB L3 cache, 8 DIMM Slots + Power Regulator Card

2T1, 2T3, 2R1, 2R3, CT1, CT3, CR1, CR31

21P8294 2-way 1.5GHz POWER5 Processor Card, 36MB L3 cache, 8 DIMM slots + Power Regulator Card

1T4, 1T6, 1R4, 1R6, AT4, AT6, AR4, AR61

Note: Each processor card option ships with a voltage regulator card. Only one 1-way processor card can be installed in a system. Two identical 2-way cards can be installed in a system.

Option Number LPAR Options Model Support

52P8685 Power Hypervisor for OpenPower Systems (LPAR/DLPAR/Subprocessor partitioning)

All

Option Number Memory Options1, 2

52P8679 512MB (2x256MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz DDR SDRAM





52P8675 16GB (4x4096MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz DDR SDRAM

Note: A minimum of 1GB is required in all models. 1-way and 2-way models, in their ship configuration, provide eight DIMM slots. The addition of a second processor card provides eight additional slots for a total of 16 DIMM slots. See Processor Options for additional information.

256 COG

1-Way Processor Card DIMM Installation Order

CPU Card Pair # Location

Card #1 1st DIMMJ0A and DIMMJ1A

Card #1 2nd DIMMJ0C and DIMMJ1C

Card #1 3rd DIMMJ0B and DIMMJ1B

Card #1 4th DIMMJ0D and DIMMJ1D

2-Way Processor Card DIMM Installation Order

CPU Card Pair # Location

Card #1 1st DIMMJ0A and DIMMJ1A

Card #2 2nd DIMMJ0A and DIMMJ1A

Card #1 3rd DIMMJ0C and DIMMJ1C

Card #2 4th DIMMJ0C and DIMMJ1C

Card #1 5th DIMMJ0B and DIMMJ1B

Card #2 6th DIMMJ0B and DIMMJ1B




OpenPower 720 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage Options

Notes:1. One Ultra320 SCSI 4-pack, supporting four HDDs, ships standard. One additional 4-pack is required to

support the maximum of eight HDDs.2. Provides four additional HDD bays. Connects to the integrated SCSI controller.3. Provides four additional HDD bays. Connects to an optional SCSI or RAID controller.4. The SCSI Cable, PCI Adapter to Hot-Swap Disks option is required to attach the optional Ultra320 SCSI

4-pack for Disk Mirroring to an optional SCSI or RAID adapter.5. Connects 2nd channel of the integrated SCSI controller to rear of the system providing an external 0.8mm

VHDCI connector. Prevents usage of one PCI slot.6. One optical drive ships standard.


Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity1






Associated Options

64P1269 Ultra320 SCSI 4-pack2 - - 21

64P1270 Ultra320 SCSI 4-pack for Disk Mirroring3, 4 - - 21

64P1258 SCSI Cable, PCI Adapter to Hot-Swap Disks4 - - -

64P1271 External SCSI Port Enablement Cable5 - - 1

Optical Devices6

52P8635 24x Max DVD-ROM Drive Ultra-Slim 2, 3 2

52P8636 4.7GB 2x Max DVD-RAM Drive Ultra-Slim 2, 3 2

258 COG

Notes:1. Bays 8 - 11 are provided with one of the optional Ultra320 SCSI 4-packs.2. Boot device installs in Bay 4.

Figure 60. OpenPower 720 front view

Bay1 Form Factor Height Front Access Usage

1 133mm (5.25in) HH Yes Tape


3 89mm (3.5in) Ultra-Slim Yes Optical

42 89mm (3.5in) SL Yes Std. HDD









OpenPower 720 I/O Options

Notes:1. Does not install into slot 5. Limit four per system.2. Installs in a dedicated slot directly below the DASD bays and is accessible from the front. Limit one per

system.3. Installation of the Optional Dual Port Remote I/O Hub restricts access to PCI slot 5.4. Requires a 4-way configuration.



Slots Supported

Storage Controllers

52P8632 PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

52P8630 PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter1 Full 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 4

52P8633 Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

52P8631 Dual Channel SCSI RAID Enablement Card2 Half 64-bit/133MHz

n/a

Networking

52P8641 Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

52P8642 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

52P8640 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

52P8643 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

52P8644 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-SX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

52P8614 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

52P8615 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

Other I/O

52P8645 POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

64P1243 2 Port Asynchronous EIA 232 PCI Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

52P8639 2-Port USB PCI Adapter Half 64-bit/133MHz

1 ... 5

64P1205 Dual Port I/O Hub, RIO-2/HSL-2, Copper, SF4 Carrier3, 4

Half 64-bit/133MHz

n/a

260 COG

Figure 61. OpenPower 720 rear view


OpenPower 720 Power Options

Notes:1. OpenPower 720 ships with one 1475w, hot-swap and redundant capable power supply.2. OpenPower 720 power supplies are auto-ranging (100-240V AC).3. 1-way and 2-way configurations can run with either 100-127V or 200-240V AC.4. 4-way configurations require 200-240V AC; they cannot run with 100-127V AC.


Power Supply and Power Cord Options1, 2

52P8646 1475w Hot Swap Power Supply (1.8m U.S. 110v line cord) (Towers)3

52P8647 1475w Hot Swap Power Supply (1.8m U.S. 220v line cord) (Towers)4

52P8654 1475w Hot Swap Power Supply (3.9m U.S. 250v line cord) (Drawers in Racks)3

Linecords

86G7648 LINECORD, TO WALL, 6’, 125V/15A, IEC320/C13, PT#4

8192292 LINECORD, TO WALL, 6’, 250V/15A, IEC320/C13, PT#5

Drawer - PDU Linecord

36L8861 PWR CBL, DRWR TO IBM PDU, 14’, 200-240V/10A, IEC320/C13, IEC320/C14

262 COG

OpenPower 720 Monitors and Accessories


Monitors

6736HC9 L200p Flat Panel Color Monitor 20.1in (408mm, 20.1in viewable image), business black



673560N C220p ThinkVision 22in Flat Screen Monitor (508mm, 20in viewable image), business black

08L0491 1.8m Monitor Extender Cable (15-pin)

Keyboard and Mouse

09P3496 Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P

09P3701 Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

Cables - Asynchronous

30F9453 Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24

40H0744 3m Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable, EIA-232

00P2166 4m Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin

00P2165 0.3m Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin

Cables - SCSI External

40H2172 2.5m 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable

07L9628 0.3m Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68-pin to 68-pin

40H6603 PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable

Cables - SCSI Fibre

09P3044 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fibre Converter Cable

00P4023 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fibre Converter Cable

Cables - Keyboard

44P1375 2M Extender Cable - USB Keyboards

Cables - LAN

52P7525 15m HMC Attachment Ethernet Cable

52P7524 6m HMC Attachment Ethernet Cable

RIO/HSL Cables

00P3237 1.2m RIO-2 (Remote I/O Cable)

00P3238 3.5m RIO-2 (Remote I/O Cable)

00P3239 10m RIO-2 (Remote I/O Cable)

Other Accessories

52P8634 External USB 1.44MB Diskette Drive


OpenPower 720 O/S Registration for Maintenance and Support






25R3641 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-8 CPU, 1 Yr Maintenance Standard

25R3642 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-8 CPU, 1 Yr Maintenance Premium

25R3643 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-8 CPU, 3 Yr Maintenance Standard

25R3644 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-8 CPU, 3 Yr Maintenance Premium


25R3646 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-8 CPU, 1 Yr Maintenance + Support Premium


25R3648 Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER, 1-8 CPU, 3 Yr Maintenance + Support Premium



264 COG

OpenPower 720 O/S Service Offerings

OpenPower 720 Tape Options

Notes:1. All SCSI tape drives require the Media Device mounting tray. This kit provides a power cable and a SCSI

cable.

Service Pack PN Description

38R2979 Remote Technical SupportPac for Linux, 1 year 8x5




Option Number Tape Drives1

Bays Supported


52P8652 80/160GB Internal Tape Drive with VXA Technology 1 LVD SCSI HH

52P8638 36/72GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive 1 LVD SCSI HH

Associated Options

00P6267 Media Device; Mounting Tray1 - - -


266 COG

Chapter 23. BladeCenter™ and BladeCenter™ T Chassis

Table 23. BladeCenter™ and BladeCenter™ T Chassis At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Form

Fac

tor

(Wid

th/D

epth

)1

Pow

er M

odu

les

Pow

er M

odu

le Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap (P

ower

, Bay

s, B

low

ers)

Red

un

dan

cy (O

pti

onal

, Sta

nd

ard

)

Man

agem

ent M

odu

le (S

td/M

ax)2

I/O

Mod

ule

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

Op

tica

l Dri

ve

Dis

ket

te D

rive

Bla

de

Bay

s (T

otal

/Ava

il)

BladeCenter Chassis

7967-3EU3 Rack (7U) 19in x 28in

2000w AC (200v-240v)

2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power

1/1 2/24 DVD-ROM (24x-10x)

-5 14/146

8677-2XX

Rack (7U)19in x 28in

1800w AC(200v-240v)

2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers S-Power

1/2 4/4 CD-ROM(24x-10x)

USBFloppy

14/146

8677-3XY3 Rack (7U) 19in x 28in

2000w AC (200v-240v)

2/4 P, B, B S-Blowers, S-Power

1/2 4/4 DVD-ROM (24x-10x)

USB Floppy

14/146

8677-3EY


2000w AC(200v-240v)


1/2 4/37 DVD-ROM(24x-10x)

USBFloppy

14/146

BladeCenter T Chassis8

8720-1RX


1300w DC(-48v-60v)


1/2 4/4 CD-RW/DVD

(24x-24x-24x-8x)9

-5 8/810

8730-1RX


1300w AC(200v-240v)


1/2 4/4 CD-RW/DVD

(24x-24x-24x-8x)9

-5 8/810

Note: BladeCenter Chassis can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple blades in less rack space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduces complexity by providing common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.


Notes:1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable chassis.2. The management modules for BladeCenter include KVM components. BladeCenter T (8720, 8730) have

KVM implemented as part of the main chassis.3. Model number is a worldwide general available variant (GAV) model number which is not orderable as

listed and needs to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8677-3XY is 8677-3XU. See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.

4. The available I/O module bays do not support I/O Expansion cards being installed in blade servers. These bays only communicate with the blade server’s integrated ethernet controller.

5. Does not ship with a diskette drive. An external FDD is supported attached to one of the two frontmounted USB ports (MT 7967 has one USB port).

6. Supports up to 14 singlewide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full redundancy beyond six blade servers.

7. Model 3EY ships standard with one Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethernet Switch Module installed in I/O module bay 1.

8. BladeCenter T Chassis are NEBS compliant and designed specifically for telecommunications applications.

9. The optical drive in the BladeCenter T supports read operation only.10. Supports up to 8 singlewide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full

redundancy beyond four blade servers.

Notes:1. Expansion cards are not supported in blade servers when installed in 7967-xxx chassis.2. All HS20 (8832, 8843) models are supported in the BCT chassis except for 8832-J1X and NIX.

Figure 62. 8677 front view

BladeCenter Chassis, blade server support

79671 8677 8720 8730

HS20 All All Most2 Most2

HS40 All All 51X, 61X, 6TX 51X, 61X, 6TX

JS20 All All None None

268 COG

Figure 63. 8720/8730 front view

BladeCenter Chassis I/O Options

SBB

NumberOption

Number DescriptionForm Factor

Chassis Support1

NEBS Compliant2

Fibre Channel Storage Controllers

- 174290U FAStT900 Storage Server (US line cord) Rack (4U) BC, BCT -

- 17421RU FAStT700 Fibre Channel Storage Server Rack (4U) BC, BCT -

- 172260U FAStT600 Storage Server (US line cord) Rack (3U) BC, BCT -

- 17226LU FAStT600 Entry Storage Server Rack (3U) BC, BCT -

- 1724100 FAStT100 Storage Server Rack (3U) BC, BCT -

Fibre Channel Switches, Hubs and Routers

- 202612E TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch, 12-port Rack (1U) BC -

- 2109F16 SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-port Rack (1U) BC, BCT -

Fibre Channel External Storage Enclosures

- 171010U FAStT EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit Rack (3U) BC, BCT -

- 17401RU FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit Rack (3U) BC, BCT -

BladeCenter Switch Modules3

- 26K6530 Nortel Networks L2/3 Copper GbE Switch Module for BladeCenter

- BCT (8720) -

- 26K6531 Nortel Networks L2/3 Fiber GbE Switch Module for BladeCenter

- BCT (8720) -

26K5614 90P0165 Brocade Enterprise SAN Switch Module for BladeCenter4, 5

- BC -

26K5619 26K5601 Brocade Entry SAN Switch Module for BladeCenter4, 5

- BC -

Chapter 23. BladeCenter™ and BladeCenter™ T Chassis 269

Notes:1. BC = BladeCenter 8677; BCT = BladeCenter Telco (8720, 8730); BCE = BladeCenter Entry (7967).2. An absence of a ’Y’ does not necessarily mean that the component is not NEBS compliant.3. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM)) and Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module

bays 3 and 4 is not supported. However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet or Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported.

4. Short- or Long-wave SFP Modules (P/N 19K1271 or 19K1272) are required for each fibre channel port connection.

5. Installs in I/O module bays 3 or 4. When installed in bay 3, port 1 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards. When installed in bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel expansion cards.

6. Maximum of four allowed in BC and BCT. If supported in BCE, then a maximum of two allowed. Can be installed in any I/O module bay. When installed in I/O module bay 1, integrated Ethernet controller 1 is enabled on all blades. When installed in bay 2, integrated Ethernet controller 2 is enabled on all blades. Installation in I/O module bays 3 or 4 (not supported in BCE) requires an Ethernet expansion card to be installed in blade servers.

7. Installs in I/O module bays 3 and/or 4. Requires the Topspin Infiniband Host Channel Adapter expansion card to be installed in at least one blade server.

8. Maximum of four allowed and can be installed in any I/O module bay. Must be installed in I/O module bay 4 when Myrinet cluster expansion cards are installed in blade servers.

59P6627 48P7062 BladeCenter 2-port Fibre Channel Switch Module4, 5

- BC, BCT Y

26K6478 26K6477 Qlogic 6-port Enterprise Fibre Channel Switch Module for BladeCenter 4, 5

- BC, BCT -

13N0567 13N0568 BladeCenter 4-port Gb Ethernet Switch Module6 - BC, BCT, BCE

-

13N2287 13N2281 Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethernet Switch Module6

- BC -

73P9043 73P9057 Nortel Networks Layer 2-7 GbE Switch Module6 - BC, BCT Y

26K6455 26K6454 Topspin Infiniband Switch Module for BladeCenter7

- BC, BCT -

02R9081 02R9080 BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module8 - BC, BCT -

73P5989 73P5992 BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module SC Cable9

- BC -

73P6031 73P6033 BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module LC Cable9

- BC -

73P6096 73P6100 BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module6 - BC, BCE -

- 73P6101 BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module Cable10 - BC -

System Management

48P7081 48P7055 BladeCenter Redundant KVM/Management Module Option

- BC -

- 90P3741 BladeCenter T Redundant Management Module Option

- BCT Y

Blade Server Expansion Cards11, 12

Note: Installation of additional options into the BladeCenter and BladeCenter T chassis may require power upgrades. Refer to “Power and Accessories” section for more information.

SBB Number


Form Factor

Chassis Support1

NEBS Compliant2

270 COG

9. This cable is 1.5m in length and provides four connections between the optical pass-thru-module (OPM) and an external Ethernet or fibre environment.

10. Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.

11. Expansion cards install in the blade servers and communicate with optional switch modules installed in the BladeCenter chassis. Port 1 on expansion cards communicates with BladeCenter I/O module bay 3; port 2 on expansion cards communicates with BladeCenter I/O module bay 4. Differing expansion cards can be installed among blades as long as OPM I/O modules are installed in BladeCenter I/O module bays 3 and 4.

12. Refer to the individual blade server data for expansion card options and configuration information.

Figure 64. 8677 rear view


Figure 65. 8730 and 8720 rear view

272 COG

BladeCenter Power and Accessories

Notes:1. The BladeCenter chassis’ ship standard with two hot-swap power modules which support blade servers

in bays 1 through 6 and all module bays. When one or more blade servers are installed in blade bays 7 through 14, the appropriate power supply modules option must be installed in power module bays 3 and 4.

2. The 1800w Power Supply Modules option contains two 1800w hot-swap power supply modules and two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables. Not supported in 8677-3xx or 7967-xxx.

3. The 2000w Power Supply Modules are a mandatory upgrade for 8677-2XX in order to support BladeCenter blade servers with Intel’s Xeon processor with EM64T. This option contains two hot-swap power supply modules and two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables.

4. The BladeCenter T chassis’ ship standard with two hot-swap power modules which support blade servers in bays 1 through 4, switch module bays 1 and 2, both management modules and the media tray. When one or more blade servers are installed in blade bays 5 through 8, and/or switch modules installed in switch module bays 3 or 4, the appropriate power supply modules option must be installed in power module bays 3 and 4.

5. Available for 8720 only. Includes two 1300w -48v to -60v DC power supplies. DC power cable is customer provided.

6. Available for 8730 only. Includes two 1300w 200v to 240v AC power supplies and two 2.8m IEC 309-C19 to IEC 309-C20 intra-rack cables.


SBB NumberOption

Number Description

Power - BladeCenter Chassis (8677, 7967)1

13N0593 13N0570 BladeCenter 1800w Power Supply Modules2

26K4829 26K4816 BladeCenter 2000w Power Supply Modules3

Power - BladeCenter T Chassis (8720, 8730)4

- 90P3742 BladeCenter Telco 1300w DC Power Supply Modules5

- 90P3743 BladeCenter Telco 1300w AC Power Supply Modules6

Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)

- 37L6861 APC Smart-UPS 5000RMB7

Note: Refer to Appendix eServer BladeCenter Power Upgrade Guidelines for important information that will help determine when a BladeCenter power module upgrade is necessary.


BladeCenter Standard Power Configuration

ModelPower

Modules Power Cord

8677-2XX 2 x 1800w 2 x 2.5m/8.2ft, 100-240V IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables

8677-3XY, 7967-3EU

2 x 2000w 2 x 2.5m/8.2ft, 100-240V IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables

8720-1RX 2 x 1300w, -48v to -60v

DC

DC power cables are customer supplied

8730-1RX 2 x 1300w, 200v to 240v

AC

2 x 2.8m/9ft, 100-240V, IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables

SBB Number


Chassis Support1

Rack and NetBAY


- 90P3774 BladeCenter T 2-Post Rack Mount Kit BCT

- 90P3775 BladeCenter T 4-Post Rack Mount Kit BCT


- 1735L04 NetBAY Local Console Manager3 BC, BCT

- 1735R16 NetBAY Remote Console Manager3 BC, BCT

- 32P1636 250mm KVM Conversion Option BC, BCT

- 32P1652 1.5m KVM Conversion Option BC, BCT

Acoustic Option

- 49P2694 BladeCenter Acoustic Attenuation Module4 BC, BCE

Monitors

- 633147N E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), business black5 BC, BCT

- 63324HN E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), business black5 BC, BCT

- 32P1031 NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver Keyboard)6

BC

- 32P1032 NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)6 BC

- 32P1702 NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver Keyboard)6

BC, BCT

- 32P1703 NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without Keyboard)6 BC, BCT

- 17232UX 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with PS/2 US keyboard)6 BC, BCT

- 17232NX 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)6 BC, BCT

274 COG

Notes:1. BladeCenter and BladeCenter T include a standard management module that provides system

management connectivity for all installed blade servers. KVM is provided as part of the management module on BladeCenter. KVM is provided as part of the chassis on BladeCenter T.

2. Supports up to three BladeCenter chassis on one ACT (Advanced Connectivity Technology) chain.3. Installs over the blower modules in the rear of the chassis to reduce decibels in sound-sensitive

environments. BladeCenter generates 80 decibels (8 bels) at maximum performance levels. The Acoustic Attenuation Module reduces the decibel level by 11 (approximately 12%).

4. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).5. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.6. BladeCenter supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse.7. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707), which stores in ready-to-use

position, or NetBAY 1U or 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702). Standard with 1U and 2U NetBAY console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).

8. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available.9. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a

keyboard tray with a flat panel display.10. BC=BladeCenter (8677); BCT=BladeCenter Telco (8720, 8730); BCE = BladeCenter Entry (7967).

Keyboard and Mouse7

32P8917 28L3644 Space Saver II Keyboard8, 9 BC, BCT

02R3206 31P7415 Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys business black10 BC, BCT

02R3421 28L3673 Sleek 2-Button Business Black Mouse BC, BCT, BCE

Other Accessories

- 05K9276 USB Portable Diskette Drive BCT, BCE

SBB Number


Chassis Support1


276 COG

Chapter 24. BladeCenter™ HS20 - MT 8832

Notes:1. Blade server models xTx are designed to support the telecommunications industry.2. Not available from IBM after this date. Business Partner Inventory may be available.3. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer ECC L2 cache and 533MHz (quad-pumped) Front Side Bus

(FSB). Some processors have an additional L3 cache as noted in the table above.4. Memory is two-way interleaved, PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMMs.5. HS20 - MT 8832 models LxX and MxX ship with non-Chipkill 256MB DIMMs whereas the other 512MB

models ship with Chipkill 256MB DIMMs.6. System management functionality, interconnect network connectivity and console connectivity are

managed through the standard management module. The standard integrated service processor monitors HS20 - MT 8832 system management activity, communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter.

Table 24. BladeCenter™ HS20 - MT 8832 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1

Wit

hd

raw

al D

ate2

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e3

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)4, 5

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

6

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

7

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler8

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)9

Exp

ansi

on C

ard

s (S

td/M

ax)10

8832-9TX - 2.4/533 - 512KB L2

1/2 1GB/8GB Y Dual 1Gb

Dual ATA-100

Fixed 0/80GB 0/1

8832-LTX - 2.8/533 - 512KB L2

1/2 512MB/8GB Y Dual 1Gb

Dual ATA-100

Fixed 0/80GB 0/1

8832-L1X Apr-29

2.8/533 - 512KB L2


Dual ATA-100

Fixed 0/80GB 0/1

8832-LEX Apr-29

2.8/533 - 512KB L2


Dual ATA-100

Fixed 40/80GB11 0/1

8832-M1X Apr-29

3.06/533 - 512KB L2


Dual ATA-100

Fixed 0/80GB 0/1

8832-N1X12, 13 - 3.06/533 - 1MB L212


Dual ATA-100

Fixed 0/80GB 0/1

8832-G1X Apr-29

3.2/533 - 1MB L3


Dual ATA-100

Fixed 0/80GB 0/1

8832-GTX Apr-29

3.2/533 - 1MB L3


Dual ATA-100

Fixed 0/80GB 0/1

8832-J1X Apr-29

3.2/533 - 2MB L3


Dual ATA-100

Fixed 0/80GB 0/1


7. Broadcom 5703 dual integrated copper gigabit Ethernet controller.8. Integrated mirroring is supported using IDE HDDs. However, when two IDE HDDs are installed, no I/O

expansion cards can be installed.9. An optional SCSI expansion unit is available that attaches directly to the blade server adding two SCSI

HDD bays. See HDD section for more information.10. Each installed expansion card will physically prevent installation of one IDE HDD and vice versa.11. Model LEX ships standard with one 40GB IDE HDD.12. Intel Xeon processor with Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), L2 cache and a 533MHz

(quad-pumped) Front Side Bus (FSB).13. This blade requires the BladeCenter Chassis to have the 2000w power supplies installed.

HS20 - MT 8832 Processor Options


identical in type, speed and cache size.2. This processor is NEBS compliant for the telecommunications industry.

Figure 66. HS20 - MT 8832 planar

SBB NumberOption

Number Processor OptionsSMP

Support1

90P3835 13N0744 2.4GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 Cache Xeon Processor2 9TX

71P8835 73P9073 2.8GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 Cache Xeon Processor L1X, LTX

71P8836 73P9074 3.06GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 31X, M1X

25K9518 13N0650 3.2GHz/533MHz-1MB L3 Cache Xeon Processor G1X, GTX

25K9598 13N0743 3.2GHz/533MHz-2MB L3 Cache Xeon Processor J1X

278 COG

HS20 - MT 8832 Memory Options

Notes:1. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory options in pairs is required. Standard DIMMs are

installed in sockets three and four. One DIMM pair is not required to match the other.2. Chipkill is available in 512MB DIMMs and above. Installation of a non-Chipkill DIMM will disable all

Chipkill function.3. This SBB number contains one 256MB non-Chipkill DIMM.4. The 512MB kit contains two 256MB non-Chipkill DIMMs.

HS20 - MT 8832 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options

SBB NumberOption


73P28763 73P2868 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit4





Model Std DIMM Configuration Chipkill

LxX, LTX, M1X 2 x 256MB PC2100 ECC DDR DIMM N

31X 2 x 256MB PC2100 ECC DDR DIMM Y

9TX,GxX, J1X 2 x 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR DIMM Y

N1X, LEX 2 x 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR DIMM Y

SBB Number


Bays Supported

Maximum Quantity1

IDE HDDs 2

- 25R6906 40GB IDE HDD Slim 1, 2 2

- 25R6904 BladeCenter 60GB 5400rpm ATA-100 HDD Slim 1, 2 2

Flash Disk Drives 2, 3

25K8227 90P3771 BladeCenter 1GB Flash Disk Drive Slim 1, 2 2



Storage Expansion4

26K4852 26K4847 BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit5 - - -


Notes:1. Installation of a second IDE HDD (including the flash disk drives) will physically prevent installation of

an expansion card.2. Integrated mirroring is supported using the IDE HDDs.3. The flash disk drives are IDE HDDs and adhere to the same cabling and configuration rules as the

standard IDE HDDs. Both can be installed in the same blade server.4. Blade servers support attachment of any one expansion unit.5. Supports two SCSI HDDs. See Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion section for more information.

HS20 - MT 8832 I/O Options

Notes:1. Quantity one expansion card is supported and installs over IDE HDD bay 2, preventing installation of

second IDE HDD.2. Requires appropriate I/O modules to be installed in the BladeCenter chassis. Refer to ‘BladeCenter

Storage and Communications Expansion’ for appropriate I/O module options and configuration information.

3. Requires an OPM I/O module to be installed in BladeCenter I/O module bay 4.4. Blade servers support attachment of any one expansion unit.5. Supports two SCSI HDDs. See Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion section for more information.



13N2204 13N2203 BladeCenter Fibre Channel Expansion Card

73P9029 73P9030 BladeCenter Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card

73P5999 73P6000 Myrinet Cluster Expansion Card3

26K6458 26K6457 Topspin Infiniband Host Channel Adapter Expansion Card for BladeCenter

PCI Expansion4

24P0963 24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter



71P8614 71P8594 Single Channel Ultra320 SCSI Controller

- 06P3601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter

- 31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel

13N1675 90P3721 BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit5

280 COG

Chapter 25. BladeCenter™ HS20 - MT 8843

The HS20 - MT 8843 requires that the BladeCenter chassis have 2000w power supplies installed.The HS20 - MT 8843 can be installed into and removed from the BladeCenter chassis while the chassis is powered up. Follow the blade insertion and removal guidelines provided in the system’s documentation.

Table 25. BladeCenter™ HS20 - MT 8843 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

4

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

5

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7

Exp

ansi

on C

ard

s (S

td/M

ax)8

8843-01Y 2.8/800 - 1MB L2 1/2 512MB/8GB Y Dual GB U320 Fixed 0/146.8GB 1/1

8843-11Y 3.0/800 - 1MB L2 1/2 1GB/8GB Y Dual GB U320 Fixed 0/146.8GB 1/1




8843-4TY 3.6/800 - 1MB L2 1/2 1GB/8GB Y Dual GB U320 Fixed 0/146.8GB 1/1

8843-2EY 3.2/800 - 1MB L2 1/2 2GB/8GB Y Dual GB U320 Fixed 72.8/146.8GB

1/1

8843-LTY 2.8/800 - 1MB L2 Low Voltage

1/2 512MB/8GB Y Dual GB U320 Fixed 0/146.8GB 1/1

8843-L1Y 2.8/800 - 1MB L2 Low Voltage

1/2 512MB/8GB Y Dual GB U320 Fixed 0/146.8GB 1/1

8843-25Y 3.2GHz/800MHz - 2MB L2

1/2 1GB/8GB Y Dual GB U320 Fixed 0/293.6GB9 1/1

8843-35Y 3.4GHz/800MHz - 1MB L2


8843-45Y 3.6GHz/800MHz 2MB L2


8843-E2Y 3.2GHz/800MHz 2MB L2

1/2 2GB/8GB Y Dual GB U320 Fixed 36.4/293.6GB9

1/1

8843-27Y10 3.2GHz/800MHz 2MB L2

1/2 1GB/8GB11 Y Dual GB U320 Fixed 72.8/293.6GB

1/1



not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8843-01Y is 8843-01U. See the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a country-specific designator.


3. High-speed, two-way interleaved PC2-3200 RDIMMs. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs. Memory-mirroring, hot-spare memory and Chipkill functions are supported. Chipkill is available on DIMMs 512MB and greater.

4. System management functionality, interconnect network connectivity and console connectivity are managed through the standard management module. The standard integrated service processor monitors HS20 - MT 8843 system management activity, communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter.

5. Dual Broadcom 5704S Gb Ethernet controllers.6. An integrated, single-channel, Ultra320 SCSI controller supports integrated RAID-1 and 1E. RAID-1E

requires the optional BladeCenter Storage Expansion unit.7. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation of two 73.4GB SCSI HDDs.8. An optional BladeCenter expansion unit is available that attaches directly to the blade server adding two

hot-swap SCSI HDD bats for a total of four HDD bays and two expansion card slots for a total of three expansion card slots.

9. Maximum capacities are based on installation of two 146.8 GB SCSI HDDs.10. Model 27Y hardware components come preconfigured and the Microsoft Windows Server 2003 operating

system is pre-installed. One 2Gb fibre channel small form factor expansion card is standard.11. HS20 Storage Server operating system supports a maximum of 4GB of memory.

HS20 - MT 8843 Processor Options

Notes:


SBB NumberOption

Number Processor OptionsSMP

Support1

26K9330 13N0692 2.8GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 01Y

26K9331 13N0693 3.0GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 11Y

26K4833 13N0657 3.2GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 21Y, 2EY

31R3208 25R8876 3.2GHz/800MHz-2MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 25Y, 27Y, E2Y

31R3209 13N0660 3.4GHz/800MHz-2MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 35Y

31R3210 13N0696 3.6GHz/800MHz-2MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor 45Y

Note: HS20 - MT 8843 processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T).

282 COG

Figure 67. HS20 - MT 8843 planar

HS20 - MT 8843 Memory Options


SBB Number1Option

Number Memory Description






Note: 8GB of memory is supported via four DIMM slots. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is required beginning with DIMM slots one and two, then three and four. Memory-mirroring and hot-spare memory requires all installed DIMMs to match and effectively reduces available memory by half.



01Y, LTY, L1Y 2 x 256MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM N

11Y, 21Y, 31Y, 41Y, 4TY, 25Y, 27Y, 35Y, 45Y

2 x 512MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM N

E2Y 2 x 1GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM N


Figure 68. HS20 - MT 8843 system board

HS20 - MT 8843 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options

Notes:1. Installation of a second HDD will physically prevent installation of certain expansion cards and

vice-versa. See I/O section for more information.2. Supports two HDDs and two I/O expansion cards. See Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion section

for more information.

SBB Number


Bays Supported

Maximum Quantity1

Fixed Ultra320 HDDs

26K4845 90P1312 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SFF 1, 2 2

13N2364 90P1313 73.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SFF 1, 2 2

90P1328 90P1304 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-Swap HDD SSL 1, 2 2





Storage Expansion

13N2361 26K4817 BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit2 - - 1

284 COG

HS20 - MT 8843 I/O Options

Notes:1. Quantity one expansion card is supported inside the blade itself. The optional expansion unit will allow

for two more cards. Installation of a StFF (standard form factor) card will physically prevent installation of a second HDD.

2. Requires appropriate I/O modules to be installed in the BladeCenter chassis. Refer to ‘BladeCenter Storage and Communications Expansion’ for appropriate I/O module options and configuration information.

3. Requires an OPM I/O module to be installed in BladeCenter I/O module bay 4.4. Supports two HDDs and two I/O expansion cards. See Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion section

for more information.

SBB Number Option Number DescriptionForm Factor


26R1089 13N2203 BladeCenter Fibre Channel Expansion Card StFF

26K4844 26K4841 Fibre Channel Expansion Card SmFF

26K4838 73P9030 BladeCenter Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card StFF

26K4843 26K4842 Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card SmFF

26K4837 73P6000 Myrinet Cluster Expansion Card3 StFF

26K4836 48P7061 BladeCenter Fibre Channel Exp. Card StFF


StFF

External Disk Systems and Options

- 17011RS TotalStorage DS300 - Single Controller Rack 3U

- 17001RS TotalStorage DS400 - Single Controller Rack 3U

- 17241XX TotalStorage DS4100 Midrange Disk System (all models) Rack 3U

- 17226XX TotalStorage DS4300 Midrange Disk Systems (all models) Rack 3U

- 17429XX TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk System (all models) Rack 4U

I/O Expansion

13N2361 26K4817 BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit4


286 COG

Chapter 26. BladeCenter™ HS40

Notes:1. Blade server models xTx are designed to support the telecommunications industry.2. Intel Xeon Processor MP with L2 cache (512KB), L3 cache (see table) and a 400MHz (quad-pumped)

Front Side Bus (FSB).3. Memory is two-way interleaved, PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMMs supporting Chipkill technology.4. System management functionality, interconnect network connectivity and console connectivity are

managed through the standard management module. The standard integrated service processor monitors HS40 system management activity, communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter.

5. Four Ethernet connections via one integrated dual Gb controller and two integrated single Gb controllers (Broadcom BCM5704S).

6. Integrated mirroring is supported using IDE HDDs. However, when two IDE HDDs are installed, no I/O expansion cards can be installed.

7. An optional SCSI expansion unit is available that attaches directly to the bladeserver adding two SCSI HDD bays. See HDD section for more information.

8. Each installed expansion card will physically prevent installation of one IDE HDD and vice versa.

Table 26. BladeCenter™ HS40 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

4

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

5

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler6

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)7

Exp

ansi

on C

ard

s (S

td/M

ax)8

8839-51X 2.2/400-2MB L3

1/4 1GB/16GB Y 4 x 1Gb Dual ATA-100

Fixed 0/80GB 0/2

8839-61X 2.7/400-2MB L3


Fixed 0/80GB 0/2

8839-6TX1 2.7/400-2MB L3


Fixed 0/80GB 0/2

8839-71X 3.0/400-2MB L3


Fixed 0/80GB 0/2

Note: 4-way, 2U blade servers install into a supported BladeCenter or BladeCenter T chassis. Ship without keyboard and mouse.


HS40 Processor Options

Notes:1. Up to three additional processors may be installed, providing a maximum of four. All processors must be

identical in type, speed and cache size.

HS40 Memory Options

Notes:1. BladeCenter HS40 supports up to 16GB of Chipkill memory via 8 DIMM slots. Removal of standard

memory is required to achieve the supported maximum amount.2. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory options in pairs is required.

SBB NumberOption

Number Processor UpgradesSMP

Support1

26K4854 13N0656 2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB L3 Cache Xeon Processor MP 5xX



SBB NumberOption





Note: DIMMs are installed in matched pairs using the following population order: DIMM1-A & DIMM1-B, DIMM2-A & DIMM2-B, DIMM3-A & DIMM3-B, DIMM4-A & DIMM4-B.

288 COG

HS40 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options

Notes:1. Each installed HDD will physically prevent installation of one expansion card.2. Integrated mirroring is supported using these HDDs.3. The flash disk drives are IDE HDDs and adhere to the same cabling and configuration rules as the

standard IDE HDDs. Both can be installed in the same blade server.4. Blade servers support attachment of any one expansion unit.5. Supports two SCSI HDDs. See Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion section for more information.

HS40 I/O Options

Notes:1. Two identical expansion cards are allowed. Each installed expansion card will physically prevent

installation of one IDE HDD and vice-versa.2. Requires appropriate I/O modules to be installed in the BladeCenter chassis. Refer to ‘BladeCenter I/O

Options’ for I/O option and configuration information.3. Requires an OPM I/O module to be installed in BladeCenter I/O module bay 4.

SBB Number


Bays Supported

Maximum Quantity1

IDE HDDs 2

- 25R6906 40GB IDE HDD Slim 1, 2 2

- 25R6904 BladeCenter 60GB 5400rpm ATA-100 HDD Slim 1, 2 2

Flash Disk Drives2, 3

25K8227 90P3771 BladeCenter 1GB Flash Disk Drive Slim 1.2 2

25K8228 90P3772 BladeCenter 2GB Flash Disk Drive Slim 1,2 2

25K8229 90P3773 BladeCenter 4GB Flash Disk Drive Slim 1,2 2

Storage Expansion4

26K4852 26K4847 BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit5 - - -



13N2204 13N2203 BladeCenter Fibre Channel Expansion Card

73P9029 73P9030 BladeCenter Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card

90P3849 90P3777 Intel Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card

73P5999 73P6000 Myrinet Cluster Expansion Card3


Chapter 26. BladeCenter™ HS40 289

290 COG

Chapter 27. BladeCenter™ JS20

Notes:1. 2-way, 1U blade server which installs in a BladeCenter chassis and ships without keyboard and mouse.

Up to 14 JS20 blade servers are supported in the BladeCenter chassis. Power modules in BladeCenter models 1XX will need to be upgraded to 1800w power modules in order to support JS20 blade servers.

2. PowerPC 970 processors with full-speed L2 cache. Model 8842-41X’s processor has a 1.1GHz Front-side Bus (FSB).

3. Memory is two-way interleaved, PC2700 ECC DDR RDIMMs supporting Chipkill technology.4. System management functionality, interconnect network connectivity and console connectivity are

managed through the standard management module. The standard integrated service processor monitors JS20 system management activity, communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter.

5. Broadcom dual-port integrated copper gigabit Ethernet controller.6. Maximum HDD storage capacity is based on installation of two 60GB 5400rpm ATA-100 HDDs.7. Installation of an I/O expansion card prevents installation of a 2nd IDE HDD.

Table 27. BladeCenter™ JS20 At-A-Glance

Par

t Nu

mb

er1

CP

U/F

SB

Sp

eed

(GH

z/M

Hz)

- C

ach

e2

Pro

cess

or Q

uan

tity

(Std

/Max

)

Mem

ory

(Std

/Max

)3

Sys

tem

Man

agem

ent P

roce

ssor

4

Inte

grat

ed E

ther

net

5

Sto

rage

Con

trol

ler

Inte

rnal

HD

D I

nte

rfac

e

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)6

Exp

ansi

on C

ard

s (S

td/M

ax)7

8842-41X 2.2GHz/1.1GHz - 512KB L2


Dual ATA 100

Fixed 0/120GB 0/1


JS20 Memory Options

Notes:

1. DIMMs are installed in matched pairs using the following population order: DIMM3 & DIMM4, DIMM1 & DIMM2.

JS20 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options

Notes:

1. Up to two IDE HDDs may be installed in each JS20. A second IDE HDD cannot be added if an I/O expansion card is installed.

SBB Number Option Number Memory Description1

90P0862 73P2265 256MB PC2700 ECC DDR RDIMM

13N1266 73P2275 512MB PC2700 ECC DDR RDIMM

13N1267 73P2276 1GB PC2700 ECC DDR RDIMM



41X 2 x 256MB PC2700 ECC DDR RDIMM Y

SBB NumberOption


SupportedMaximum Quantity1

IDE HDDs

- 25R6906 40GB IDE HDD Slim 1, 2 2

- 25R6904 BladeCenter 60GB 5400rpm ATA-100 HDD

Slim 1, 2 2

292 COG

JS20 I/O Options

Notes:1. One expansion card is allowed per blade server and installs over IDE HDD bay 2, preventing installation

of second IDE HDD.2. Requires appropriate I/O modules to be installed in the BladeCenter chassis. Refer to ‘BladeCenter

Storage and Communications Expansion’ for appropriate I/O module options and configuration information.

SBB NumberOption

Number Description Form Factor


73P6113 73P6112 BladeCenter JS20 Fibre Channel Expansion Card -

73P9029 73P9030 BladeCenter Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card -

73P5999 73P6000 Myricom Myrinet Expansion Card for BladeCenter -


-

Chapter 27. BladeCenter™ JS20 293

294 COG

Chapter 28. Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion

Notes:1. Requires appropriate I/O modules to be installed in the BladeCenter chassis. Refer to ’BladeCenter

Chassis I/O Options’ for more information.2. Requires an OPM I/O module to be installed in BladeCenter I/O module bay 4.

Table 28. BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit

SBB Number


Form Factor

Slots Supported

Maximum Quantity

13N2361 26K4817 BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit - - -

Hot-Swap Ultra320 HDDs

90P1328 90P1304 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD SSL - 2





Blade Server Expansion Cards1

26R1089 13N2203 BladeCenter Fibre Channel Expansion Card StFF 2 1

26K4844 26K4841 Fibre Channel Expansion Card SmFF 2 1

26K4838 73P9030 BladeCenter Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card StFF 1, 2 2

26K4843 26K4842 Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card SmFF 1, 2 2

26K4837 73P6000 Myrinet Cluster Expansion Card2 StFF 2 1

Note: The BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit occupies one BladeCenter slot and is a HDD and expansion card expansion unit. Provides two hot-swap SCSI HDD bays and two blade server expansion card slots. The expansion unit utilizes the blade server’s integrated Ultra320 storage controller. It attaches directly to the blade server and both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots. Quantity one expansion unit supported per blade server.


Figure 69. BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit, figure 1

Figure 70. BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit, figure 2

296 COG

Notes:1. Blade servers support attachment of any one expansion unit.2. HDD options for this version of the BladeCenter Storage Expansion Unit.

Notes:1. Blade servers support attachment on any on expansion unit.2. PCI adapter options for the BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit. PCI adapters in the unit provide

external connections only.

Table 29. BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit

SBB Number


Bays Supported

Maximum Quantity

26K4852 26K4847 BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit1

- - -

Hot-Swap Ultra320 HDDs2


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL 1, 2 2


SSL 1, 2 2

Note: The expansion unit occupies one BladeCenter slot. It attaches to the blade server and both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.

Table 30. BladeCenter PCI I/O Storage Expansion Unit


13N1675 90P3721 BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit1

PCI Expansion2

24P0963 24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter



71P8614 71P8594 Single Channel Ultra320 SCSI Controller

- 06P3601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter

- 31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel

Note: The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself occupies one BladeCenter slot. The expansion unit attaches to the blade server and both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.

Chapter 28. Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion 297

298 COG

Chapter 29. VMware Offerings

Virtual machine software for consolidating and partitioning systems in high-performance environments.

Notes:1. Orderable only when configured with an xSeries server, not separately.2. Note: When ordering VMware ESX Server 2 products, the latest 2.x version will be shipped.3. Add-on module to VMware ESX Server 2.x that allows a single virtual machine to span multiple physical

processors.

Table 31. VMware ESX Server and Add-Ons


VMware ESX Server 1, 2

481722X VMware ESX Server 2.x (1-2 processors)

4817223 VMware ESX Server (1-2 processors) w/ 3 year software subscription











481739X VMware ESX Server 2.x Upgrade (2-4 processors)

48173AX VMware ESX Server 2.x Upgrade (4-8 processors)

48173BX VMware ESX Server 2.x Upgrade (8-16 processors)

VMware Virtual SMP3

48173CX VMware Virtual SMP (2 processors)

48173DX VMware Virtual SMP (4 processors)

48173EX VMware Virtual SMP (8 processors)

48173FX VMware Virtual SMP (16 processors)

4817U1X VMware Virtual SMP Upgrade (2-4 processors)




Virtual Infrastructure management software for environments using VMware ESX Server.

Notes:1. A VirtualCenter add-on that enables live servers to be moved from one virtual machine host to another.2. A VirtualCenter bundle which includes licenses for VMware ESX Server, VMware Virtual SMP, the

VMware VirtualCenter Management Agent, and VMware Vmotion.

Table 32. VMware VirtualCenter and Add-Ons


Management Server and Agent

4817M1X VMware VirtualCenter Management Server

4817M13 VMware VirtualCenter Management Server w/ 3 year subscription

4817M15 VMware VirtualCenter Management Server w/ 5 year subscription

4817M2X VMware VirtualCenter Agent (2 processors)




VMotion1

4817M6X VMware VirtualCenter VMotion (2 processors)




Virtual Infrastructure Node2

4817MAX VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (2 processors)

4817MA3 VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (1-2 processors) w/ 3 year software subscription

4817MA5 VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (1-2 processors) w/ 5 year software subscription

4817MBX VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (4 processors)

4817MB3 VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (3-4 processors) w/ 3 year software subscription

4817MB5 VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (3-4 processors) w/ 5 year software subscription

4817MCX VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (8 processors)

4817MC3 VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (5-8 processors) w/ 3 year software subscription

4817MC5 VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (5-8 processors) w/ 5 year software subscription

4817MDX VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (16 processors)

4817MD3 VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (8-16 processors) w/ 3 year software subscription

4817MD5 VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (8-16 processors) w/ 5 year software subscription

300 COG

These BladeCenter license packs and media kits enable you to conveniently purchase VMware software and product media for a full BladeCenter chassis.

Notes:1. Contains licenses for Virtual Infrastructure Nodes for 14 two-way blades.2. Contains licenses for Virtual Infrastructure Nodes for seven four-way blades.3. Contains Vmware ESX Server and VirtualCenter Agent licenses for 14 two-way blades.

Virtual machine software ideal for x86-based server consolidation, disaster recovery, 2 and streamlining software development processes.

Table 33. VMware Offerings for BladeCenter


4817BEV VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node license pack for BladeCenter (2 processors)1

4817B3X VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node license pack for BladeCenter (2 processors) w/ 3 year subscription

4817B5X VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node license pack for BladeCenter (2 processors) w/ 5 year subscription

4817BAX VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node license pack for BladeCenter (4 processors)2

4817BBX VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node License Pack for BladeCenter (4 processors) w/ 3 year subscription

4817BCX VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node License Pack for BladeCenter (4 processors) w/ 5 year subscription

4817BE2 VMware ESX Server (2 processors) and VirtualCenter Agent (2 processors) license pack for BladeCenter 3

4817B12 VMware ESX Server (2 processors) and VirtualCenter Agent (2 processors) license pack for single blade

Note: VMware ESX Server and VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node must be purchased with a corresponding IBM hardware product.

Table 34. VMWare GSX Server


4817G1X VMware GSX Server 3 for Windows (1-2 processors)

4817G2X VMware GSX Server 3 for Windows (Unlimited processors)

4817G3X VMware GSX Server 3 for Linux (1-2 processors)

4817G4X VMware GSX Server 3 for Linux (Unlimited processors)

Chapter 29. VMware Offerings 301

Media kits contain entitlement to a physical product CD and printed manual as an alternative to convenient downloads.

The following servers are compatible with VMware ESX Server 2.x, ESX 2.x upgrades, Virtual SMP and Virtual SMP Upgrades.

• IBM provides support for Windows, Linux and leading applications in a VMware environment.

• Differences in system configurations are invisible to operating systems and applications.

• Clustering environments can be supported within a single server.

• Provides a cost-effective failover solution for mixed OS environments.

• All options that are compatible with a supported system may not be supported by VMware.

• For the latest available information, refer to IBM’s website for Option/NOS/Server compatibility. See the information Sources section for URL.

Table 35. VMWare Media Kits


481721X VMware ESX Server Media Kit

4817MEX VMware VirtualCenter Media Kit

4817G5X VMware GSX Server 3 Media Kit (English)

Table 36. Server Compatibility

Server

xSeries 335

xSeries 345

xSeries 346

xSeries 365

xSeries 445

BladeCenter HS20

BladeCenter HS40

302 COG

Chapter 30. xSeries Network Operating System Preloads

IBM Systems Group offers a range of Microsoft Windows Network Operating Systems (NOS) on most xSeries servers and IntelliStation workstations as a certified preloaded package that includes option firmware. IBM preloads are documented after testing to operate as reliable solutions, providing a simple, cost-effective start-up process.

The following chart shows which NOS preloads are available for each xSeries server and IntelliStation workstation. The second chart shows which options are supported in these preloads for each system (exceptions are footnoted in the first chart).

Notes:1. Orderable only when configured with an xSeries server or IntelliStation workstation, not separately.

Available in select countries. For more information, check with your local IBM representative.2. Language support for US English only.3. System support only. Option support will be added and documented in a later edition.4. Language support includes US English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Dutch, Danish, Swedish,

Finnish and Norwegian.

Network Operating System (NOS) Preload1 HS20 x205 x225 x235 x255 x305 x335 x345

Z Pro 6221

Windows 2000 Server with Service Pack 32 X X X X X X X X

Windows 2000 Advanced Server with Service Pack 32

X X X X X X X X

Microsoft SBS with Service Pack 32 X X

Windows 2003 Server, Standard Edition2, 3 X X

Windows 2003 Server, Enterprise Edition2, 3 X X

Windows XP Professional Edition4 X

Windows 2000 Professional Edition2 X

Note: IBM Operational Support Services - Support Line provides fee-based direct support to enhance your productivity with voice and electronic access. Additionally, Support Line will help answer questions pertaining to usage and suspected software defects for eligible products.


Table 37. Options Supported in NOS PreloadsO

pti

on N

um

ber

SB

B N

um

ber

Des

crip

tion

HS

20

x205

x225

x235

x255

x305

x335

x345

Z P

ro 6

221

Storage Controllers

06P5740 24P3472 ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller

X X X X X X X

19K4646 24P2650 PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter X X X X X X X

Fibre Channel Storage Controllers and Options

00N6881 24P2334 FAStT Host Adapter X X X X

24P0960 24P0963 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter X X X X X

Network Adapters

06P3601 25P2889 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter X X X X X

22P4501 24P9559 Intel Pro/100S Desktop Adapter X

22P6501 02R3435 Pro/1000 T Desktop Adapter by Intel

Removable Media

22P6950 25P5573 16x Max RAM-read DVD-ROM Drive X X X X X

22P7047 59P5800 8x Max Slim-line DVD-ROM Drive X X

08K9603 32P9070 ThinkPad Removable Diskette Drive

05K9233 32P9069 ThinkPad 24x-10x CD-ROM Ultrabay 2000 Drive

22P9102 02R2032 ThinkPad Ultralight 8x Max DVD-ROM Ultrabay 2000 Drive

Communications

33L4618 32P8862 V.90 PCI Data/Fax Modem X X X X

Tape Drives

48P7042 49P3228 20/40GB TR7 Internal IDE Tape Drive X X X

00N7991 32P8861 20/40GB DDS/4 4mm Internal Tape Drive

X X X X X

59P6736 71P9199 160/320GB SDLT Tape Drive X

304 COG

Chapter 31. IBM and Third Party Software Applications

Check with your IBM representative to verify application software availability for your system. IBM makes no representations or warranties regarding third-party products or services. Some software may differ from its retail version (if available) and may not include user manuals or all program functionality. Software license agreements may apply.

Table 38. IBM Director

IBM Director

Director is provided with all xSeries servers. Director Agent is provided with all xSeries, Intellistations and NetVista systems.

Features Include:

• Basic hardware management including inventory, monitoring, alerting, group management, RAID manager and management processor.

• Help Desk and Support including remote control, remote session, file transfer and real-time diagnostics.

• Upward integration to Tivoli, CA, HP, MS, SMS, BMC or NetIQ.

Director v4.21

31R1286 Director v4.21 Media Package, Separate Proof of Entitlement required

Director v4.2

25K8531 Director v4.20 Media Package, Separate Proof of Entitlement required

25K8627 Director v4.20 Server: License + 1 year Subscription, Separate Proof of Entitlement only

25K8628 Director v4.20 Agent: License + 1 year Subscription, Separate Proof of Entitlement only

25K8532 Server Plus Pack v4.20, Media Package Only, Separate Proof of Entitlement required

25K8629 Server Plus Pack v4.20, License + 1 year Subscription, Separate Proof of Entitlement only

24R9451 Director v4.20 SW Distribution Media Package, Separate Proof of Entitlement required

24R9437 Director v4.20 SW Distribution Premium Edition: License + 1 year Subscription Proof of Entitlement


Subscription Services

25K8630 Director Server - 1 Year Subscription after License

25K8631 Director Server - 1 Year Subscription Renewal

25K8632 Director Server - 2 Year Subscription Renewal

25K8633 Director Agent - 1 Year Subscription after License

25K8634 Director Agent - 1 Year Subscription Renewal

25K8635 Director Agent - 2 Year Subscription Renewal

25K8636 Director Server Plus Pack - 1 Year Subscription after License

25K8637 Director Server Plus Pack - 1 Year Subscription Renewal

25K8638 Director Server Plus Pack - 2 Year Subscription Renewal

25K8639 Director SW Distribution Premium Edition - 1 Year Subscription after License

25K8640 Director SW Distribution Premium Edition - 1 Year Subscription Renewal

25K8641 Director SW Distribution Premium Edition - 2 Year Subscription Renewal

Table 39. Application Workload Manager

Application Workload Manager for IBM Director

Features Include:

• Tools to manage contending server workloads.

• Policy-based allocation, management, and control of system resources.

• Distribution of resources at the user and application level.

• Capture and store comprehensive application resource usage data for analysis.

73P8603 Application Workload Manager for IBM Director - Media Pack, Single License Proof of Entitlement

73P8604 Application Workload Manager for IBM Director - Single License Proof of Entitlement

73P8605 Application Workload Manager for IBM Director - 20 License Proof of Entitlement



Table 38. IBM Director

IBM Director

306 COG

Table 40. Remote Deployment Manager

Remote Deployment Manager

Features Include:

• Remote replication of system installations

• Remote unattended system deployment

• Updating system and option firmware

• Rapid image backup and restore technology

Remote Deployment Manager v4.20

4836MDX Remote Deployment Manager v4.20 Media Package

4836ISX Remote Deployment Manager v4.20 Single Managed IBM Server License with One One Year Subscription

4836IWX Remote Deployment Manager v4.20 Single Managed IBM Workstation License with One One Year Subscription

4836NSX Remote Deployment Manager v4.20 Single Managed non-IBM Server License with One One Year Subscription

4836NWX Remote Deployment Manager v4.20 Single Managed IBM non-IBM Workstation License with One One Year Subscription

Subscription Services

24R9416 Remote Deployment Manager Server - 1 Year Subscription after License

24R9417 Remote Deployment Manager Server - 1 Year Subscription Renewal

24R9418 Remote Deployment Manager Server - 2 Year Subscription Renewal

24R9419 Remote Deployment Manager Workstation - 1 Year Subscription after License

24R9420 Remote Deployment Manager Workstation - 1 Year Subscription Renewal

24R9421 Remote Deployment Manager Workstation - 2 Year Subscription Renewal

Table 41. Other IBM Software

UpdateXpress

24R9422 UpdateXpress - 1 Year Subscription

24R9423 UpdateXpress - 2 Year Subscription

ServerGuide

24R9424 ServerGuide - 1 Year Subscription

24R9425 ServerGuide - 2 Year Subscription

Chapter 31. IBM and Third Party Software Applications 307

Table 42. SteelEye LifeKeeper High Availability Clustering Software

SteelEye LifeKeeper HA Clustering Software

Features Include:

• Enterprise-grade integrated clustering and data replication offering.

• Application-centric monitoring and recovery.

• Data replication -- Supports synchronous or asynchronous.

• Data and application protection.

24R9459 LifeKeeper for mySAP/MAX DB Solution on Linux

24R9460 LifeKeeper for mySAP/DB2 Solution on Linux

24R9461 LifeKeeper for Sendmail SAMS Solution on Linux

24R9463 LifeKeeper for Linux

24R9464 LifeKeeper Data Replication for Linux

24R9465 LifeKeeper Data Replication for Linux - WAN

24R9466 Apache Web Server Module (includes SSL support)

24R9467 Sendmail Module (Open Source Sendmail)

24R9468 Informix(TM) Module

24R9469 Oracle Module

24R9470 DB2 WE, EE, EEE, ESE Module

24R9471 MySQL Module

24R9472 PostgreSQL Module

24R9473 Sybase Module

24R9474 NFS Server Module

24R9475 Print Services Module

24R9476 Samba Module

24R9477 Network Attached Storage Recovery Kit

24R9478 Logical Volume Manager Module

24R9479 LifeKeeper for Linux Software Development Kit

24R9480 LifeKeeper for LAN-based Exchange Solution

24R9481 LifeKeeper for WAN-based Exchange Solution

24R9482 LifeKeeper for Windows

24R9483 LifeKeeper Data Replication for Windows

24R9484 MS IIS 5.0 Web Server Module

24R9485 SQL Server Module

24R9486 DB2 WE, EE, EEE, ESE Module

24R9487 Oracle 8i & 9i Module

308 COG

24R9488 SteelEye Support Package 1





Table 43. ARMTech Active Resource Management

ARMTech 2.x Active Resource Management for Windows

Features Include:

• Policy-based allocation, management, and control of system resources.

• Distribution of resources at the user and application level.

• Capture and store comprehensive application resource usage data for analysis.

• Resource management information for more efficient server consolidation.

90P0350 ARMTech Active Resource Management v2.x for Windows (1 CPU)




90P0349 ARMTech Active Resource Management v2.x for Windows (Media Pack)

25K8595 ARMTech Active Resource Management v2.x for Citrix MetaFrame (1 CPU)



Table 44. Citrix MetaFrame

Citrix MetaFrame Software

Features Include:

• Enabling central provisioning and management of Windows applications and information.

• Optimization of server efficiency through workload balancing.

• Simplified deployment of applications, client software updates or other files.

90P2833 Citrix MetaFrame XPs 1.0 Connection License - 1 User Connection with Subscription Advantage (Multi-Lingual - Universal)

90P2834 Citrix MetaFrame XPa 1.0 Connection License - 1 User Connection with Subscription Advantage (Multi-Lingual - Universal)

90P2835 Citrix MetaFrame XPe 1.0 Connection License - 1 User Connection with Subscription Advantage (Multi-Lingual - Universal)

90P2836 Citrix MetaFrame XPs 1.0 Additional 1 Year Subscription At Purchase - Per User (Multi-Lingual - Universal)

Table 42. SteelEye LifeKeeper High Availability Clustering Software (continued)

SteelEye LifeKeeper HA Clustering Software

Chapter 31. IBM and Third Party Software Applications 309

90P2837 Citrix MetaFrame XPa 1.0 Additional 1 Year Subscription At Purchase - Per User (Multi-Lingual - Universal)

90P2838 Citrix MetaFrame XPe 1.0 Additional 1 Year Subscription At Purchase - Per User (Multi-Lingual - Universal)

90P2839 Citrix MetaFrame XP Presentation server for Windows, Feature Release 3 - English Media Kit

90P2844 Citrix MetaFrame XP Presentation server for Windows, Feature Release 3 - ESD Media (English - Americas)

90P2845 Citrix MetaFrame Secure Access Manager 2.0 - 1 User Connection with Subscription (English - Universal)

90P2846 Citrix MetaFrame Secure Access Manager 2.0 - Media Kit (English - Universal)

90P2847 Citrix MetaFrame Secure Access Manager 2.0 - ESD Media (English - Americas)

90P2848 Citrix MetaFrame Conferencing Manager 2.0 - 1 User Connection with Subscription Advantage (Multi-Lingual - Universal)

90P2849 Citrix MetaFrame Conferencing Manager 2.0 - Media Kit (Multi-Lingual - Universal)

90P2850 Citrix MetaFrame Conferencing Manager 2.0 - ESD Media (Multi-Lingual - Americas)

Table 44. Citrix MetaFrame (continued)

Citrix MetaFrame Software

310 COG

Chapter 32. EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit

Notes:1. Includes a single 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500w redundant power supplies, two line

cords and two rack power cables.2. DC power model requiring -48v power source. Includes a single 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable and two rack

power cables.

Notes:

1. Ships standard with one ESM which provides one SCSI port.

Table 45. EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit At-A-Glance

Nam

e

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Sto

rage

Typ

e

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap H

DD

Bay

s (Y

/N)

Max

In

tern

al S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

(GB

)

Dim

ensi

ons

(W x

D x

H)

Form

Fac

tor

Max

Cfg

Wt

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax) -

Siz

e

EXP4001 1733-1RU Ultra320 LVDS

14/14 Y 4,200.0 445mm x 552mm x 128mm (17.5in x

21.7in x 5in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

38kg(85lbs)

2/2 - 500w

EXP400 (DC)2

1733-2RX Ultra320 LVDS

14/14 Y 4,200.0 445mm x 552mm x 128mm (17.5in x

21.7in x 5in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

38kg (85lbs)

2/2 - 500w

Note: To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.

Table 46. Additional Features

1733-1RU

ESMs (std/max) 1/21

SCSI Ports (std/max) 1/2


EXP400 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options

Notes:1. EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit ships with 14 slim-line hot-swap bays which can be configured as a

single bus, two independent buses or a twintailed single bus.2. Twintailing reduces the maximum number of HDDs on a single bus to 13.

EXP400 Other Options

Notes:1. The optional ESM allows for twintailing, clustering, and is required for redundant connections to

supported dual-controller disk systems.

Option Number

Description Height Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity2

Ultra320 HDDs

90P1304 36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SSL 1 ... 14 14



90P1307 300GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD SSL 1 ... 14 14






Option Number Description Max Qty

59P5018 SCSI Bus Expander and Enclosure Services Module (ESM)1 1

09N7296 Rack-To-Tower Conversion Kit 1

312 COG

Chapter 33. TotalStorage DS300 Disk System

Table 47. TotalStorage DS300 Disk System At-A-Glance

Nam

e

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Sto

rage

Typ

e

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap H

DD

Bay

s (Y

/N)

Max

In

tern

al S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

(GB

)

Max

Su

pp

orte

d S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

Dim

ensi

ons

(W x

D x

H)

Form

Fac

tor

Max

Cfg

Wt

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (s

td./m

ax) -

Siz

e

TotalStorage DS300 VL 1

1701-1RL

Ultra320 LVDS

7/14 Y 2,055.2 2,055.2 442mm x 575mm x 128mm

(17.4in x 22.64in x 5.04in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

39.46kg (87lbs)

1/1 - 380w

TotalStorage DS300 - Single

Controller 2

1701-1RS

Ultra320 LVDS

14/14 Y 2,055.2 2,055.2 442mm x 575mm x 128mm

(17.4in x 22.64in x 5.04in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

39.46kg (87lbs)

2/2 - 380w


Controller Express Model 2, 3

1701-1ES

Ultra320 LVDS

14/14 Y 2,055.2 2,055.2 442mm x 575mm x 128mm

(17.4in x 22.64in x 5.04in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

39.46kg (87lbs)

2/2 - 380w

TotalStorage DS300 - Dual Controller 4

1701-2RD

Ultra320 LVDS

14/14 Y 2,055.2 2,055.2 442mm x 575mm x 128mm

(17.4in x 22.64in x 5.04in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

39.46kg (87lbs)

2/2 - 380w

TotalStorage DS300 - Dual


1701-2ED

Ultra320 LVDS

14/14 Y 2,055.2 2,055.2 442mm x 575mm x 128mm

(17.4in x 22.64in x 5.04in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

39.46kg (87lbs)

2/2 - 380w



Notes:1. Ships standard with a single controller. Not upgradeable to dual-controllers.2. Ships standard with a single controller. Upgradeable to dual-controllers.3. Also includes four 146GB HDDs.4. Ships standard with a dual-controllers.

Notes:

1. Maximum number of host ports and redundant host connections requires upgrading to dual controllers.


1701-1RL 1701-1RS 1701-2RD

Host Ports (std/max) 1/1 2/4 1 4/4

Max Redundant Host Connections

- 2 1 2

Expansion Ports (std/max) - - -

Redundant Drive Loops (std/max)

- - -

Power supplies

iSCSI RAID controller bay

iSCSI RAID controller AManagement Port

Host Port 1Host Port 2

314 COG

TotalStorage DS300 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage

Notes:1. DS300 model 1RL in its base configuration supports seven HDDs. Installation of eight or more HDDs

requires the optional Power Supply and HDD Kit.

TotalStorage DS300 Other Options

Notes:1. Hardware iSCSI initiator which installs into a supported server and connects via ethernet cabling directly

to the DS300 or to a supported ethernet switch.2. Alternative to the Hardware iSCSI initiator when used in conjunction with a supported iSCSI software

initiator (free from NOS vendor). Installs into a supported server and connects via ethernet cabling directly to the DS300 or to a supported ethernet switch. The host server’s integrated ethernet controller can be used as an alternative to one of the supported ethernet adapters.

3. Available for DS300 model 1RL. Provides a second power supply and a HDD kit to support up to 14 HDDs.

Option Number Description Height Bays Supported1

Maximum Quantity1

Ultra320 HDDs










73P3601 iSCSI Server Adapter1 -

73P2701 PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel2

-

31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel2 -

31P6301 NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter (copper)2 -

31P6401 NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port Ethernet Adapter (copper)2

-

13N1775 DS300 Power Supply and HDD Kit3 1

13N1776 DS300 Redundant Controller Upgrade4 1

13N1778 TotalStorage Flashcopy for DS300 and DS4005 -

13N1794 TotalStorage Metro Mirror for DS300 and DS4006 -

Chapter 33. TotalStorage DS300 Disk System 315

4. Available for DS300 model 1RS and 1ES. Provides a second controller for redundancy with dual iSCSI ports and a dedicated ethernet port for management.

5. Provides a license activation key for a remote mirror copy of a logical volume on another DS300 or DS400 Storage Server using an Ethernet Fabric.

6. Installs into a supported server and connects via fibre channel cabling directly to the DS400 or to a supported fibre channel switch.

316 COG


Notes:1. 5.8TB of total storage is supported via 40 146.8GB SCSI HDDs that includes DS400 internal HDD bays

and two EXP400 expansion units.2. Ships standard with a single controller. Can be upgraded to dual-controllers.3. Also includes four 146GB HDDs, two short-wave SFP modules, two DS4000 Host Bus Adapters and two

5m LC-LC Fibre Channel cables.4. Ships standard with a dual-controller.5. Also includes four 146GB HDDs, four short-wave SFP modules, four DS4000 Host Bus Adapters and four

5m LC-LC Fibre Channel cables.


Nam

e

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Sto

rage

Typ

e

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap H

DD

Bay

s (Y

/N)

Max

In

tern

al S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

(GB

)

Max

Su

pp

orte

d S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

Dim

ensi

ons

(W x

D x

H)

Form

Fac

tor

Max

Cfg

Wt

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (s

td./m

ax) -

Siz

e


Controller 2

1700-1RS

Ultra320 LVDS

14/14 Y 2,055.2 5.8TB1 442mm x 575mm x 128mm

(17.4in x 22.64in x 5.04in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

39.46kg (87lbs)

2/2 - 380w



1700-1ES

Ultra320 LVDS

14/14 Y 2,055.2 5.8TB1 442mm x 575mm x 128mm

(17.4in x 22.64in x 5.04in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

39.46kg (87lbs)

2/2 - 380w

TotalStorage DS400 - Dual Controller 4

1700-2RD

Ultra320 LVDS

14/14 Y 2,055.2 5.8TB1 442mm x 575mm x 128mm

(17.4in x 22.64in x 5.04in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

39.46kg (87lbs)

2/2 - 380w

TotalStorage DS400 - Dual


1700-2ED

Ultra320 LVDS

14/14 Y 2,055.2 5.8TB1 442mm x 575mm x 128mm

(17.4in x 22.64in x 5.04in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

39.46kg (87lbs)

2/2 - 380w




Notes:1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the "Other Options" table for

possible required related options.2. 13 HDDs supported in each EXP400 when attached to DS400. Attachment requires one 0.8mm VHDCI -

to- 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable per controller in the DS400. In addition, a second ESM for the EXP400 is required for redundancy when attached to a dual controller DS400.


1700-1RS 1700-2RD

Host Partitions (std/max) - -

Host Ports (std/max) 2/4 4/4

Max Redundant Host Connections - 2

Expansion Ports (std/max) - -

Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) - -

Option Number Description Height Bays Supported

Maximum Quantity

Ultra320 HDDs










17331RU EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit2 - - 2

RAID controllerfiller panel(Side B)

ManagementConnector

Host Ports(1 and 2)

Expansion Ports(1 and 2)

318 COG


Notes:1. Installs into a supported server and connects via fibre channel cabling directly to the DS400 or to a

supported fibre channel switch.2. Does not ship with any SFP modules. Four are supported with two controllers.3. Available for DS400 model 1RS and 1ES. Provides a second controller for redundancy with dual 2GB

fibre channel ports.4. License to attach two EXP400 expansion units.5. Simplifies backup and restore procedures.6. Provides a license activation key for a remote mirror copy of a logical volume on another DS300 or DS400

Storage Server using an Ethernet Fabric.7. 0.8mm VHDCI -to- 08mm VHDCI SCSI cable.


24P0960 DS4000 Host Bus Adapter1 -

13N1796 Single Short-Wave SFP Module 42

13N1777 DS400 Redundant Controller Upgrade3 1

13N1779 DS400 EXP400 Attach License4 -

13N1778 TotalStorage Flashcopy for DS300 and DS4005 -

13N1794 TotalStorage Metro Mirror for DS300 and DS4006 -

03K9310 2m External Ultra2 SCSI Cable7 4

03K9311 4.2m External Ultra2 SCSI Cable7 4


320 COG


Notes:1. DS4100 ships with the rail mounting kit and two (model 1SC ships with one) 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power

cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). If U.S. wall-outlet power cords are required, then order necessary quantity of PN 94G6667.

2. 28TB of total storage is supported via 56 250GB SATA HDDs installed in a redundant storage loop that includes DS4100 internal HDD bays and seven DS4000 EXP100 expansion units.

3. Model 1SC ships standard with three 250GB SATA HDDs.4. Model 1SC does not support attachment to external expansion units.


Nam

e

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Sto

rage

Typ

e

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap H

DD

Bay

s (Y

/N)

Inte

rnal

HD

D S

tora

ge (S

td/M

ax)

Max

Su

pp

orte

d S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

Dim

ensi

ons

(W x

D x

H)

Form

Fac

tor

Max

Cfg

Wt

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax) -

Siz

e

DS41001 1724100 SATA 14/14

Y 0/3.5TB 28TB2 481.8mm x 597.4mm x 132.3mm (18.97in x

23.52in x 5.21in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

40.2kg (88.2lbs)

2/2 - 390w

DS4100 1SC

17241SC SATA 14/14

Y 750GB/3.5TB3

0TB4 481.8mm x 597.4mm x 132.3mm (18.97in x

23.52in x 5.21in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

37.27kg (88.2lbs)

1/1 - 390w

Note: To determine cabling requirements refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option Attributes section for external connection information.


Notes:1. Ships with a single Host Default Group.



possible related options2. Model 1SC currently does not support attachment to external expansion units.


1724-100 1724-1SC

Host Partitions (std/max) */161 */161

Host Ports (std/max) 4/4 2/2

Max Redundant Host Connections 2 -

Expansion Ports (std/max) 2/2 0/0

Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) 1/1 0/0

Option Number Description Height Bays Supported Max Qty

FastT SATA HDDs

90P1350 250GB 7200 rpm FAStT SATA HDD SL 1... 14 14


171010U FAStT EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit2

Rack (3U)

Host port 1

Host port 2 Host port 4

Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2Expansion port 1

Expansion port 2

Controller A

Serial port Serial portHost port 3

Controller B

322 COG



DS4100 Model 100

24P8997 DS4100 Flash Copy

25R0051 DS4100 Intel Pack

25R0060 DS4100 Linux/Intel Host Kit1

25R0061 DS4100 Novell Netware Host Kit1

25R0062 DS4100 VMware Host Kit1

25R0063 DS4100 AIX Host Kit1

25R0066 DS4100 Sun Host Kit1

25R0137 DS4100 Linux for Power Host Kit1

25R0072 DS4100 4 Storage Partition Activation



25R0080 DS4100 4 to 8 Storage Partition Upgrade

25R0081 DS4100 8 to 16 Storage Partition Upgrade

DS4100 Model 1SC

24P8997 DS4100 Flash Copy

24P8067 DS4100 Intel Pack

24P8068 DS4100 Linux/Intel Host Kit

24P8069 DS4100 Novell Netware Host Kit

24P8070 DS4100 VMware Host Kit

24P8073 DS4100 AIX Host Kit

24P8074 DS4100 Sun Host Kit

25R0091 DS4100 Linux for Power Host Kit

24P8075 DS4100 4 Storage Partition Activation



Other Options


19K1272 Long-wave SPF Module




19K1250 1m LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter Cable2


Notes:1. Licensed one per DS4100.2. Designed to connect a 1Gb device or cable to a 2Gb device or cable.

324 COG


Notes:1. DS4300 - Single Controller provides a single, low-cost RAID controller and can be upgraded to

DS4300 - Dual Controller. Ships with the rail mounting kit, a 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cord (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and a 2.8m U.S. line cord (100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).

2. DS4300 - Dual Controller provides two RAID controllers with 256MB Cache each and can be upgraded to DS4300 Turbo. Ships with the rail mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cord (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).

3. Based on a maximum of 56 146.8GB FC HDDs installed in the redundant storage loop that includes the DS4300 internal HDD bays and three FAStT EXP700 expansion units.

4. DS4300 Turbo provides two RAID controllers with 512MB Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).

5. Based on a maximum of 112 146.8GB FC HDDs installed in the redundant storage loop that includes DS4300 internal HDD bays and seven EXP700 expansion units.


Nam

e

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Sto

rage

Typ

e

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap H

DD

Bay

s (Y

/N)

Max

In

tern

al S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

(GB

)

Max

Su

pp

orte

d S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

Dim

ensi

ons

(W x

D x

H)

Form

Fac

tor

Max

Cfg

Wt

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax) -

Siz

e

DS4300 - Single

Controller1

17226LU Fibre Channel

14/14

Y 2.06TB 2.06TB 481.8mm x 597.4mm x 132.3mm (18.97in x 23.52in x 5.21in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

41.04kg (90.48lbs)

1/2 - 390w

DS4300 - Dual

Controller2

172260U Fibre Channel

14/14

Y 2.06TB 8.22TB3 481.8mm x 597.4mm x 132.3mm(18.97in x 23.52in x 5.21in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

45.87kg (101.

26lbs)

2/2 - 390w

DS4300 Turbo4

24P8215 Fibre Channel

14/14

Y 2.06TB 16.44TB5 481.8mm x 597.4mm x 132.3mm(18.97in x 23.52in x 5.21in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

45.87kg (101.

26lbs)

2/2 - 390w



Notes:1. Ships with a single Default Host Group which does not provide storage partitioning capabilities.2. Adding host and expansion ports requires upgrading to dual controllers.


17226LU 1722-60U 24P8215

Host Partitions (std/max) */161 */161 8/64

Host Ports (std/max) 2/42 4/4 4/4

Max Redundant Host Connections - 2 2

Expansion Ports (std/max) 0/22 2/2 2/2

Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) - 1/1 1/1

Host port 1

Host port 2 Host port 4

Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2Expansion port 1

Expansion port 2

Controller A

Serial port Serial portHost port 3

Controller B

326 COG



possible related options.

Option Number Description Height Bays Supported

Maximum Quantity

06P5761 36.4GB 10K rpm 2Gbps FC Disk Module SL 1 ... 14 14



73P8005 300GB 10K rpm 2Gbps FC Disk Module SL 1 ... 14 14



32P0768 73.4GB 15K rpm 2Gbps Disk Module SL 1 ... 14 14



171010U FAStT EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit -

17401RU FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit -




24P8149 DS4300 1st EXP700 Attach1 -

24P8151 DS4300 2nd EXP700 Attach2 -

24P8066 DS4300 Two EXP700 Attach3 -

24P8183 DS4300 3rd EPX700 Attach4 -

24P8180 DS4300 Three EXP700 Attach5 -

24P8067 DS4300 Intel Pack6, 7, 8 -

24P8068 DS4300 Linux/Intel Host Kit7, 8 -

24P8069 DS4300 Novell Netware Host Kit7, 8 -

24P8070 DS4300 VMware Host Kit7, 8 -

24P8072 DS4300 AIX Host Kit7, 9 -

24P8073 DS4300 Sun Host Kit7, 8 -

24P8074 DS4300 HP-UX Host Kit7, 8 -

25R0091 DS4300 Linux for Power Host Kit7, 8 -

24P8075 DS4300 4-Storage Partition Activation10 -

24P8157 DS4300 8-Storage Partition Activation -

24P8221 DS4300 16-Storage Partition Activation -

24P8154 DS4300 4 to 8 Storage Partition Upgrade -

24P8223 DS4300 8 to 16 Storage Partition Upgrade8 -

24P8963 DS4300 Entry Upgrade Kit11 -

24P8964 DS4300 Entry Turbo Option Upgrade Kit12 -

24P8216 DS4300 Turbo Option Upgrade Kit13 -

24P8222 DS4300 Turbo 8 to 64 Partitions -

24P8224 DS4300 Turbo 16 to 64 Partition Upgrade -

24P8217 DS4300 Turbo FlashCopy Activation -

24P8218 DS4300 Turbo VolumeCopy Activation -

24P8219 DS4300 Turbo combined FlashCopy and VolumeCopy Activation -

25R0416 DS4300 Database Backup (DB2/AIX) -

19K1271 Short-wave SFP Module 6

19K1247 1m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable -



19K1250 1m LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter Cable14 -

328 COG

Notes:1. License to attach 15 to 28 HDDs.2. License to attach 29 to 42 HDDs.3. License kit upgrade to support up to 42 HDDs.4. License to attach 43 to 56 HDDs.5. License to attach up to 56 HDDs.6. Upgrade to support four partitions and provides the Novell Netware and Linux Host kits.7. Licensed one per DS4300.8. This option is available for all models of DS4300.9. This option is not available for DS4300 - Single Controller.10. Upgrade to support four partitions.11. Upgrades DS4300 - Single Controller to DS4300 - Dual Controller by providing two RAID controllers

with 256MB Cache each and an additional power supply.12. Upgrades DS4300 - Single Controller to DS4300 Turbo by providing two RAID controllers with 1GB

Cache each, an additional power supply, license to attach 112 HDDs through seven EXP700s and license for eight partitions.

13. The DS4300 Turbo option includes two RAID Blades with 1GB Cache each (2GB total), FAStT Storage Manager v8.4, license to attach 112 HDDs through seven EXP700s and license for eight partitions.

14. Designed to connect a 1Gb device or cable to a 2Gb device or cable.


330 COG


Notes:1. DS4400 provides two RAID controllers with 1GB Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting kit, two

2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).

2. Based on a maximum of 224 146.8GB Fibre Channel HDDs installed in a maximum of 16 DS4000 EXP700 expansion units. A maximum of eight expansion units are supported in a redundant drive loop (cable pair). Four drive-side mini hubs are required to support two loops running in redundant mode.

Notes:1. DS4400 ships standard with two DS4000 mini-hubs installed as host ports providing two host ports each.

Two more mini-hubs can be added for a total of eight host ports.2. DS4400 ships standard with two DS4000 mini-hubs installed as expansion ports providing one expansion

port each. Two more mini-hubs can be added for a total of four expansion ports.


Nam

e

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Sto

rage

Typ

e

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap H

DD

Bay

s (Y

/N)

Max

In

tern

al S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

(GB

)

Max

Su

pp

orte

d S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

Dim

ensi

ons

(W x

D x

H)

Form

Fac

tor

Max

Cfg

Wt

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax) -

Siz

e

DS44001 17421RU - 0/0 - - 32.98TB2 444.5mm x 609.6mm x 174.5mm (17.5in x 24.0in

x 6.87in)

Rack Drawer

(4U)

38.6kg (85lbs)

2/2 - 175w

Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.


1742-1RU

Host Partitions (std/max) 64/64

Host Ports (std/max) 4/81

Max Redundant Host Connections 4

Expansion Ports (std/max) 2/42

Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) 1/2


Figure 71. Storage server


Notes:

1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the “Other Options” table for possible related options.


Notes:1. Requires Storage Manager v8.4.2. Designed to connect a 1Gb device or cable to a 2Gb device or cable.



171010U DS4000 EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit

17401RU DS4000 EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit

1740710 DS4000 EXP710 Storage Expansion Unit


19K1294 FAStT700 FlashCopy Activation -

24P8230 FAStT700 VolumeCopy Activation1 -

24P8231 FAStT700 combined FlashCopy and VolumeCopy Activation1 -

25R0415 DS4500/DS4400 Database Backup (DB2/AIX) -

19K1269 FAStT700/900 Mini Hub 8






332 COG


Notes:1. DS4500 provides two RAID controllers with 1GB Cache each. Ships with rail mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft

intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).

2. Based on a maximum of 224 146.8GB Fibre Channel HDDs installed in a maximum of 16 DS4000 EXP700 expansion units. A maximum of eight expansion units are supported in a redundant drive loop (cable pair). Four drive-side mini hubs are required to support two loops running in redundant mode.

Notes:

1. DS4500 ships standard with two DS4000 mini-hubs installed as host ports providing two host ports each. Two more mini-hubs can be added for a total of eight host ports.

2. DS4500 ships standard with two DS4000 mini-hubs installed as expansion ports providing one expansion port each. Two more mini-hubs can be added for a total of four expansion ports.


Nam

e

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Sto

rage

Typ

e

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap H

DD

Bay

s (Y

/N)

Max

In

tern

al S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

(GB

)

Max

Su

pp

orte

d S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

Dim

ensi

ons

(W x

D x

H)

Form

Fac

tor

Max

Cfg

Wt

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax) -

Siz

e

DS45001 174290U - 0/0 - - 32.98TB2 482mm x 635mm x 174.5mm (18.97in x

24.0in x 6.87in)

Rack Drawer

(4U)

43.9kg (97lbs)

2/2 - 175w

Note: Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.


1742-90U

Host Partitions (std/max) 64/64

Host Ports (std/max) 4/81

Max Redundant Host Connections 4

Expansion Ports (std/max) 2/42

Redundant Drive Loops (std/max) 1/2


Figure 72. FAStT900 storage server


Notes:

1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the “Other Options” table for possible related options.



171010U DS4000 EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit

17401RU DS4000 EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit

1740710 DS4000 EXP710 Storage Expansion Unit

334 COG


Notes:1. Licensed one per DS4500.2. Requires Storage Manager v8.4.3. Designed to connect a 1Gb device or cable to a 2Gb device or cable.


24P7981 FAStT900 AIX Host Kit1 -

24P7982 FAStT900 Sun Host Kit1 -

24P7983 FAStT900 HP-UX Host Kit1 -

25R0103 FAStT900 Linux for Power Host Kit1 -

24P7984 FAStT900 Upgrade for 16 to 64 Storage Partitions -

24P7985 FAStT900 FlashCopy Activation1 -

24P8227 FAStT900 VolumeCopy Activation2 -

24P8228 FAStT900 combined FlashCopy and VolumeCopy Activation2 -

25R0415 DS4500/DS4400 Database Backup (DB2/AIX) -

19K1269 FAStT700/900 Mini Hub 8







336 COG

Chapter 39. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit

Notes:1. Attachment to a supported Storage Server is required. This expansion unit does not attach directly to the

server.2. DS4000 EXP100 ships with the rail mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to

IEC 320-C14), and two U.S. power cords (IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P).3. 1724-1XP provides the same expansion capabilities as the 1710-10U, but comes with a one-year warranty

versus a three-year warranty.

Table 59. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit At-A-Glance

Nam

e

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Sto

rage

Typ

e

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap H

DD

Bay

s (Y

/N)

Max

In

tern

al S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

(GB

)

Dim

ensi

ons

(W x

D x

H)

Form

Fac

tor

Max

Cfg

Wt

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax) -

Siz

e

DS4000 EXP1001, 2

171010U SATA 14/14 Y 3.5TB 481.8mm x 597.4mm x 132.3mm (18.97in x 23.52in

x 5.21in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

40.2kg (57lbs)

2/2 - 390w

DS4000 EXP100

1XP3

17241XP SATA 14/14 Y 3.5TB 481.8mm x 597.4mm x 132.3mm (18.97in x 23.52in

x 5.21in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

40.2kg (57lbs)

2/2 - 390w

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

Output port 1 Output port 2Input port 1 Input port 2

ESM A ESM B


TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Options

TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Other Options


FastT SATA HDDs

90P1350 250GB 7200 rpm FAStT SATA HDD SL 1... 14 14






338 COG

Chapter 40. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Storage Expansion


server.2. DS4000 EXP700 accommodates up to four, optional, short-wave SFP modules. The unit ships with two

2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100-120v, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).

Notes:

1. Ships standard with two ESMs, each providing one input port and one output port.

Table 60. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit At-A-Glance

Nam

e

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Sto

rage

Typ

e

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap H

DD

Bay

s (Y

/N)

Max

In

tern

al S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

(GB

)

Dim

ensi

ons

(W x

D x

H)

Form

Fac

tor

Max

Cfg

Wt

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax) -

Siz

e

DS4000 EXP7001, 2

17401RU Fibre Channel

14/14 Y 2.06TB 482mm x 597mm x 132mm

(18.97in x 23.52in x 5.21in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

41.47kg (98.2lbs)

2/2 - 400w


1740-1RU

ESMs (std/max) 2/21

Input Ports (std/max) 2/2

Output Ports (std/max) 2/2




Part Number Description Height Bays SupportedMaximum Quantity

06P5761 36.4GB 10K rpm 2Gbps FC Disk Module SL 1... 14 14






32P0768 73.4GB 15K rpm 2Gbps Disk Module SL 1... 14 14



19K1271 Short-wave SFP module 4




1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict


ESM A ESM B

340 COG

Chapter 41. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Fibre Channel Storage Expansion Unit


server.2. DS4000 EXP710 accommodates up to four, optional, short-wave SFP modules. The unit ships with two

2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC320-C14). If U.S. wall-outlet power cords are required, then order quantity two of PN 94G6667.

Notes:

1. Ships standard with two ESMs, each providing one input port and one output port.

Table 62. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Fibre Channel Storage Expansion Unit At-A-Glance

Nam

e

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Sto

rage

Typ

e

HD

D B

ays

(Std

/Max

)

Hot

-Sw

ap H

DD

Bay

s (Y

/N)

Max

In

tern

al S

tora

ge C

apac

ity

(GB

)

Dim

ensi

ons

(WxD

xH)

Form

Fac

tor

Max

Cfg

Wt

Pow

er S

up

ply

Qu

anti

ty (S

td/M

ax) -

Siz

e

DS4000 EXP7101, 2

1740710 Fibre Channel

14/14 Y 2,005.2 482mm x 597mm x 132mm (18.97in x 23.52in x 5.21 in)

Rack Drawer

(3U)

44.47kg (98.2lbs)

2/2 - 390w


1740-710

ESMs (std/max) 2/21

Input Ports (std/max) 2/2

Output Ports (std/max) 2/2











32P0768 73.4GB 15K rpm 2Gbps Disk Module SL 1 ... 14 14




19K1247 1m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable 4



94G6667 4.3m, 100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord 2

Note: A minimum of two fiber optic cables are required for attachment to DS4000 Disk Systems or to other DS4000 Expansion Units.

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict


ESM A ESM B

342 COG

Chapter 42. Additional Fibre Channel Components

Notes:1. Provides 10 ports in a 1/2-rack width, 1U high chassis. Ships standard with four short-wave SFP

modules, serial cable and a rack power cord.2. Supports short-wave connections only.3. Supports two L10 switches in a 1U rack space.

Notes:1. Provides 8 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with four short-wave SFP modules, a rack power

cord and rail kit.2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.

Table 64. TotalStorage Switch L10

Option Number Description Ports (Std/Max)1 SFP Modules (Std)

2006L10 TotalStorage Switch L10 1, 2 10/10 4

Related Options

26K7909 TotalStorage L10 Rack Mount Kit 3

13N1796 Short-wave SFP Module

22R0483 Short-wave SFP Module (4-pack)

Table 65. TotalStorage SAN Fabric Switch Model H08

Option Number Description Ports (Std/Max) SFP Modules (Std)

2005H08 TotalStorage SAN Fabric Switch Model H08 1, 2 8/8 4

Related Options

22R0579 H08 Remote Switch Activation

22R0549 H08 Extended Fabric Activation

22R0552 H08 Full Fabric Activation

22R0555 H08 Performance Bundle Activation

22R0558 H08 Advanced Security Activation

17P7180 Fabric Manager V4 Max Domains for H08/H16


19K1272 Long-wave SFP Module


Notes:1. Provides 16 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with eight short-wave SFP modules, two rack

power cords and a rail kit.2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.

Notes:1. Provides up to 12 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with four short-wave SFP modules a rack

power cord and rail kit.2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.3. Provides necessary hardware and activation to expand the SAN12M-1 switch in four port increments.

Table 66. TotalStorage SAN Fabric Switch Model H16


2005H16 TotalStorage SAN Fabric Switch Model H16 1, 2

16/16 8

Related Options

22R0491 H16 Remote Switch Activation

22R0494 H16 Extended Fabric Activation

22R0497 H16 Full Fabric Activation

22R0500 H16 Performance Bundle Activation

22R0503 H16 Advanced Security Activation

17P7180 Fabric Manager V4 Max Domains for H08/H16


19K1272 Long-wave SFP Module

Table 67. TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch


202612E TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch 1, 2 4/12 4

Related Options

22R2206 SAN12M-1 4-port FlexPort Expansion Kit 3

22R2205 SAN12M-1 Full Fabric Capable Activation

22R2207 SAN12M-1 Long-wave SFP Module

344 COG

Notes:1. Provides 16 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with eight short-wave SFP modules, a rack power

cord and rail kit.2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.

Table 68. SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-port


2109F16 SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-port 1, 2 16/16 8

Related Options

18P3576 Redundant Power Supply

18P3579 Remote Switch Activation

18P3580 Extended Fabric Activation

18P3590 F16 Performance Bundle Activation

18P3596 F16 Advanced Security Activation

17P7182 Fabric Manager V4 Max Domains for F16


- Long-wave SFP Module

Chapter 42. Additional Fibre Channel Components 345

346 COG

Chapter 43. External Storage Configuration Examples

The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.

Notes:1. Customer-supplied cables of longer lengths can be used. Short-wave supports up to 500m. Long-wave

supports up to 10km.

The illustration below shows what a typical solution might look like in terms of where short-wave and long-wave cables would be used. Actual implementation may vary based on individual hardware.

Figure 73. Typical short-wave and long-wave cabling usage

Table 69. Cable Group Legend

Cable Group A (0.8mm to 0.8mm)

03K9310 Netfinity 2m Ultra2 SCSI Cable

03K9311 Netfinity 4.2m Ultra2 SCSI Cable

Cable Group SW (short-wave)




Cable Group LW (long-wave)1

- Customer Supplied

HBA

Host System

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

Disk system

Storage expansion unit

Switch

SwitchSW or LW ISL (Inter-switch linkSW

SW or LW

SW


The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.

Figure 74. DS4100 and DS4300 Host Attach Examples

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System A

DS4300

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System A

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System B

DS4300

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System A

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System B

DS4100

Switch 1 Switch 2

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System A

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System B

DS4100

Switch 1 Switch 2

DS4100

SW SW SWSW

SW or LWSW or LW

SW or LWSW or LW

SW or LWSW or LW

SW SW SWSW

348 COG

Figure 75. DS4100 and DS4300 Drive Attach Examples

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System A

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System B

DS4100

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

DS4000 EXP100

SWSW

SWSW

SWSW

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System A

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System B

DS4300

Switch 1 Switch 2

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

DS4000 EXP100

DS4000 EXP100

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

DS4000 EXP100

SW SW SWSW

SW or LWSW or LW

SW

SW SW

SWSW

SW

Chapter 43. External Storage Configuration Examples 349

Figure 76. DS4500 Host and Drive Attach Examples

DS4500

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

DS4000 EXP710

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

1 Gb/s 2 Gb/s

X10 X1

Tray Number

Conflict

Drive Loop A

Drive Loop B

Drive Loop C Drive Loop D

DS4000 EXP710

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System A

HBA 1 HBA 2

Host System ‘x’

Switch 1 Switch 2

....

SW SW SW SW

SW or LWSW or LW

Note: All Drive-Side cabling is SW

350 COG

Chapter 44. Rack Cabinets and Options

Table 70. Rack Cabinets

NetBay11 Standard Rack

S2 25U Standard Rack S2 42U Standard Rack NetBay42 Enterprise Rack

Machine Type Model 9306110 93072SX 93074SX 93074EX 930842S 930842E

EIA Capacity1 11U 25U 42U 42U 42U 42U

Sidewall Compartments

0 2 6 6 4 4

Front Stabilizers Std Std Std Std Std Std

Side Stabilizers NR NR Std2 NR NR NR

Casters Std Std Std Std Std Std

Leveling Feet NA Std Std Std Std Std

Side Covers Std Std Std NR Std NR

Rack Attachment Kit3

NA NA NR Std NR Std

Glass Front Door NA NA NA NA NA NA

Perforated Front Door

Std Std Std Std Std Std

Perforated Rear Door

NA Std Std Std Std Std

Height (mm/in)4 611 /24.1 1344/53 1999/78.7 1999/78.7 2020 /79.5 2020 /79.5

Width (mm/in) 518/20.4 605/23.8 605/23.8 600/23.6 648/25.5 648/25.5


Notes:1. Conforms to EIA 310 - D Standard 19in rack specification for a Type A cabinet with universal hole

spacing.2. Side stabilizer brackets are included to bolt the cabinet to the floor. They are needed when a single,

standalone cabinet is lightly loaded. See the installation instructions for additional information.3. Required to attach racks together to make a suite.4. Minimum clearance to the ceiling is 305mm / 12in.5. ‘Shippable loaded’ means the cabinet is capable of being transported with equipment installed. Required

packaging is provided. The integrator/assembler is responsible for assuring the stability of the shipped configuration. Rack Integration Services are available from IBM.

Depth (mm/in) 873/34.4 1000/39.4 1000/39.4 1000/39.4 1105/43.5 1105/43.5

Empty Weight (kg/lb)

36/79 100/220 125/276 94/207 261/575 234/516

Max Load (kg/lb) 182/401 567/1250 907/2000 907/2000 667/1470 667/1470

Total Weight (kg/lb)

218/481 667/1470 1032/2276 1032/2276 928/2045 901/1986

Shippable Loaded5 Yes Yes No No Yes Yes

Note: NR - Not Required; NA - Not Available; 1U - 1.75in (44.45mm)

Table 70. Rack Cabinets

NetBay11 Standard Rack

S2 25U Standard Rack S2 42U Standard Rack NetBay42 Enterprise Rack

Machine Type Model 9306110 93072SX 93074SX 93074EX 930842S 930842E

352 COG

Server System Rack Alternatives

Notes:1. Rack installation requires appropriate conversion kit.2. If installed in older IBM racks, the server should not be installed behind a glass door that blocks air flow.

Remove the glass door or replace with an optional perforated door. To order a rack extension kit for withdrawn IBM racks, visit the Options Continuation Program Website. See the 'Information Sources' section for the URL.

Table 71. System Rack Alternatives

Conversion Kits Standard Racks Enterprise Racks

09N

4300

4U

x20D

Tow

er-t

o-R

ack

Kit

59P

4817

4U

Ext

end

ed D

epth

Tow

er-t

o-R

ack

Kit

26K

6095

4U

Ext

end

ed D

epth

Tow

er-t

o-R

ack

Kit

59P

4211

5U

x24D

Tow

er-t

o-R

ack

Kit

III

13N

0956

5U E

xten

ded

Dep

th T

ower

-to-

Rac

k K

it

32P

1474

7U

x26D

Tow

er-t

o-R

ack

Kit

9306

-110

Net

BA

Y11

9307

-2S

X S

2 25

U

9307

-4S

X S

2 42

U

9307

-4E

X S

2 42

U

9308

-42S

Net

BA

Y42

ER

9308

-42E

Net

BA

Y42

EX

Servers

xSeries 2061 X X X X X X X




xSeries 3062 X X X X X X






BladeCenter X X X X X X

eServer 326 X X X X X X

BladeCenter T, 8720

X X X X X X

BladeCenter T, 8730

X X X X X X


IBM Rack-Mounted Units

Standard Power Cords1

Des

crip

tion

Mac

hin

eTy

pe

/ Mod

el

Siz

e (U

)2

Dep

th (i

n)

Ap

pro

x W

eigh

t(l

bs)

3

Pow

er (W

atts

)Ty

pic

al/M

ax

(All

cor

ds

to s

ame

sou

rce)

Nu

mb

er o

f P

/S

and

Lin

e C

ord

sb

asic

/max

6ft N

EM

A 5

-15P

P/N

695

2301

9ft N

EM

A 5

-15P

P/N

695

2300

9ft N

EM

A 6

-15P

P/N

183

8574

9ft I

EC

320

-C14

P/N

36L

8886

Y-ca

ble

2xC

13/C

14

P/N

25R

2567

14ft

IE

C 3

20-C

19/C

14P

/N 1

2J59

95

Server System Units:

x2064 8482 4 19 46 340/485 1/1 1

x226 8648 4 26 57 495 / 707 1/1 1

x226 w/redundant power

8648 4 26 57 480/685 2/2 2

x236 8841 5 24 101 625/893 1/2 1

x2554 8685 7 25 120 530/1000 2/25 2 2

x3066 8836 1 20 28 300/430 1/1 1

x336 8837 1 26 32 385/550 1/2 1

x336 w/redundant power

8837 1 26 34 385/550 2/2 1 1

x346 8840 2 28 62 580/830 1/2 1 1

x365 8862 3 28 115 770/1100 2/2 2

x4457 8687 4 28 120 800/950 2/2 2 2

x455 8855 4 28 120 600/700 2/2 2

e326 8848 1 26 32 400/587 1/1 1 1

BladeCenter w/2 power supplies

8677 7 28 134 1050/1500

2/2 2

BladeCenter w/4 power supplies

8677 7 28 230 2100/3000

4/4 4

I/O Units:

RXE-100 86842RX 3 26 56 260/520 2/2 2 2

Storage Units:

EXP400 17331RU 3 22 85 310 2/2 2 2

DS300 1701xxx 3 23 90 391/558 1/2 1

DS400 - 3 23 90 391/558 2/2 2

DS4100 1724100 3 22 99 275 2/2 2

DS4300 172260U 3 24 102 390 2/2 2 2

DS4400 17421RU 4 24 85 140 2/2 2 2

DS4500 174290U 4 24 85 140 2/2 2 2

DS4000 EXP100 171010U 3 23.5 89 245 2/2 2 2 2

DS4000 EXP700 17401RU 3 23 91 245 2/2 2 2

354 COG

Notes:1. Optional rack power cords: P/N 94G6667 - 14ft NEMA 5-15P; P/N 94G7448 - 14ft IEC 320-C14.2. 1U = 1.75in (44.45mm).3. Weight equals maximum configuration, except for the 4559 Tape Enclosures where it is the weight

without tape drives.4. Rack installation requires appropriate tower-to-rack conversion kit.5. Additional power cords are not required. This power supply option shares use of line cords provided

with the base system. Should be ordered in pairs to maintain redundancy.6. If installed in older IBM racks, the server should not be installed behind a glass door that blocks air flow.

Remove the glass door or replace with an optional perforated door. To order a rack extension kit for withdrawn IBM racks, visit the Options Continuation Program Website at www.pc.ibm.com/ww/ocp.

7. Internal power supply logic limits low voltage (100-127 VAC) to 550w per power supply. Thus, configurations requiring more power are not redundant for low voltage installations, e.g., configurations with more than two processors.

FC Switch 16-port 2005H16 1 12 12 200 2/2

FC Switch 16-port 2109F16 1 25 27 128 1/2

Tape Components:

NetBAY 1U xSeries Tape Enclosure

45591UX 1 20 16 - 1/1 1

NetBAY Tape Enclosure

0034B0X 4 18 39 320 1/1 1

3607 Series SDLTpro Tape Autoloader

360716X 2 29.7 66 60 1/1 1

3607 Series LTO Tape Autoloader

360726X 2 29.7 66 60 1/1 1

NetBAY 1U Tape Enclosure

45591UX 1 20 16 3 1/1 1

NetBAY 4U Tape Enclosure

45594UX 4 18 253 1/1 1 1

SDLT/LTO Modular Tape Library

4560SLX 5 31 70 300 1/1 1 1

IBM Rack-Mounted Units


Des

crip

tion

Mac

hin

eTy

pe

/ Mod

el

Siz

e (U

)2

Dep

th (i

n)

Ap

pro

x W

eigh

t(l

bs)

3

Pow

er (W

atts

)Ty

pic

al/M

ax

(All

cor

ds

to s

ame

sou

rce)

Nu

mb

er o

f P

/S

and

Lin

e C

ord

sb

asic

/max

6ft N

EM

A 5

-15P

P/N

695

2301

9ft N

EM

A 5

-15P

P/N

695

2300

9ft N

EM

A 6

-15P

P/N

183

8574

9ft I

EC

320

-C14

P/N

36L

8886

Y-ca

ble

2xC

13/C

14

P/N

25R

2567

14ft

IE

C 3

20-C

19/C

14P

/N 1

2J59

95


General rack placement rules and other information:

• Locate heaviest components at the bottom of the rack (i.e., UPS, then servers or storage, etc.).• Do not extend more than one component on side rails at a time.• Maximum of three UPSs (including no more than two APC 5000 UPSs) per rack.• Utilize sidewall compartments for mounting PDUs and console switches prior to using EIA space.• When mounting components in a rack, consider user and service requirements.• When selecting length of power, console and storage cables, consider extension of cable management

arms and overall cable routing.• BTUs = Watts x 3.41.

Notes:1. Optional rack power cords: P/N 94G6667 - 14ft NEMA 5-15P; P/N 94G7448 - 14ft IEC 320-C14.2. Additional power cords are not required. This power supply option shares use of line cords provided

with the base system. Should be ordered in pairs to maintain redundancy.3. Refer to Appendix eServer BladeCenter Power Upgrade Guidelines for important information that will

help determine when a BladeCenter power module upgrade is necessary.

Power Supply Options


Power Supply Part Number Usable with

IEC 320-C13 IEC 320-C19

6ft N

EM

A 5

-15P

695

2301

9ft N

EM

A 5

-15P

6952

300

9ft I

EC

320

-C14

36L

8886

Y-ca

ble

2xC

13/C

14 2

5R25

67

9ft I

EC

320

-C20

74P

4430

14ft

IE

C 3

20-C

1412

J599

5

8.2f

t IE

C 3

20-C

2000

N77

01

8.2f

t NE

MA

5-1

5P12

J511

2

126w 18P3576 2109-F16 1

370w 31P6133 x2552

585w 90P5280 x336 1

625w 26K5097 x346

670w 26K9560 x236

950w 73P9709 x365 1 1

1800w 13N0570 BladeCenter3 2

2000w 26K4816 BladeCenter3 2

DS300 Upgrade 13N1775 DS300-1RL 1 2

356 COG

Rack Options

Option Number Description Information

Console Support:

28L4707 Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray Supports keyboards in racks, also used with Flat Panel Monitor Rack Mount Kit II.

94G7444 Monitor Compartment Size depends on monitor, space for CRT or Flat Panel Monitor and a console switch.

633147N E54 Color Monitor 9U, requires Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).

63324HN E74 Color Monitor 10U, requires Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).

32P1702 NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit with Space Saver Keyboard (US)

2U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image), includes SpaceSaver Keyboard-US English (P/N 28L3644).

32P1703 NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit without keyboard

2U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image), space for SpaceSaver Keyboard.

17231UX 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit with Travel Keyboard (US)

1U, built-in 17in Flat Panel Monitor (17in viewable image), includes Travel Keyboard - US English (P/N 73P3144).

17231NX 1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit without keyboard

1U, built-in 17in Flat Panel Monitor (17in viewable image), space for Travel Keyboard.

09N4290 NetBAY 1 x 4 Console Switch 1U, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space or Monitor Compartment; supports one to four servers, one console.

09N4291 NetBAY 2 x 8 Console Switch 1U, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space or Monitor Compartment; supports one to eight servers, two consoles (only one console when installed in the Monitor Compartment).

09N4293 Console Cable Set - 7ft Connects servers to console switch.

94G7447 Console Cable Set - 12ft Connects servers to console switch.

1735L04 Local Console Manager 1U, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space or behind 1U Console Kit; supports one to 64 servers, one local console.

1735R16 Remote Console Manager 1U, mounts in sidewall compartments or EIA space; supports one to 256 servers, one local console and two remote consoles.

32P1636 Short KVM Conversion Option Converts the console signals of servers without cable management arms (not on slides) so they can be chained to connect to a Local or Remote Console Manager using Cat5 cable.

32P1652 Long KVM Conversion Option Converts the console signals of servers with cable management arms (on slides) so they can be chained to connect to a Local or Remote Console Manager using Cat5 cable.

32P1637 C2T Conversion Option Converts the console signals of a chain of C2T-capable servers so they can be connected to a Local or Remote Console Manager using Cat5 cable.

Power Distribution Support:

32P1761 DPI 100-127 PDU with Fixed NEMA L5-15P line cord

1U, 100-127v, 12a, single-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, six NEMA 5-15R outlets, requires one L5-15R wall receptacle.

32P1736 DPI Universal Rack PDU with NEMA L5-20P and L6-20P (US line cords)

1U, 100-240v, 15a, single-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, seven IEC 320-C13 outlets, requires one NEMA L5-20R or L6-20R wall receptacle.


32P1751 DPI 30a/125v Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P

1U, 100-127v, 24a, single-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, three IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires one NEMA L5-30R wall receptacle.

32P1766 DPI 30a/208v Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P

1U, 200-208v, 24a, single-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, three IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires one NEMA L6-30R wall receptacle.

32P1767 DPI 60a/208v Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd

1U, 200-208v, 48a, single-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, three IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires one 60a IEC 309 2P+G wall receptacle.

26K4246 DPI Single-phase 30a/208V C13 Enterprise PDU (US)

1U, 200-208v, 24a, single-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, twelve IEC 320-C13 outlets, requires one NEMA L6-30R wall receptacle.


1U, 200-208v, 48a, single-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, twelve IEC 320-C13 outlets, requires one 60a IEC 309 2P+G wall receptacle.

26K4244 DPI Three-phase 60a/208V C13 Enterprise PDU (US)

1U, 200-208v, three-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, twelve IEC 320-C13 outlets in three groups of four, 28a per group, requires one 60a IEC 309 3P+G (delta) wall receptacle.


1U, 200-208v, 48a, single-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, six IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires one 60a IEC 309 2P+G wall receptacle.

26K4258 DPI Three-phase 60a/208V C19 Enterprise PDU (US)

1U, 200-208v, three-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, six IEC 320-C19 outlets in three groups of two, 28a per group, requires one 60a IEC 309 3P+G (delta) wall receptacle.

73P5855 DPI Single-phase 60a/208v High Density PDU

1U, 200-208v, 48a, single-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, twelve 320-C19 outlets, requires one 60a IEC 309 2P+G wall receptacle.

73P5847 DPI Three-phase 60a/208v High Density PDU

1U, 200-208v, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, twelve 320-C19 outlets in three groups of four, 28a per group, requires one 60a IEC 309 3P+G wall receptacle.

32P1020 APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMB 2U, 120V, 9.5A, six NEMA 5-15R outlets, requires one NEMA L5-15R wall receptacle.

2130R30 UPS3000XLV (US) 2U, 120v, 24a, six IEC C13 outlets, 1 NEMA L5-20R outlet, requires one NEMA L5-30R wall receptacle.

2130R31 UPS3000XHV (US) 2U, 200-240v, 14.25a, seven IEC C13 outlets, 1 IEC C19 outlet, requires one NEMA L6-20R wall receptacle.

32P1692 UPS Extended Run Battery Pack 2U, up to four may be attached to the UPS3000XLV or XHV to extend run time when using the batteries.

37L6861 APC Smart-UPS 5000RMB 5U, 208V, 18.75A, eight IEC 320-C13 outlets, two IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires one NEMA L6-30R wall receptacle; ships standard with two IEC 320-C19 to C20 cables to support PDUs.

94G6667 Rack Power Cord - C13/NEMA 5-15P IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P (14ft).

94G7448 Rack Power Cord - C13/C14 IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 (14ft).

23K4809 Rack Power Cable - C13/C20 IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C20 (2.8m).

90P4849 Rack Power Cable - C19/C20 IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 (2.5m).

Rack Options


358 COG

Mechanical Options:

94G6670 Blank Filler Panel Kit Consists of one 5U, one 3U, and two 1U blank filler panels.

25R5559 1U Quick Install Filler Panel Kit Consists of five 1U blank filler panels.

25R5560 3U Quick Install Filler Panel Kit Consists of five 3U blank filler panels.

94G7442 Fixed shelf Supports up to 100lbs.

9306-110 (inches)

9307-xxx (inches)

9308-xxx

(inches) Description

Box Footprint

A 20.4 23.6 25.5 Width of rack

B 34.4 39.4 43.5 Depth of rack (not including front stabilizer)

C 21 24/12.5 26 Front/rear door clearance (when required)

Operational Clearance

D 24.4 27.5 29.5 Width of Operational Clearance area

E 74.4 93.4 110 Depth of Operational Clearance area

F 2 2 2 Left/Right sides of rack to Operational Clearance area

G 30 36 36 Front of rack to Operational Clearance area

H 10 24 26 Rear of rack to Operational Clearance area

Service Clearance

I 26 95.6 97.5 Width of Service Clearance area

J 78.3 129.4 133.5 Depth of Service Clearance area

K 2.8 36 36 Left/Right sides of rack to Service Clearance area

L 36 60 60 Front of rack to Service Clearance area

M 30 30 30 Rear of rack to Service Clearance area

Rack Options



360 COG

Chapter 45. Rack Console Options

A console consisting of a keyboard, monitor and pointing device is required by each server for system maintenance and support. The console may be local or remote and may be dedicated to a single server or shared across a large array of servers, which requires the use of one or more console switching devices.

Flat Panel Monitor Console Kits

Figure 77. 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit




362 COG

Multi-server Console Switching

Figure 80. Standard PS/2 Keyboard - Video - Mouse (KVM)

Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.

Chapter 45. Rack Console Options 363

Figure 81. IBM C2T Interconnect Cable Chaining Technology

Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.

364 COG

Figure 82. IBM Advanced Connectivity Technology (ACT)


Notes:

1. Mounts above 2U console.

Switch Options

Ports Capacity Standard Parts

IN OUT

Two-level

Tiering

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Des

crip

tion

Typ

e of

sw

itch

Typ

e

Qty

Typ

e

Qty

max

KV

M s

erve

rs

max

US

B s

erve

rs

max

Bla

deC

ente

r

C2T

ch

ain

s

AC

T c

hai

ns

KV

M s

wit

ches

max

KV

M s

erve

rs

loca

l con

sole

rem

ote

con

sole

s1U

bla

ck f

ille

r p

anel

1.8m

Cat

5 ca

ble

Cat

5 te

rmin

ator

EIA

mon

itor

ing

bra

cket

ssi

de-

wal

l mon

itor

ing

bra

cket

s

09N4290 1x4 Console Switch

KVM PS2 4 PS2 1 4 - 4 4 - 4 16 1 - 1 - - 1 1

09N4291 2x8 Console Switch

KVM PS2 8 PS2 2 8 - 8 8 - 8 64 2 - 1 - - 1 1

1735L04 Local Console Manager

ACT Cat5 4 PS2 1 64 64 12 64 4 4 32 1 - 1 1 4 1 1

1735R16 Remote Console Manager

ACT Cat5 16 PS2 1 256 256 48 256 16 16 128 1 2 1 1 16 1 1

LAN 1

Switch Placement Rules

Mounting Locations 1x4 2x8 LCM RCM

Monitor shelf\switch bay yes yes yes no

3U Console\switch bay yes yes yes yes

1U 17in Console\switch bay yes yes yes no

1U 15in Console\switch bay yes yes yes no

With 2U console1 yes yes yes yes

Side-wall compartment yes yes yes yes

U compartment (EIA space) yes yes yes yes

366 COG

Notes:1. Short C2T Interconnect chaining cable included standard with the C2T-capable servers.2. C2T Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 06P4792) includes a long C2T chaining cable for use when

interconnected servers are farther than three EIA units apart.3. PS2 KVM connectors: keyboard 5-pin DIN, mouse 5-pin DIN, video HD-15 VGA.4. C2T Interconnect ports use special connectors.5. ACT conversion options convert from PS2 KVM, USB plus VGA or C2T interconnect to Cat5 RJ45

connectors.

Cable OptionsL

abel

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Des

crip

tion

2.1m

KV

M c

able

3.8m

KV

M c

able

260m

C2T

ch

ain

ing

cab

le1

2m C

2T c

hai

nin

g ca

ble

2

2m C

2T b

reak

out c

able

250m

KC

O c

able

1.5m

KC

O c

able

114m

m C

CO

cab

le

1.5m

UC

O c

able

150m

m C

at5

cab

le

350m

m C

at5

cab

le

1.8m

Cat

5 ca

ble

Usa

ge

[a] 09N4293 Console Cable Set - 7ft 1 - - - - - - - - - - - servers with PS2 KVM ports3

[a] 94G7447 Console Cable Set - 12ft - 1 - - - - - - - - - - servers with PS2 KVM ports3

[b] with server

C2T Interconnect chaining cable

- - 1 - - - - - - - - - (included with x335)4

[c] 06P4792 C2T Interconnect Cable Kit

- - - 1 1 - - - - - - - x335

[d] 32P1636 short KVM Conversion Option kit

- - - - - 4 - - - 4 - - (x305, x306, BC, Console Switch)5

[e] 32P1652 long KVM Conversion Option kit

- - - - - - 4 - - - 4 - servers with cable management arms

[f] 32P1637 C2T Interconnect Conversion Option kit

- - - - - - - 1 - - - 1 x3355

[g] 73P5832 USB Conversion Option Kit

- - - - - - - - 4 - 4 - e325, e326, x382, x4555

[h] - Cat5 cable provided with option or by customer

Note: KVM switches may be interconnected to form a two-level tier for attaching up to 16, 32 or 64 servers.


368 COG

Chapter 46. xSeries Rack Power Configurator

Rack Power Products:

Distributed Power Interface (DPI) Power Distribution Units (PDUs)

• DPI 100-127v NEMA PDU• DPI Universal Rack PDU• DPI Single-phase Front-end PDUs• DPI Single-phase Enterprise PDUs• DPI Three-phase Enterprise PDUs• DPI Single-phase High Density PDU• DPI Three-phase High Density PDU

Possible Power Configurations:

Note: P/S = Power Supply

PDU used as UPS back-end Redundant Power Distributionwith PDU and UPS

PDU

(1)

(2) (3)

UPS

Units withredundant p/s

(5)

Redundant Power Distributionwith PDU and UPS with PDU

UPS

PDU

(1)

(2)


(3)

PDU

(5)

Redundant Power Distribution

PDU

PDU

P/SP/S


(1)

Single Rack PDU or Enterprise C13 PDU Front-end PDU, High Density PDU, orEnterprise C19 PDU

PDU P/S

(6)

Units with C20 Inletseg. x365, BladeCenter 2XX

P/S

(5) or (7)

(4)

(1)

Rack PDU

P/SUnits withC14 Inlets

P/S Units withC14 Inlets

(8)

pn 23K4809 2.8m C13/C20 power cable

HD- PDU

12 outlets - C19

single- orthree-phase

E- PDU

6 outlets - C19


FE- PDU

3 outlets - C19

single-phase

(1)Device / Unit

Rack PDU

7 outlets - C13

100-240Vac

15a

P/S

C13

(2) or (5)

PDU

E- PDU

12 outlets - C13


(2) or (5)

(1) Device / Unit

UPS

C19 C13

C13

PDU

(3)

(5)


Notes:1. Each device usually comes with a power cord. The PDU requires the power cord to have an IEC 320-C14

plug. Order 94G7448 (14ft) if appropriate cord is not provided with the device.2. Each PDU and UPS comes with a country-specific power cord.3. Internal rack power cable is provided with APC SmartUPS 5000 UPS.4. One 2m internal rack power cable provided with DPI Rack PDU.5. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU.6. UPS comes with a country-specific power cord or a terminal block.7. Devices with C20 power inlets included 2.8m C19 to C20 power cords.8. Enterprise and High Density PDUs include hardwired or pluggable line cord.9. Option 23K4809 provides a C13 to C20 power cord to attach normal devices with C14 power inlets

directly to Front-end, Enterprise C19, or High Density PDUs.

Notes:1. Includes L5-20P to L5-15R adapter cable.

Table 72. Outlets

Outlets C19 C13 5-15R

NEMA PDU 0 0 6

Rack PDU 0 7 0

Front-end PDU 3 0 0

Enterprise C13 PDU 0 12 0

Enterprise C19 PDU 6 0 0

High Density PDU 12 0 0

US models EMEA models

Outlets C19 C13 5-15R L5-20R C19 C13 L5-20R

APC 2U 1400RM

0 0 6 0 0 4 0

IBM 3000X LV

0 6 0 11 0 6 11

IBM 3000X HV

1 7 0 0 1 7 0

APC5000RM 2 8 0 0 2 8 0

IBM 7500X HV

4 0 0 0 4 0 0

IBM 10000X HV

4 0 0 0 4 0 0

370 COG

Typical Rack Power Configurations

Notes:1. Each PDU and UPS comes with a country-specific power cord.2. One 2m internal rack power cable provided with DPI Rack PDU.3. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU.

Attention: Customers are responsible for providing a dedicated circuit for each line cord protected with an appropriate circuit breaker.

Rack Rules and PDU Capacities

• NetBay and DPI PDUs cannot be mixed in the same side-wall compartment.• DPI Rack PDUs can be cabled to NetBay Front-end PDUs.

PDUs per Rack Standard Enterprise

25U 42U 9308

2-bay 2-bay 2-bay 3-bay 4-bay

Rack PDUs 4 8 8 8 12

Front-end PDUs 2 4 2 4 4

Enterprise PDUs 2 4 2 4 4

High Density PDUs

2 4 4 4 4

Total PDUs 4 12 8 12 16

Redundant: six Rack PDUsand two Front-end PDUs(dual circuit, 42 outlets)

Simple: three Rack PDUsand one Front-end PDU(single circuit, 21 outlets)

Simple: two Rack PDUs(two circuits, 14 outlets)

(2)

RackCabinet

(3)

PDU

PDU

PDU

FE

PDU

PDU

PDU

FE

RackCabinet

PDU

PDU

(1)

Rack PDU

7 outlets - C13

1 inlet - C20

(2)

RackCabinet

(3)

PDU

PDU

PDU

FE

Front-end PDU

3 outlets - C19

1 inlet - hardwired

Simple: one Enterprise PDU(single circuit, 6 or 12 outlets)

RackCabinet

E-PDU

(1)

Enterprise PDU

12 outlets - C13

or 6 outlets - C19

1 inlet - hardwiredor pluggable

Chapter 46. xSeries Rack Power Configurator 371

Side-wall Compartment Arrangements

Note: The above is intended to show only typical arrangements, not all possible arrangements.

C

BA

U

D

9308-42P, X, S, E

Enterprise Racks

A

FE

DC

B

U

9306-420, 421

9307-4SX, 4EX

Standard Racks

9306-250

9307-2SX

UA B

2-bays per compartment(9306, 9307)

2-bays per compartment(9308)



RackPDU

RackPDU

RackPDU

Front-endPDU Rack

PDU

RackPDU

Front-end

PDU

RackPDU

RackPDU

Front-endPDU

RackPDU

RackPDU

Front-endPDU

RackPDU

RackPDU

RackPDU

Front-endPDU

RackPDU

RackPDU

RackPDU

Front-endPDU

RackPDU

RackPDU

Front-end

PDU

E- & HD-PDUs(9306/9307)

Enterprise,

High

Density

PDU

Enterprise,

High

Density

PDURackPDU

RackPDU

E- & HD-PDUs(9308)

372 COG

BladeCenter examples:

BladeCenter --Single-phase FE-PDUs

(Redundant)

Two BladeCenters --Single-phase HD-PDU

(Non-Redundant)

A

D C

42

2

4

6

8

10

16

40

38

36

34

32

30

28

26

24

22

20

18

1

3

5

7

9

14

12

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

B

O3

O2

O1

O3

O2

O1

O4

O7

O6

O5

O8

O11

O10

O9

O12

SM3

SM4 SM2 MM2

PM1

PM2PM4

MM1SM1 PM3

PS4

PS3

PS2

PS1M1

V

K

M

E

ESW1

1

2

3

4

ESW2

1

2

3

4BC

SM3

SM4 SM2 MM2

PM1

PM2PM4

MM1SM1 PM3

PS4

PS3

PS2

PS1M1

V

K

M

E

ESW1

1

2

3

4

ESW2

1

2

3

4 BC

SM3

SM4 SM2 MM2

PM1

PM2PM4

MM1SM1 PM3

PS4

PS3

PS2

PS1M1

V

K

M

E

ESW1

1

2

3

4

ESW2

1

2

3

4

BCO3

O2

O1

rear view

Six BladeCenters --Three-phase E-PDUs

(Redundant)

rear view

A

D C

42

2

4

6

8

10

16

40

38

36

34

32

30

28

26

24

22

20

18

1

3

5

7

9

14

12

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

B

SM3

SM4 SM2 MM2

PM1

PM2PM4

MM1SM1 PM3

PS4

PS3

PS2

PS1M1

V

K

M

E

ESW1

1

2

3

4

ESW2

1

2

3

4

BC

SM3

SM4 SM2 MM2

PM1

PM2PM4

MM1SM1 PM3

PS4

PS3

PS2

PS1M1

V

K

M

E

ESW1

1

2

3

4

ESW2

1

2

3

4

BC

SM3

SM4 SM2 MM2

PM1

PM2PM4

MM1SM1 PM3

PS4

PS3

PS2

PS1M1

V

K

M

E

ESW1

1

2

3

4

ESW2

1

2

3

4 BC

SM3

SM4 SM2 MM2

PM1

PM2PM4

MM1SM1 PM3

PS4

PS3

PS2

PS1M1

V

K

M

E

ESW1

1

2

3

4

ESW2

1

2

3

4

BC

SM3

SM4 SM2 MM2

PM1

PM2PM4

MM1SM1 PM3

PS4

PS3

PS2

PS1M1

V

K

M

E

ESW1

1

2

3

4

ESW2

1

2

3

4

BC

SM3

SM4 SM2 MM2

PM1

PM2PM4

MM1SM1 PM3

PS4

PS3

PS2

PS1M1

V

K

M

E

ESW1

1

2

3

4

ESW2

1

2

3

4

BC

O3

O2

O1

O4

O6

O5

O3

O2

O1

O4

O6

O5

O3

O2

O1

O4

O6

O5

O3

O2

O1

O4

O6

O5


Country-Specific Considerations: USA, Canada, parts of Latin America, Taiwan

Power Load Capacity

Legend

N NEMA PDU with a 12a circuit breaker

C Rack PDU with a 15a circuit breaker

W FE PDU with a 20a fuse per outlet

S E PDU with 20a circuit breaker per C19 outlet or C13 outlet pair or HD PDU with 20a circuit breaker per outlet

Max leakage current > 3.5ma

A customer-supplied dedicated circuit is assumed.

Actual power values (watts) may vary based on actual source voltage.

Part

NumberPlug Type Source Circuit

(single phase 50/60Hz)PDU Output(single phase 50/60Hz)

32P1761 NEMA L5-15P 100-127Vac, 15a six 100-127Vac, NEMA 5-15Rreceptacles, shared 12a

NEMA L5-20P 100-127Vac, 20a seven 100-127Vac, shared 15a


32P1736

PartNumber

Plug Type Source Circuit (50/60Hz) PDU Output(single phase 50/60Hz)

32P1751 NEMA L5-30P 100-127Vac, 30a,single-phase

three 100-127Vac, 20a each, shared

24a

32P1766 NEMA L6-30P 208Vac, 30a, single-phaseline-to-line with ground

three 208Vac, 20a each, shared 24a

32P1767 IEC 309-2P+G 208Vac, 60a, single-phaseline-to-line with ground

three 208Vac, 20a each, shared48a

PartNumber


73P5855 IEC 309 2P+G 208Vac, 60a, single-phasededicated circuit

twelve 208Vac, 16a each, shared48a

73P5847 IEC 309 3P+G 208Vac, 60a, three-phasedelta dedicated circuit

twelve 208Vac, 16a each, shared28a per four outlet phase group

Rack PDUs

Front-end PDUs

High Density PDUs

Enterprise PDUs

PartNumber


26K4246 NEMA L6-30P 208Vac, 30a, single-phasededicated circuit


26K4242 IEC 309 2P+G 208Vac, 60a, single-phasededicated circuit


26K4244 IEC 309 3P+G 208Vac, 60a, three-phasedelta dedicated circuit



six 208Vac, 16a each, shared 48a

26K4258 IEC 309 3P+G 208Vac, 60a, three-phasedelta dedicated circuit

six 208Vac, 16a each, shared 28aper two outlet phase group

(2) Line Cords: Rack PDU

(5) Line Cords: Front-endPDU

Power Cables:(1) Device to Rack PDU or Enterprise C13 PDU power cable

IEC C13 to C14, 10/15a cabletypical: 36L8886 (2.8m)requirement: C14 plug, long enough to reachavailable option: 94G7448 (14ft)

(2) Rack PDU to wall line cordIEC C19 to country-specific connector, 16/20a, 14ft (4.3m)

(3) Rack PDU to UPS power cableIEC C19 to C20, 16/20a00N7700 (2m)provided with 37L6861 APC SU-5000RMB

(4) Rack PDU to Front-end PDU power cableIEC C19 to C20, 16/20a00N7698 (1m) provided with the NetBAY Front-end PDUs00N7700 (2m) provided with the DPI Front-end PDUs

(5) Front-end PDU to wall line cordhardwired to country-specific connector, 30/32a, 60/63a, 8.2ft

(2.5m)(7) Device to High Density PDU power cable

IEC C19 to C20, 16/20a, 2.5m(8) Enterprise PDU to wall line cord

hardwired or pluggable to country-specific connector, 30/60a, 14ft(4.3m)

(9) High Density PDU to wall line cordhardwired or plugugable to country-specific connector, 60a, 8.2ft

(2.5m)(10) Device to FE-, E-, or HD-PDU power cable

IEC C13 to C20, 10/15a cableoption: 23K4809 9ft (2.8m)

(9) Line Cords:High Density PDU

(8) Line Cords:Enterprise PDU

374 COG

Country-Specific Considerations: Europe, Africa, Asia Pacific, parts of Latin America

Power Load Capacity

Legend



S E PDU with 20a circuit breaker per C19 outlet or C13 outlet pair or HD PDU with 20a circuit breaker per outlet

Actual power values (watts) may vary based on actual source voltage.


PartNumber


32P1751 NEMA L5-30P 100-127Vac, 30a, single-phase three 100-127Vac, 20a each, shared24a

32P1766 NEMA L6-30P 200-208Vac, 30a, single-phaseline-to-line with ground

three 200-208Vac, 20a each, shared24a

32P1767 IEC 309-2P+G 200-208Vac, 60a, single-phaseline-to-line with ground

three 200-208Vac, 20a each, shared48a

32P1752 IEC 309-P+N+G 220-240Vac, 32a, single-phase three 220-240Vac, 16a each, shared32a

32P1754 IEC 309-P+N+G 220-240Vac, 63a, single-phase three 220-240Vac, 16a each, shared48a

PartNumber

Plug Type Source Circuit(single phase 50/60Hz)

PDU Output(single phase 50/60Hz)

32P1761 NEMA L5-15P 100-127Vac, 15a six 100-127Vac, NEMA 5-15Rreceptacles, shared 12a


NEMA L6-20P 200-208Vac, 20a seven 208Vac, shared 15a

32P1737 CEE7-VII 220-240Vac, 16a

32P1738 IEC 309-P+N+Gnd 220-240Vac, 16a

32P1739 SII 32 220-240Vac, 16a

32P1740 CEI 23-16 220-240Vac, 16a

32P1741 SABS 164 220-240Vac, 16a

32P1742 BS 1363/A 220-240Vac, 13a seven 220-240Vac, shared 13a

32P1745 NBR 6147 100-127Vac, 15a seven 100-127Vac, shared 15a

32P1747 IRAM 2073 220-240Vac, 15a

32P1743 AS/NZ 3112 220-240Vac, 15a

32P1744 GB 2099.1 220-240Vac, 15a

32P1746 IS6538 220-240Vac, 16a

seven 220-240Vac, shared15a

32P1736

seven 220-240Vac, shared15a

PartNumber


73P5856 IEC 309 P+N+G 220-240Vac, 63a, single-phase twelve 220-240Vac, 16a each,shared 63a

73P5844 IEC 309 3P+N+G 380-415Vac, 32a, three-phasewye

twelve 220-240Vac, 16a each,shared 32a per four outlet phasegroup

Enterprise PDUs

Rack PDUs

Front-end PDUs

PartNumber


26K4241 IEC 309 P+N+G 220-240Vac, 32a, single-phasededicated circuit

twelve 220-240Vac, 10a each,shared 32a


twelve 220-240Vac, 10a each,shared 63a

26K4245 IEC 309 3P+N+G 380-415Vac, 32a, three-phasewye dedicated circuit

twelve 220-240Vac, 10a each,shared 32a per four outlet phasegroup


six 220-240Vac, 16a each, shared63a

26K4259 IEC 309 3P+N+G 380-415Vac, 32a, three-phasewye dedicated circuit

six 220-240Vac, 16a each, shared32a per two outlet phase group

High Density PDUs

(1) Device to Rack PDU or Enterprise C13 PDU power cableIEC C13 to C14, 10/15a cabletypical: 36L8886 (2.8m)requirement: C14 plug, long enough to reachavailable option: 94G7448 (14ft)




(5) Front-end PDU to wall line cordhardwired to country-specific connector, 30/32a, 60/63a, 8.2ft (2.5m)

(7) Device to High Density PDU power cableIEC C19 to C20, 16/20a, 2.5m

(8) Enterprise PDU to wall line cordhardwired or pluggable to country-specific connector, 30/60a, 14ft

(4.3m)

(9) High Density PDU to wall line cordhardwired or plugugable to country-specific connector, 60a, 8.2ft (2.5m)

(10) Device to FE-, E-, or HD-PDU power cableIEC C13 to C20, 10/15a cableoption: 23K4809 9ft (2.8m)

(2) Line Cords: Rack PDUs

(5) Line Cords: Front-end PDUs


Power Cables:


(8) Line Cords:Enterprise PDU

376 COG

Power Load Capacity IEC 309-2P+G

CEE7-VII

SII 32

SABS 164

BS 1363 w/fuse

CEI 23-16

etc.

@ country specific:

220-240Vac

16a

1 phase

various @

1400WC220v 230v 235v 240v

3300w 3450w 3525w 3600w

220-240Vac

1 phase

32a

W

309-P+N+Gshared 32a

1400WC220v 230v 235v 240v

2346w 2453w 2506w 2560w

220v 230v 235v 240v

7040w 7360w 7520w 7680w

1400WC

1400WC

1ph

220v 230v 235v 240v

2346w 2453w 2506w 2560w

220v 230v 235v 240v

2346w 2453w 2506w 2560w

220-240Vac

1 phase

63a

W

309-P+N+Gshared 63a

1400WC220v 230v 235v 240v

3300w 3450w 3525w 3600w

220v 230v 235v 240v

9900w 10350w 10575w 10800w

1400WC

1400WC

1ph

220v 230v 235v 240v

3300w 3450w 3525w 3600w

220v 230v 235v 240v

3300w 3450w 3525w 3600w

220v 230v 235v 240v

13860w 14490w 14805w 15120w

63a

220-240Vac

1 phase

309-P+N+G

1ph

S

220v 230v 235v 240v

7040w 7360w 7520w 7680w

220v 230v 235v 240v

7040w 7360w 7520w 7680w

220v 230v 235v 240v

7040w 7360w 7520w 7680w

32a

380-415Vac

3 phase

delta

309-3P+N+G

220v 230v 235v 240v

21120w 22080w 22560w 23040w

3ph

S


Country-Specific Considerations: Japan

Power Load Capacity

Legend

N NEMA PDU with a 12a circuit breaker



S E PDU with a 20a circuit breaker per C19 outlet or C13 outlet pair or HD PDU with 20a circuit breaker per outlet

Max leakage current > 3.5ma


Actual power values may vary based on actual source voltage.

PartNumber

Plug Type Source Circuit(single phase 50/60Hz)

PDU Output(single phase 50/60Hz)

32P1761 NEMA L5-15P 100Vac, 15a six 100Vac, NEMA 5-15Rreceptacles, shared 12a

NEMA L5-20P 100Vac, 20a seven 100Vac, shared 15a

NEMA L6-20P 200Vac, 20a seven 200Vac, shared 15a

32P1736

PartNumber


32P1751 NEMA L5-30P 100Vac, 30a, single-phase three 100Vac, 20a each, shared 24a

32P1766 NEMA L6-30P 200Vac, 30a, single-phaseline-to-line with ground


32P1767 IEC 309-2P+G 200Vac, 60a, single-phaseline-to-line with ground


PartNumber


73P5855 IEC 309 2P+G 200Vac, 60a, single-phasededicated circuit


73P5847 IEC 309 3P+G 200Vac, 60a, three-phase deltadedicated circuit


Rack PDUs

Front-end PDUs

High Density PDUs

Enterprise PDUs

PartNumber


26K4246 NEMA L6-30P 200Vac, 30a, single-phasededicated circuit




26K4244 IEC 309 3P+G 200Vac, 60a, three-phase deltadedicated circuit



six 200Vac, 16a each, shared 48a

26K4258 IEC 309 3P+G 200Vac, 60a, three-phase deltadedicated circuit

six 200Vac, 16a each, shared 28aper two outlet phase group

Power Cables:

(2) Line Cords: Rack PDU

(5) Line Cords: Front-end PDU


(1) Device to Rack PDU or Enterprise C13 PDU power cableIEC C13 to C14, 10/15a cabletypical: 36L8886 (2.8m)requirement: C14 plug, long enough to reachavailable option: 94G7448 (14ft)




(5) Front-end PDU to wall line cordhardwired to country-specific connector, 30/32a, 60/63a, 8.2ft (2.5m)

(7) Device to High Density PDU power cableIEC C19 to C20, 16/20a, 2.5m

(8) Enterprise PDU to wall line cordhardwired or pluggable to country-specific connector, 30/60a, 14ft (4.3m)

(9) High Density PDU to wall line cordhardwired or plugugable to country-specific connector, 60a, 8.2ft (2.5m)

(10) Device to FE-, E-, or HD-PDU power cableIEC C13 to C20, 10/15a cableoption: 23K4809 9ft (2.8m)


378 COG

Rack PDU Power Cables

Legend:

1. Device to wall line cord2. Device to PDU/UPS power cable3. Rack PDU to wall line cord4. Rack PDU to Front-end PDU or UPS power cable5. Front-end PDU, Enterprise PDU, High-density PDU, or UPS to wall line cord

Device

Wall

3

1

2

5

Rack

PDU

Front-end PDU

or UPS

4

380 COG

PDU Power Cord Plug Types

Note: Match letters with Key columns in the following chart to identify power cables with these plug types.

A B C D E F

IEC 320-C13/C14

250Vac/10a (fig 15/26)WW - intra-rack

IEC 320-C19/C20

250Vac/16a (fig 56/61)WW - intra-rack

IEC 309 2P+G

60A single-phase (fig46)

IEC 309 3P+G

60A single-phase (fig46)

IEC 309 P+N+G

32A/63A single-phase(fig 46)

IEC 309 3P+N+G

32A three-phase (fig 46)

G H I J K L

NEMA 5-15P

125Vac/15a (fig 4)North America

NEMA L5-20P

125Vac/20a single-phase(fig 8)North America

NEMA L5-30P

125Vac/30a single-phase(fig 9)North America

NEMA L6-20P

250Vac/20asingle-phase (fig 11)North America

NEMA L6-30P

250Vac/30asingle-phase (fig 12)North America

NEMA L21-30P

250Vac/30athree-phase (fig 65)North America

M N

IRAM 2073

250Vac/15a (fig 2)Argentina

NBR 6147

125Vac/15a (fig 69 )Brazil

O P Q R S T

CEE7-VII

250Vac/16a (fig 18)Europe (other)

IEC 309 P+N+G

250Vac/16A (fig 46)Denmark/Switzerland

SI32

250Vac/16a (fig 32)Israel

CEI 23-16

250Vac/16a (fig 25)Italy

SABS 164

250Vac/16a (fig 22)South Africa

BS 1363/Aw/ fuse

250Vac/13a (fig 23)UK

U V W Y

AS/NZ 3112

250Vac/15a (fig 54)Australia / New Zealand

GB 2099.1

250Vac?/15a (fig 62)China

IS6538

250Vac/16a (fig 68)India

special Burndy connector


PDU Power Cables

Op

tion

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Cab

le P

art N

um

ber

Plu

g Ty

pe

Plu

g Ty

pe

Rat

ing

(a/v

)

Cab

le L

engt

h (m

/ft)

Cou

ntr

y/C

omm

ents

Rack PDUs

DPI 100-127V NEMA PDU (US)

32P1761 --- hardwired -- NEMA L5-20P

H 15a/125v

2.8m/9ft

US, Canada, Mexico,...; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (US)

32P1736 12J5117

14F1553

IEC 320-C19

IEC 320-C19

B

B

NEMA L5-20P

NEMA L6-20P

H J

18a/125v

18a/250v

4.3m/14ft

4.3m/14ft

US, Canada, Mexico,...; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (Argentina)

32P1747 36L8885 IEC 320-C19 B IRAM 2073 M 15a/250v

4.3m/14ft

Argentina; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (Brazil)

32P1745 49P2115 IEC 320-C19 B NBR 6147 N 15a/125v

4.3m/14ft

Brazil; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (Europe)

32P1737 14F1554 IEC 320-C19 B CEE7-VII O 16a/250v

4.3m/14ft

Europe (other); includes one 00N770

DPI Universal Rack PDU (Denmark)

32P1738 36L8823 IEC 320-C19 B IEC 309 P+N+Gnd

P 16a/250v

4.3m/14ft

Denmark; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (Israel)

32P1739 14F1561 IEC 320-C19 B SI 32 Q 16a/250v

4.3m/14ft

Israel; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (Italy)

32P1740 14F1560 IEC 320-C19 B CEI 23-16 R 16a/250v

4.3m/14ft

Italy; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (South Africa)

32P1741 14F1557 IEC 320-C19 B SABS 164 S 16a/250v

4.3m/14ft

South Africa; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (UK)

32P1742 12J5988 IEC 320-C19 B BS 1363/A w/fuse

T 13a/250v

4.3m/14ft

UK; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (Aus/NZ)

32P1743 14F1559 IEC 320-C19 B AS/NZ 3112

U 15a/250v

4.3m/14ft

Australia/New Zealand; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (China)

32P1744 01K9852 IEC 320-C19 B GB 2099.1 V 15a/250v

4.3m/14ft

China; includes one 00N7700

DPI Universal Rack PDU (India)

32P1746 49P2083 IEC 320-C19 B IS6538 W 16a/250v

4.3m/14ft

India; includes one 00N7700

382 COG

Front-end PDUs

DPI Single-phase 30A Front-end PDU - LV (US)

32P1751 74P4314 Burndy Y NEMA L5-30P

H 30a/125v

2.8m/9ft

US, Canada, Mexico,...

DPI Single-phase 30A Front-end PDU - HV (US)

32P1766 74P4312 Burndy Y NEMA L6-30P

J 30a/208v

2.8m/9ft


DPI Single-phase 60A Front-end PDU - HV (US)

32P1767 74P4313 Burndy Y IEC 309 2P+Gnd

C 60a/208v

2.8m/9ft


DPI Single-phase 32A Front-end PDU - HV (I)

32P1752 74P4315 Burndy Y IEC 309 P+N+Gnd

C 32a/250v

2.8m/9ft

International

DPI Single-phase 63A Front-end PDU - HV (I)

32P1754 74P4311 Burndy Y IEC 309 P+N+Gnd

C 63a/250v

2.8m/9ft

International

Enterprise PDUs

DPI Single-phase 208V 30A C13 Enterprise PDU (US)

26K4246 25R2555 Burndy Y NEMA L6-30P

J 30a/208v

4.3m/14ft


DPI Single-phase 208v 60A C13 Enterprise PDU (US)

26K4242 25R2556 Burndy Y IEC 309 2P+G

C 60a/208v

4.3m/14ft


DPI Three-phase 208V 60A C13 Enterprise PDU (US)

26K4244 --- hardwired -- IEC 309 3P+G delta

D 60a/208v

4.3m/14ft


DPI Single-phase 208V 60A C19 Enterprise PDU (US)

26K4256 25R2556 Burndy Y IEC 309 2P+G

C 60a/208v

4.3m/14ft


DPI Three-phase 208v 60A C19 Enterprise PDU (US)

26K4258 --- hardwired -- IEC 309 3P+G delta

D 60a/208v

4.3m/14ft


DPI Single-phase 220-240V 32A C13 Enterprise PDU (International)

26K4241 25R2553 Burndy Y IEC 309 P+N+G

E 32a/250v

4.3m/14ft

International



E 63a/250v

4.3m/14ft

International

Op

tion

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Cab

le P

art N

um

ber

Plu

g Ty

pe

Plu

g Ty

pe

Rat

ing

(a/v

)

Cab

le L

engt

h (m

/ft)

Cou

ntr

y/C

omm

ents


DPI Three-phase 380-415V 32A C13 Enterprise PDU (International)

26K4245 25R2552 Burndy Y IEC 309 3P+N+G wye

F 32a/415v

4.3m/14ft

International



E 63a/250v

4.3m/14ft

International

DPI Three-phase 380-415V 32A C19 Enterprise PDU (International)

26K4259 25R2552 Burndy Y IEC 309 3P+N+G wye

F 32a/415v

4.3m/14ft

International

High Density PDUs

DPI Single-phase 208V 60A High Density PDU (US)

73P5855 --- hardwired -- IEC 309 2P+G

C 60a/250v

4.3m/14ft


DPI Three -phase 208V 60A High Density PDU (US)

73P5847 --- hardwired -- IEC 309 3P+G

D 60a/250v

4.3m/14ft


DPI Single-phase220-240V 63A High Density PDU (International)

73P5856 --- hardwired -- IEC 309 P+N+G

E 63a/250v

4.3m/14ft

International

DPI Three-phase 380-415V 32A High Density PDU (International)

73P5844 --- hardwired -- IEC 309 3P+N+G

F 32a/415v

4.3m/14ft

International

Op

tion

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Cab

le P

art N

um

ber

Plu

g Ty

pe

Plu

g Ty

pe

Rat

ing

(a/v

)

Cab

le L

engt

h (m

/ft)

Cou

ntr

y/C

omm

ents

384 COG

Power Cables

Rack Power Cable Type A14 option

94G6667 13F9961 IEC 320-C13 A NEMA 5-15P

G 10a/125v

4.3m/14ft


Rack Power Cable Type C12 option

94G7448 36L8861 IEC 320-C13 A IEC 320-C14

A 10a/250v

4.3m/14ft

Worldwide

1.5m IEC 320-C13/C14

24P7469 36L8860 IEC 320-C13 A IEC 320-C14

A 10a/250v

1.5m/4.9ft

Worldwide

2.8m IEC 320-C13/C20

23K4809 74P4430 IEC 320-C13 A IEC 320-C20

B 10a/250v

2.8m/9ft

Worldwide

1m IEC power cable --- 00N7698 IEC 320-C19 B IEC 320-C20

B 16a/250v

1m/3.3ft

Worldwide

2m IEC power cable --- 00N7700 IEC 320-C19 B IEC 320-C20

B 16a/250v

2m/6.5ft

Worldwide

Power Cord Extension option

24P7864 11F0114 NEMA L6-30R

K NEMA L6-30P

K 30a/208v

1.8m/6ft



24P7887 21H7693 IEC 309 2P+G C IEC 309 2P+G

C 32a/350v

1.8m/6ft

International


24P7888 88G4764 IEC 309 3P+G F IEC 309 3P+N+G

F 32a/415v

1.8m/6ft

International

Note: US = United States, I = International, LV = Low Voltage (100-127Vac), HV = High Voltage (200-250Vac), NEMA = National Electrical Manufacturers Association, IEC = International Electrotechnical Commission.

Op

tion

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Cab

le P

art N

um

ber

Plu

g Ty

pe

Plu

g Ty

pe

Rat

ing

(a/v

)

Cab

le L

engt

h (m

/ft)

Cou

ntr

y/C

omm

ents


386 COG

Appendix A. Internal Tape Drive Attributes

Legend

FH Full-high - approximate height 81mm/3.2in

HH Half-high - approximate height 41mm/1.6in

SL Slim-line - approximate height 25mm/1in

Op

tion

Nu

mb

er

Des

crip

tion

Sto

rage

In

terf

ace

Form

Fac

tor

MB

/sec

- N

ativ

e/C

omp

ress

ed

Dat

a/C

lean

ing

Car

trid

ges

Incl

ud

ed

Ext

Tap

e E

ncl

osu

res1

Tape Drives

48P7042 20/40GB TR7 Internal IDE Tape Drive

- 89mm (3.5in) SL or 133mm

(5.25in) HH

2/4 1/1 -

00N7991 20/40GB DDS/4 4mm Internal Tape Drive

Ultra2 (16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

2.75/5.5 1/1 0034B0X45591UX

71P9145 36/72GB DDS/5 Internal SCSI Tape Drive

Ultra2 (16-bit)


(5.25in) HH

3.5/7 0/1 0034B0X45591UX

59P6719 40/80GB DLT VS80 Internal SCSI Tape Drive

Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

3/6 0/1 0034B0X

59P6745 80/160GB DLT VS160 SCSI Tape Drive

Ultra160 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

8/16 0/1 0034B0X45591UX

59P6717 100/200GB LTO Tape Drive Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

7.5/15 0/1 0034B0X45591UX

59P6736 160/320GB SDLT Tape Drive Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

16/32 1/1 0034BOX3503B1X

59P6746 80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) HH

6/12 1/1 0034BOX45591UX

59P6744 200/400GB LTO Full-High Tape Drive

Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

35/70 1/1 0034BOX3503B1X 4559FHX


Notes:1. To determine cable requirements, note the tape drive’s SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI controller

from the system configurator section and the desired enclosure then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers. For installation of an internal tape drive into a server, see the appropriate system section.

2. 1U rack-mounted enclosure that supports one or two half-high tape drives. It allows each of these tape drives to be independently attached to a supported xSeries server or both to be daisy-chained to a single server. Includes two 3m 68-pin to.8mm VHDCI external cables.

3. Desktop or rack tape enclosure which supports a single 133mm (5.25in) half-high tape drive. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow an additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a power cord and an external 68-pin to 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable.

4. 4U rack-mounted enclosure that supports four full-high or six half-high tape drives. The backplate includes six 0.8mm VHDCI external connectors for attachment of up to six servers. Internal connection of tape drives requires the single-drop terminated LVD SCSI cable that ships with the tape drive, which also provides termination for the SCSI bus. A single 320w power supply with a low voltage power cord is standard. An external SCSI storage cable is not provided. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage - Controllers to select a supported cable.

5. Desktop or rack tape enclosure which supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high tape drive. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow an additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a power cord and an external 68-pin to 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable.

Tape Autoloaders

00N7992 120/240GB DDS/4 Tape Autoloader Ultra2 (16-bit)

133mm (5.25in) FH

3/6 5/1 3503B1X


45591UX NetBay 1U xSeries Tape Enclosure2 Ultra160 (16-bit)

1U Rack

4559HHX Half-High SCSI Tape Enclosure3 Ultra160 (16-bit)


- - -

0034B0X NetBAY Tape Enclosure (Rack Mount)4

Ultra2 (16-bit)

4U Rack - 1/1 -

4559FHX Full-High SCSI Tape Enclosure5 Ultra160 (16-bit)


- - -

3503B1X Full-High SCSI Tape Enclosure6 Ultra2 (16-bit)

Desktop or 3U Rack

- - -

Associated Options

- - - - - - -

Op

tion

Nu

mb

er

Des

crip

tion

Sto

rage

In

terf

ace

Form

Fac

tor

MB

/sec

- N

ativ

e/C

omp

ress

ed

Dat

a/C

lean

ing

Car

trid

ges

Incl

ud

ed

Ext

Tap

e E

ncl

osu

res1

388 COG

6. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and 2m 68-pin to 0.8mm external cable.

Appendix A. Internal Tape Drive Attributes 389

390 COG

Appendix B. External Tape and Tape Library Attributes

This chapter contains external tape drives and tape library attributes.

External Tape Drives

Notes:1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.2. 3623-2LX has a tape capacity of eight data cartridges. Ships with an external 3m SCSI cable (0.8mm

VHDCI -to- 68pin), a 2.8m 100-120v line cord (IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P), a 4.3m rack powercable, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. Installing the 3623 on the same SCSI bus as other SCSI devices may impact performance of those devices.

3. 3623-2SX has a tape capacity of eight data cartridges. Ships with an external 3m SCSI cable (0.8mm VHDCI -to- 68pin), a 2.8m 100-120v line cord (IEC320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P), a 4.3m rack power cable and one cleaning cartridge. Installing the 3623 on the same SCSI bus as other SCSI devices may impact performance of those devices.

4. 3580 Model L23 is an Ultrium 2 tape drive supporting a single tape cartridge. Ships with an external 4.5m SCSI cable (0.8m VHDCI -to- 68pin), a .4m drive -to- drive SCSI cable (68pin -to- 68pin), SCSI terminator, a 1.8m 100-120v line cord (IEC320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P), one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. The same tape drive is available with a 2.8m 200-240v line cord (IEC 320-C13 to NEMA6-15P) when ordered as 18P9484.

5. Rack installations require the 5U rack-mount kit P/N 18P9012.6. 3581 Model L28 is an Ultrium 2 tape drive with a tape capacity of eight data cartridges. Ships with an

external 2.5m SCSI cable, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. It does not ship with a power cord.

7. Rack installations require the 2U rack-mount kit P/N 24R0998.

Table 73. External Tape Drives

Option Number Tape Drives Storage Interface Form Factor MB/sec1 Max. Storage1

36232LX 200/400GB 2U LTO Generation 2 Tape Autoloader 3623 Model 2LX2

Ultra160 (16-bit, LVD)

2U Rack 35/70 1.6TB/3.2TB

36232SX 1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX SDLT320 Tape Autoloader3


2U Rack 16/32 1.28TB/2.56TB

18P9133 TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive 3580 Model L234



35/70 200GB/400GB

3581L28 TotalStorage Ultrium Tape 2U Autoloader 3581 Model L286



35/70 1.6TB/3.2TB

3581F28 TotalStorage Ultrium Tape 2U Autoloader 3581 Model F288

2Gb Fibre Channel


35/70 1.6TB/3.2TB


8. 3581 Model F28 is an Ultrium 2 tape drive with a tape capacity of eight data cartridges. One data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge ships with the unit. It does not ship with a power cord.

Tape Libraries

SCSI Interface and Cable Legend

F Female - External

M Male - External

68 16-bit, 68-pin High Density connector

0.8 16-bit, 68-pin Very High Density Connection Interface (VHDI) 0.8mm connector

SE Single-ended SCSI

HVD High Voltage Differential SCSI

LVD Low Voltage Differential SCSI

Table 74. Libraries

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Des

crip

tion

Sto

rage

In

terf

ace

Form

Fac

tor

Ext

Cab

le I

ncl

(len

gth

)

Con

trol

lers

In

cl

Dat

a C

artr

idge

s (S

td/M

ax)

Cle

anin

g C

artr

idge

s (S

td)

Car

trid

ge M

ags

(Std

/Max

)

Qu

anti

ty o

f D

rive

s (S

td/M

ax)

Max

Sto

rage

- N

ativ

e/C

omp

ress

ed

MB

/sec

- N

ativ

e/C

omp

ress

ed1

4560 Automation Tape Enclosure Library

4560SLX SDLT / LTO Modular Tape Library (5U rack)2

LVD 5U Rack

M0.8-M0.8 (4m)

N 0/30 (LTO only); 0/26

(SDLT only)

- 0/2

0/2 4.16TB/8.32TB

(all SDLT); 3TB/6TB (all LTO)3

16/32 (all

SDLT); 15/30

(all LTO)3

59P6657 Modular Fibre Channel Option4

LVD - M0.8-M0.8

(0.5m)

- - - - - - -

59P6659 Modular LTO Cartridge Magazine Option5

LVD - - - 0/15 - - - 3TB/6TB3 -

59P6660 Modular SDLT Drive Upgrade Option6

LVD - Jumper (0.5m)

N - 1 - - - 16/323

59P6661 Modular SDLT Cartridge Magazine Option7

LVD - - - 0/13 - - - 4.16TB/8.32TB3

-

392 COG

59P6662 Modular Elevator Link Option8

LVD - - - - - - - - -

59P6663 Modular Elevator Link Extension Option9

LVD - - - - - - - - -

24P8963 Modular SDLT600 Drive Upgrade Option10

LVD - - - - 1 - - 300GB/600GB3

36/723

71P9146 LTO Generation 2 Drive Upgrade Option11

LVD - - - - - - - - -

08L9120 LTO Data Cartridge LVD - - - - - - - 100GB/200GB

-

35L1119 SDLT Data Cartridge LVD - - - - - - - 160GB/320GB

-

Magstar Tape Systems

3570C21 Magstar MP 3570 Tape Subsystem12

HVD 6U Rack (4.5m) Y 1/20 1 2/2

1/2 100GB/300GB

7/15

3570C22 Magstar MP 3570 Tape Subsystem12

HVD 6U Rack (4.5m) Y 1/20 1 2/2

2/213 100GB/300GB

7/15

08L6517 3570 Adapter Card Kit14 HVD - (4.5m) Y - - - - - -

08L6480 Second “C” Drive for C2115

HVD - - N - - - - - 7/15

Magstar MP Media16

05H2462 Magstar MP Fast Access Linear Tape Cartridge, B-format17

- - - - - - - - - -

05H2463 Magstar MP Cleaning Cartridge

- - - - - - - - - -

08L6187 Magstar MP Fast Access Linear Tape Cartridge, C-format

- - - - - - - - - -

Table 74. Libraries (continued)

Par

t Nu

mb

er

Des

crip

tion

Sto

rage

In

terf

ace

Form

Fac

tor

Ext

Cab

le I

ncl

(len

gth

)

Con

trol

lers

In

cl

Dat

a C

artr

idge

s (S

td/M

ax)

Cle

anin

g C

artr

idge

s (S

td)

Car

trid

ge M

ags

(Std

/Max

)

Qu

anti

ty o

f D

rive

s (S

td/M

ax)

Max

Sto

rage

- N

ativ

e/C

omp

ress

ed

MB

/sec

- N

ativ

e/C

omp

ress

ed1

Appendix B. External Tape and Tape Library Attributes 393

TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Library 3582

18P9212 TotalStorage Ultrium LVD Tape Library 3582 Model L2318

Ultra160 (16-bit)19

Stand-alone or

4U Rack20

Not Included

N 1/23 1 2/2

1/2 4.8TB/9.6TB

35/70

18P9337 TotalStorage Ultrium LVD Tape Library 3582 Model F2321

2Gb Fibre Chan-

nel

Stand-alone or

4U Rack20

Not Included

N 1/23 1 2/2

1/2 4.8TB/9.6TB

35/70

18P9234 Additional 3582 Ultrium 2 LVD Tape Drive

- - - - - - - - - -

18P9235 Additional 3582 Ultrium 2 HVD Tape Drive

- - - - - - - - - -

18P9236 Additional 3582 Ultrium 2 Fibre Tape Drive

- - - - - - - - - -

18P9237 3582 Stand-alone Cover Kit

- - - - - - - - - -

18P9238 3582 Magazine Kit with Dust Cover

- - - - - - - - - -

18P9239 3582 Remote Management Unit

- - - - - - - - - -


- - - - - - - - - -


- - - - - - - - - -

01K8027 2m External 0.8mm SCSI Cable

- - - - - - - - - -


- - - - - - - - - -


- - - - - - - - - -


Par

t Nu

mb

er

Des

crip

tion

Sto

rage

In

terf

ace

Form

Fac

tor

Ext

Cab

le I

ncl

(len

gth

)

Con

trol

lers

In

cl

Dat

a C

artr

idge

s (S

td/M

ax)

Cle

anin

g C

artr

idge

s (S

td)

Car

trid

ge M

ags

(Std

/Max

)

Qu

anti

ty o

f D

rive

s (S

td/M

ax)

Max

Sto

rage

- N

ativ

e/C

omp

ress

ed

MB

/sec

- N

ativ

e/C

omp

ress

ed1

394 COG

Notes:1. Transfer rates are for single SCSI channel configurations. Tape Libraries utilizing split library or dual

host configurations may obtain higher rates. Data compression typically provides a 2X improvement in capacity and transfer rate, but since data compression is affected by many factors, actual improvements may be more or less than 2X.

2. SDLT/LTO Tape Library supports either LTO or SDLT (or both if the application software supports mixed media and the drives and magazines are matched). Up to eight units can be stacked. Two magazines and two drive sleds can be installed in each unit. An external LVD SCSI cable with 0.8mm VHDCI connectors at each end ships standard with the library unit. A single 300w power supply with an IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P low voltage power cord is standard. Attaches to a single host server using a SCSI connection or to either a Fibre Channel switch or single server through a Fibre Channel connection if a Modular Fibre Channel Option is installed.

3. Data transfer speed and capacity are rated separately for LTO and SDLT media. Compressed speed and data capacity may be less than the maximum indicated.Ships with external LVD SCSI cable with 0.8mm VHDCI connector for connection to the tape drive. Requires a short- or long-wave SFP Module (P/N 19K1271, 2) for connection to Fibre Channel cable. Supports three to four drive sleds (or two layers) only. Fibre Channel attachment includes either a single server using a FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter or a Fibre Channel switch.

4. One or two magazines are supported. Up to 15 tape data cartridges (P/N 08L9120) are supported in each magazine.

5. Ships with external LVD SCSI cable. Supported configurations are none, one or two drives. When a drive sled is not installed, the library unit must be cabled to another unit that contains at least one drive upgrade option. The Modular LTO Drive Upgrade Option includes one LTO Cleaning Cartridge (P/N 08L9124) and the Modular SDLT Drive Upgrade Option includes one SDLT Cleaning Cartridge (P/N 19P4357).

6. One or two magazines are supported. Up to 13 tape data cartridges (P/N 35L1119) are supported in each magazine.

7. Required to connect two library units.


- - - - - - - - - -

19K1250 LC-SC Fibre Channel Cable

- - - - - - - - - -

08L9870 LTO Ultrium 200GB Data Cartridge

- - - - - - - - - -

71P9027 LTO Ultrium 200GB Data Cartridge (20-pack)

- - - - - - - - - -

35L2086 LTO Cleaning Cartridge

- - - - - - - - - -


Par

t Nu

mb

er

Des

crip

tion

Sto

rage

In

terf

ace

Form

Fac

tor

Ext

Cab

le I

ncl

(len

gth

)

Con

trol

lers

In

cl

Dat

a C

artr

idge

s (S

td/M

ax)

Cle

anin

g C

artr

idge

s (S

td)

Car

trid

ge M

ags

(Std

/Max

)

Qu

anti

ty o

f D

rive

s (S

td/M

ax)

Max

Sto

rage

- N

ativ

e/C

omp

ress

ed

MB

/sec

- N

ativ

e/C

omp

ress

ed1

Appendix B. External Tape and Tape Library Attributes 395

8. Required to connect each additional library unit (from three through eight).9. The SDLT600 Drive Sled installs directly into an available drive bay of the 4560SLX tape library.10. Provides a means for mounting LTO Generation 2 (LTO2) SCSI tape drives in the 4560SLX library.11. Includes rack mounting hardware and two power cords (120V and 250V). Models B22 and C22 include

an additional two power cords.12. The two tape drives are daisy-chained on the same SCSI bus with an included 0.5M SCSI cable. Dual

Host and Split Library configurations require 3570 Adapter Card Kit (P/N 08L6517).13. Required for Dual Host or Split Library configurations with 3570B2x or 3570C2x containing two drives.14. Required for either dual host or split library operation. Should be installed by a qualified service

personnel.15. Magstar MP Media can be ordered by calling 888-IBM-MEDIA or 888-426-6334 in the US, Canada or

Puerto Rico.16. B-format tape cartridges can be used in either Magstar MP 3570 Model B or C tape drives.17. Option P/N 18P9212 ships with a U.S./Canada 110v power cord. Option P/N 18P9522 is the same unit

with a U.S./Canada 250v power cord.18. Support provided for HVD installations.19. Rack-mount kit ships with unit. Stand-alone kit is optional.20. Option P/N 18P9337 ships with a U.S./Canada 110v power cord. Option P/N 18P9529 is the same unit

with a U.S./Canada 250v power cord.

396 COG

Appendix C. UPS Runtime Estimate (minutes)

Steps to determine UPS runtimes and suitable UPS for desired configurations:

1. Using the 'Power Load Data' table, sum the load (watts) of all devices in the configuration. Use either Maximum Load for minimum runtimes, or Typical Load for typical runtimes.

2. Using the 'Runtimes' table, locate the configuration's total load calculated in step 1.

3. Select the most appropriate UPS model to achieve the desired runtime.

Note: If the configuration's total load is greater than the entries in the 'Runtimes' table, split the load across two or more UPS units.

Table 75. Power Load Data

Server # Power Cords (Std/Max)Watts Load (Typ/Max)1

xSeries 2062 1/1 340/485

xSeries 226 (single power supply)2 1/1 495/707

xSeries 226 (redundant power supplies)2 2/2 480/685

xSeries 2362 1/2 625/893

xSeries 255 (two power supplies)2 2/2 370/530

xSeries 255 (four power supplies)2 2/2 530/1000

xSeries 3062 1/1 300/430

xSeries 3362 1/2 385/550

xSeries 3462 1/2 581/830

xSeries 3652 1/2 770/1100

xSeries 4452 2/2 800/950

xSeries 4552 1/2 800/950

eServer 3262 1/1 400/587

BladeCenter (two 2000W power supplies)2, 3 2/4 1855/2650

BladeCenter (four 2000W power supplies)2, 3 4/4 3710/5300

Other Devices

RXE-100 (8684-2RX)2 2/2 260/370

EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit (17331RU)2 2/2 310/440

DS4100 Disk System (1724100)2 2/2 275/390

DS4300 Disk System (172260U)2 2/2 390/557

DS4400 Disk System (17421RU)2 2/2 275/390

DS4500 Disk System (174290U)2 2/2 275/390

DS4000 EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit (171010U)2

2/2 245/350

DS4000 EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit (17401RU)2

2/2 245/350


Notes:1. This table represents general guidelines for selecting the appropriate UPS based on minimum and typical

runtime estimates. A ‘maximum configuration’ load will result in ‘minimum’ UPS runtime. ‘Typical’ loads are based on a production system running at approximately 70% of maximum capacity (based on the power delivered to the device from the power source, i.e., 70% of the value provided as a maximum equals the rating of the power supply). The ‘typical’ loads represent a more likely configuration; therefore, they provide a more likely estimate of runtime. The values listed as typical generally are equal to the rating of the power supply. Since power supplies operate at 70% of load, the system power supplies are actually operating at 70% of the values listed, though the power required from the source is what is listed. Customer environments are unique and are unlikely to be precisely represented by any of the specific entries in the table.

2. Power-Factor Corrected (PFC) power supply.3. Use with IBM UPS7500X or UPS10000X only.

SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-port (2109F16) 1/2 n/a /200

Magstar MP 3570 Tape Subsystem (C2x) 1/1 140/200

NetBAY Tape Enclosure (0034B0X) 1/1 320/457

SDLT/LTO Modular Tape Library (4560SLX) 1/1 300/430

Table 75. Power Load Data (continued)

Server # Power Cords (Std/Max)Watts Load (Typ/Max)1

398 COG

Total Configuration Runtime Estimator

Table 76. APC UPS Runtimes (time in minutes)1

Tower Rack Mount

Int’l Descrip.

SU-700iNET

SU-1000iNET

SU-1400iNET

SU-2200iNET

SU-1400RMiB

2U SU-1400RMiB

SU-3000RMiB

SU-5000RMiB

Int’l Part Number 94G4073 94G4074 94G4075 94G4076 94G6675 32P1022 94G6677 37L6862

US Descrip.

SU-700NET

SU-1000NET

SU-1400NET

Not Available

SU-1400RMB

2U SU-1400RMB

SU-3000RMB

SU-5000RMB

US Part Number 94G3134 94G3135 94G3136 - 94G6674 32P1020 94G6676 37L6861

Total Load (Watts)

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

200 22 38 62 130 45 45 104 240

250 17 28 43 104 34 34 84 200

300 12 22 34 85 25 25 70 166

350 9 18 29 71 22 22 58 145

400 7 14 23 65 18 18 52 125

450 5 12 20 52 15 15 45 110

500 - 11 18 43 13 13 38 97

550 - 9 16 38 11 11 35 87

600 - 8 13 34 10 10 31 76

650 - 7 12 31 9 9 29 68

700 - 6 11 28 8 8 26 63

750 - - 10 25 8 8 24 59

800 - - 9 23 7 7 22 55

850 - - 8 21 7 7 20 51

900 - - 7 19 6 6 18 47

950 - - 6 18 5 5 17 43

1000 - - - 17 - - 16 39

1100 - - - 15 - - 14 34

1200 - - - 13 - - 12 31

1300 - - - 11 - - 10 28

1400 - - - 9 - - 9 25

1500 - - - 9 - - 8 22

1600 - - - 8 - - 8 20

1700 - - - - - - 7 18

1800 - - - - - - - 17

Appendix C. UPS Runtime Estimate (minutes) 399

Notes:1. Data provided by APC.

1900 - - - - - - - 14

2000 - - - - - - - 12

2100 - - - - - - - 11

2200 - - - - - - 11

2300 - - - - - - - 10

2400 - - - - - - 10

2500 - - - - - - - 9

2600 - - - - - - 9

2700 - - - - - - - 8

2800 - - - - - - - 8

Table 76. APC UPS Runtimes (time in minutes)1 (continued)

Tower Rack Mount

Int’l Descrip.

SU-700iNET

SU-1000iNET

SU-1400iNET

SU-2200iNET

SU-1400RMiB

2U SU-1400RMiB

SU-3000RMiB

SU-5000RMiB

Int’l Part Number 94G4073 94G4074 94G4075 94G4076 94G6675 32P1022 94G6677 37L6862

US Descrip.

SU-700NET

SU-1000NET

SU-1400NET

Not Available

SU-1400RMB

2U SU-1400RMB

SU-3000RMB

SU-5000RMB

US Part Number 94G3134 94G3135 94G3136 - 94G6674 32P1020 94G6676 37L6861

Total Load (Watts)

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

Runtime Minutes

400 COG

Notes:1. Two IEC power cables are provided to attach devices to the UPS outlets, which are 1.8m long with IEC

320-C13 / C14 connectors.2. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as is the UPS output when electric service

is active. When electric service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC.3. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230, or 240 VAC.4. SU-5000RMiB (P/N 37L6862) contains a Terminal Block (TB) for direct attachment to an electrical source

by qualified personnel.5. Two PDU jumper cables ship with the UPS for attachment from the IEC 320-C19 receptacles to Power

Distribution Units (PDUs) with C20 inlets.

Table 77. APC UPS Attributes

Tower Rack Mounted

INT’L DescriptionSU-700iNET

SU-1000iNET

SU-1400iNET

SU-2200iNET

2U SU-1400RMiB

SU-3000RMiB

SU-5000RMiB

INT’L Part Number 94G4073 94G4074 94G4075 94G4076 32P10221 94G6677 37L6862

US DescriptionSU-700NET

SU-1000NET

SU-1400NET

Not Available

2U SU-1400RMB

SU-3000RMB

SU-5000RMB

US Part Number 94G3134 94G3135 94G3136 - 32P1020 94G6676 37L6861

UPS Attributes

Communications Links to Servers

1 1 1 1 1 3 3

Color black black black white black black black

EIA Height - - - - 2U 3U 5U

Int’l Models

50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC:2, 3

220-240(xxx)

220-240(xxx)

220-240(xxx)

220-240(xxx)

220-240(xxx) 220-240(xxx)

220-240(xxx)

10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles

4 4 4 8 4 8 8

16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU) receptacles

- - - 1 - 1 2

Line Cord Receptacle (IEC 320-)

C14 C14 C20 C20 C14 C20 TB4

US Models

50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC:2

120 (120) 120 (120) 120 (120) - 120 (120) 120 (120) 200-220 (208)

Receptacles (NEMA 5-15R)

4 6 6 - 6 8 -

10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles

- - - - - - 8

16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU) receptacles

- - - - - - 25

Line Cord Length, NEMA Plug

6ft, 5-15P 6ft, 5-15P 6ft, 5-15P - 6ft, L5-15P 6ft, L5-30P 8ft, L6-30P


Table 78. IBM UPS3000XLV and XHV Runtimes1

Number of Battery Packs

Internal Only +1 +2 +3 +4

Total Load (Watts)

Runtime Hours / Minutes





200 1/45 7/5 13/32 19/50 24/16

250 1/15 5/48 11/57 17/36 20/56

300 1/9 3/58 9/42 14/36 17/36

350 60 3/24 8/43 13/15 16/42

400 50 2/50 6/55 10/55 15/3

450 45.5 2/41 5/59 9/ 50 14/0

500 41.8 2/37 5/12 8/53 12/32

550 39 2/33 4/36 8/0 11/7

600 35.5 2/24 3/37 6/29 8/55

650 33.8 2/19 3/14 5/51 8/19

700 30.6 2/12 3/1 5/10 7/51

750 28 2/7 2/52 4/47 7/30

800 23.7 1/54 2/42 3/57 6/7

850 21.9 1/48 2/38 3/29 5/23

900 20 1/40 2/34 3/13 4/58

950 18.1 1/30 2/30 3/0 4/36

1000 15.5 1/20 2/21 2/52 3/46

1100 14.4 1/8 2/15 2/50 3/35

1200 13 1/1 2/8 2/43 3/9

1300 12.3 57.5 2/4 2/39 3/0

1400 10.9 53 1/54 2/32 2/49

1500 10 51.4 1/48 2/28 2/45

1600 8.4 48 1/35 2/19 2/39

1700 7.7 46.3 1/30 2/13 2/37

1800 6.85 42 1/15 2/0 2/30

1900 6.5 39.7 1/6 1/54 2/24

2000 6.2 37 1/2 1/48 2/18

2100 5.7 32.4 58 1/37 2/9

2200 5.5 30.8 56.3 1/33 2/7.5

2300 5.1 28.9 53.9 1/25 2/3

2400 4.9 28.2 53 1/21 1/59

2500 4.45 26.9 50.7 1/13 1/50

402 COG


2600 4.2 26 49.4 1/9 1/46

2700 4 25.1 48.3 1/6 1/42

2800 3.8 24.2 47 1/2.5 1/39

2850 3.6 23.4 46 1/0 1/36

Note: If the Total Configuration Load is greater than the entries above, split the load across two or more UPS units.

Table 78. IBM UPS3000XLV and XHV Runtimes1 (continued)


Internal Only +1 +2 +3 +4

Total Load (Watts)







Notes:1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as is the UPS output when electric service

is active. When electric service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC.2. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.3. One 2m PDU jumper cable ships with the UPS for attachment from the IEC 320-C19 receptacles to a

Power Distribution Units (PDUs) with C20 inlets.4. Includes L5-20P to L5-15R adapter cable.5. Four IEC power cables are provided to attach devices to the UPS outlets, which are 2m long with IEC

320-C13/C14 connectors.6. US line cord is 8ft (2.5m) long with NEMA L6-20P power plug.

Table 79. IBM UPS3000XLV and XHV Attributes

Tower or Rack Mount

Int’l Desc. UPS3000XLV UPS3000XHVUPS Extend Run Battery Pack

Int’l Part Number 32P1681 various 32P1692

US Desc. UPS3000XLV UPS3000XHVUPS Extend Run Battery Pack

US Part Number 2130R30 2130R31 32P1692

UPS Attributes

Communications Links to Servers Serial/USB/Enet Serial/USB/Enet -

Color black black black

EIA Height 2U 2U 2U

Int’l Models

50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC: 120(120)1 220-240(xxx)1, 2 -

Maximum power capacity (watts) 2400 2850 -

10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles 6 7 -

16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU) receptacles - 13 -

Receptacles (NEMA L5-20R) 14 - -

Line Cord Length, NEMA Plug 9ft, L5-30P - -

Line Cord Receptacle (IEC 320-) - C20 -

US Models

50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC: 120(120)1 200-240(208)1 -

Maximum power capacity (watts) 2400 2850 -

Receptacles (NEMA 5-15R) - - -

Receptacles (NEMA L5-20R) 14 - -

10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles 65 75 -

16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU) receptacles - 13 -

Line Cord Length, NEMA Plug 9ft, L5-30P - -


404 COG


Table 80. IBM UPS Tower Model Runtimes1

Tower

UPS750T UPS1000T UPS1500T

Total Load (Watts) Runtime Minutes Runtime Minutes Runtime Minutes

50 105 224 269

100 57 127 157

200 28 64 80

300 18 41 51

400 13 29 37

500 10 23 28

600 - 18 22

700 - 15 18

800 - 12 15

900 - 11 13

1000 - 9 11

1200 - - 9

1400 - - 7



is active. When electric service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC.2. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.3. Country-specific line cords available as options.

Table 81. IBM UPS750T, 1000T, 1500T Attributes

Int’l Descrip. UPS750THV UPS1000THV UPS1500THV

Int’l Part Number 21302TX 21304TX 21306TX

US Descrip. UPS750TLV UPS1000TLV UPS1500TLV

US Part Number 21301TX 21303TX 21305TX

Japan Descrip. UPS750TJV UPS1000TJV UPS1500TJV

Japan Part Number 21307TX 21308TX 21309TX

UPS Attributes

Communications Links to Servers Serial/USB/Enet Serial/USB/Enet -


APC SmartSlot one one one

Int’l Models

50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC: 220-240(xxx) 220-240(xxx) 220-240(xxx)

10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles 6 8 8

16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU) receptacles - - -

Receptacles (NEMA L5-20R) - - -

Line Cord Length, NEMA Plug - - -

Line Cord Receptacle (IEC 320-) C14 C14 C14

US Models and Japan Models

50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC: 100-127(120) 100-127(120) 100-127(120)

Receptacles (NEMA 5-15R) 6 8 8

Receptacles (NEMA L5-20R) - - -

10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles - - -

16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU) receptacles - - -

Line Cord Length, NEMA Plug 6ft, 5-15P 6ft, 5-15P 6ft, 5-15P


406 COG

Notes:

1. Data provided by APC.

Table 82. IBM UPS Rack Model Runtimes1


+0 +1 +2 +4

Total Load (Watts)Runtime

(Hours/Minutes)Runtime



(Hours/Minutes)

200 4/6 7/36 11/54 20/54

300 3/6 5/48 9/6 16/0

400 2/30 4/36 7/18 12/48

500 2/6 3/54 6/6 10/42

600 1/48 3/18 5/12 9/12

700 1/30 2/54 4/30 8/0

800 1/18 2/30 4/0 7/0

900 1/12 2/18 3/36 6/12

1000 1/6 2/0 3/12 5/42

1200 55 1/42 2/42 4/48

1400 47 1/30 2/18 4/6

1600 41 1/12 2/0 3/36

1800 36 1/6 1/48 3/12

2000 32 1/0 1/36 2/54

3000 19 39 1/0 1/48

4000 13 28 46 1/18

5000 10 21 35 1/0

6000 7 16 28 52

7000 5 13 23 44

8000 4 11 20 37

Note: UPS7500 is rated for up to 6000 total watts; UPS10000 is rated for up to 8000 total watts.



is active. 2. When electric service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC.3. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.4. Four IEC power cables are provided to attach devices or PDUs to the UPS outlet, which are 2m long with

IEC 320-C19/C20 connectors.5. Each outlet is protected by a 15amp circuit breaker.6. Requires electrician to connect directly to the terminal block inlet.

Table 83. IBM UPS7500XHV, 10000XHV Attributes

Tower or Rack Mount

Int'l Descrip. UPS7500XHV UPS10000XHVUPS Extend Run Battery Pack

Int'l PN 21306RX 21308RX 25R5582

U.S. Descrip. UPS7500XHV UPS10000XHVUPS Extend Run Battery Pack

U.S. PN 21306RX 21308RX 25R5582

UPS Attributes

Communication Links to Servers Serial/USB/Enet Serial/USB/Enet --


EIA Height 6U 6U 3U

Int'l Models

50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC: 220-240(xxx) 1, 2 220-240(xxx)1, 2 --

Maximum power capacity (watts) 6000 8000 --

10 Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles -- -- --

16 Amp, IEC 320-C19 receptacles 43, 4 43, 4 --

Line Cord Receptacle terminal block5 terminal block5 --

US Models

50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC: 200-240(208)1 200-240(208)1 --

Maximum power capacity (watts) 6000 8000 --

10 Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles -- -- --

16 Amp, IEC 320-C19 receptacles 43, 4 43, 4 --

Line Cord Receptacle terminal block5 terminal block5 --

408 COG

Appendix D. System Management Overview

IBM system management solutions allow you to run your business-critical applications using innovative hardware technology that prevents most outages and recovers rapidly from the few that do occur. This technology makes xSeries simpler to service and easier to manage.

This section shows the available range of standard and optional system management processors and describes the features and configuration process for each. This section further demonstrates how these service processors can be interconnected to form a communication network for alerting and monitoring a wide range of system functions and hardware conditions.

General Notes

Refer to IBM’s website for firmware updates.

An advanced system management interconnect network is configured with at least one focal point (generally an ASMA, RSA or RSA II in a server) that provides Ethernet LAN and serial connections for management and alerting, which are shared between all the members of an interconnect network.

Up to 24 ISMPs and/or RSAs may be interconnected in a single ASM interconnect network (including standard and optional processors).

Up to 12 ASMPs and/or ASMAs may be interconnected in a single ASM interconnect network (including standard and optional processors). Up to 12 additional ISMPs and/or RSAs may be added to an ASM interconnect network containing 12 or less ASMPs and/or ASMAs.

An ASM interconnect network may contain an aggregate connection length of no more than 91.4m (300ft).

A customer-supplied Cat5 Ethernet cable is required for each interconnection.

Connecting servers that do not have two external RS-485 ports as an ASM interconnect network requires Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 03K9309). RSA and ASMA do not include this option when shipped standard with a system.

Key to abbreviations

ASMP Advanced System Management Processor

ISMP Integrated System Management Processor

ASMA Advanced System Management PCI Adapter

RSA Remote Supervisor Adapter

RSA II Remote Supervisor Adapter II

ASMIC Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit


System Management Support by Server

Notes:1. This service processor is integrated into the system planar (onboard).2. This adapter cannot be the remote management focal point in an interconnect network containing an

RSA or ISMP. The ASM PCI adapter is only used as the focal point when an RSA or ISMP is not present (or not functioning) in the network. The focal point must be the latest generation of service processor connected within the network.

3. Adds alternate Ethernet LAN and serial connections for support when the operating system is not available.

4. Advanced System Management PCI Adapter includes the following: adapter card, dual serial cable, ASM interconnect dual pigtail cable, ASM interconnect single pigtail cable, internal ASM interconnect knockout cable, AC adapter and power cord, power cable with C13 connector for UPS attachment, and a 1ft Cat5 cable. When ASMA is supplied standard, the optional ASM Interconnect Cable Kit is required in order to enable ASM interconnect.

5. RSA provides ASM Web interface using HTTP protocol; SNMP, DNS, PPP and DHCP network support; E-mail alerting; full remote graphical console redirection; blue-screen error information capture for Windows NT and 2000; and network flashing of host firmware for system BIOS and Advanced System Management firmware.

6. Remote Supervisor Adapter includes the following: adapter card, 20-pin ribbon cable, AC power adapter, power cable, power cable for UPS attachment, single pigtail cable, two RS-485 terminators and 1ft Cat5 cable. When RSA is shipped standard with a system, optional ASM Interconnect Cable Kit is required to enable ASM interconnect.

7. Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit includes an internal ASM interconnect knockout cable, an ASM interconnect single pigtail cable and an RS-485 terminator.

8. This configuration is shown in interconnect scenario 3, appearing later in this section.9. This configuration is shown in interconnect scenario 1, appearing later in this section.10. The standard ISMP in x235, x255, x335 and x345 has enhanced functionality, described on the System

Management Functional Comparison appearing later in this section.

Onboard PCI Adapter Cabling

xSeries Server ASMP1 ISMP1 ASMA2, 3, 4 RSA3, 5, 6 RSA II ASMIC7

x205 - - - optional8 optional optional

x206 - - - - optional optional

x225 (8649) - - - optional optional optional

x235 - standard9, 10 - optional11, 12 optional standard


x305 - - - optional8 optional optional

x306 - - - - optional optional

x335 - standard10 , 13 - optional13 optional standard


x365 - - - - standard cable kit

x382 - - - - - -

x445 - - - standard optional cable kit

x455 - - - standard - cable kit

e325 - - - - - -

410 COG

11. This configuration is shown in interconnect scenario 4, appearing later in this section.12. When RSA is installed in an xSeries 235, 255 or 345, the onboard service processor is managed by RSA.

All signaling and power are transmitted through the 20-pin ribbon cable, and an external Cat5 connection between the RSA and the integrated RS-485 port on the chassis is not installed. Connection of the external AC power supply is not required.

13. xSeries 335 includes new interconnect cabling options available through the C2T Interconnect cable chaining connection. One integrated RS-485 port is available for connecting the integrated ISMP to an optional RSA when that system is used as a system management interconnect network focal point. Interconnect network connections are then established through the cable chaining connection for additional x335 systems. The external AC power supply provided with RSA is not required. See Rack Cabinets and Options or system sections for additional information regarding console connectivity.

System Management Functional Comparison

Onboard PCI Adapter

Feature/Function ASMP ISMP1 ASMA2 RSA2, 3, 4 RSA II

Monitoring & Alerting

Automatic server shutdown/restart

yes yes yes yes yes

Environmental monitors (temperature, voltage)

yes yes yes yes yes

Interface with Light Path Diagnostics

yes yes yes yes5 yes

PFA on system components (fans, power supplies, memory, etc.)

yes yes6 yes yes yes

Post, loader, OS timeouts yes yes yes yes yes

Alert Mechanisms

Pager (numeric/alphanumeric)7 yes no yes yes yes

Alert on LAN 28 no yes9 no no yes

Director via LAN yes10 yes10 yes yes yes

Director via serial11 yes no yes yes yes

E-mail no no no yes yes

Generate SNMP traps yes10 yes10 yes yes yes

Management

Remote BIOS and SP firmware update12

yes yes13 yes yes14 yes

Remote GUI-mode control no no no yes5, 15 yes

Remote text-mode control yes no no yes yes

Remote POST and diagnostics12 yes no yes yes16, 17 yes

View status logs yes no yes yes yes

View vital product data yes no yes yes yes

Capture Windows blue screens no no no yes15 yes


Notes:1. Refer to IBM’s website for firmware updates.2. When either RSA or ASMA are integrated as a standard adapter in an xSeries server, the two

interconnect cables, external power supply and power cords provided with the optional packages are not included.

3. When an optional RSA is installed in a system with standard ISMP, the optional adapter manages the onboard service processor and assumes all communications functionality.

4. When an optional RSA is installed in a system with standard ASMP, the optional adapter serves only as an Ethernet and interconnect gateway. The onboard ASMP provides all service processor data. An external Cat5 connection is required.

5. Not available when RSA is added as an option to systems with standard ASMP.6. Performs monitoring capability only. Automated alerting available through IBM Director only.7. Requires customer-supplied external modem.8. Only available with IBM Director version 3.1 or newer.9. This functionality is only available on xSeries 235 and 255 servers, which include ISMP upgraded with a

dedicated gigabit Ethernet processor.10. The specified alerting mechanisms may be configured, but sending such alerts to their destination

requires connection through an RSA or ASMA either within the local machine or via the interconnect network.

11. Requires customer-supplied external modem or null-modem cable.12. Requires an out-of-band connection such as a serial, Ethernet or ASM interconnect network (out-of-band

connections bypass the NOS and are established even when the NOS is not functioning).13. Only updates to the service processor firmware are possible. BIOS firmware updates are not available

when using ISMP.14. Only available through the Web interface, connected via Ethernet or PPP.15. Only available through the Web or Telnet interface, via an Ethernet connection.16. Not available via interconnect network.

View SP configuration no no yes yes yes

Set SP configuration no no no yes14 yes

Save and restore SP configuration

no no no yes15 yes

Restart SP no no yes yes yes

Connectivity & Cabling

IBM Director18 yes yes yes yes yes

ANSI terminal11 yes no yes yes

Telnet yes19 no yes yes

Web interface yes19 no yes yes yes

10/100 Ethernet yes20 yes9 yes yes yes

DHCP no no no yes yes

DNS no no no yes yes

PPP7 no no no yes

Dedicated serial port yes no dual21 yes

Shared serial port yes no dual21 no yes

Redundant external power no no yes yes yes

Onboard PCI Adapter

Feature/Function ASMP ISMP1 ASMA2 RSA2, 3, 4 RSA II

412 COG

17. Not available on systems without standard system management to which an optional RSA has been added.

18. Connection to IBM Director allows use of all management and alerting functionality (except save and restore configuration file) via an active in-band, out-of-band or interconnect network connection.

19. Connection using Telnet, Web interface or Ethernet is available via an RSA or ASMA through the interconnect network.

20. Requires interconnection of integrated service processor to optional ASMA or RSA using an Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 03K9309).

21. Requires the use of the included serial port splitter cable.

Sample ASM Interconnect Network Schematic

This diagram shows one simplified example of an ASM interconnect network, intended to illustrate the following key points:

The interconnect bus is a logically and physically distinct entity from any LAN connection. Thus, ASM nodes are not required to be connected to the LAN that connects the focal point to the Director server. The interconnect bus may not be used as a bridge between two LANs. This improves security and scalability.

Multiple hot-spare Director servers (or other management consoles) may exist for any interconnect network. A Director server may also act as an interconnect node (compatible IBM hardware only), allowing remote diagnosis and repair of the Director server itself from a hot-spare server. This provides greatly improved availability and scalability.

Multiple hot-spare ASM focal points may exist for any interconnect network, allowing access to ASM functionality even in the event of a complete failure of the default focal point. This provides improved availability.

ASM interconnect networks may consist of up to 24 ISMPs or RSAs.

ASM interconnect networks may consist of up to 12 ASMPs or ASMAs, to which an additional 12 ISMPs or RSAs may be added.

Each ASM node on this diagram may be any xSeries server containing suitable ASM hardware.

Note: For more detailed information on specific system management capabilities and configurations, see the cabling scenarios and service processor comparison tables in this section.


AS

MIn

terc

onn

ect

Bu

s

ASM Node

(Focal Point)

Eth

ern

et

LA

N

ASM Node

(Hot-spare Focal Point)

ASM Node

Remote (hot-spare)

IBM Director Server

IBM Director Server

Modem or

Null-Modem

Connection

414 COG

xSeries Advanced System Management Interconnect Network Scenarios

Scenario 1

Server with ASMP or ISMP and two integrated RS-485 ASM interconnect ports on the rear of the chassis.

Key Features:

Allows standard system management functionality, including remote flash update of BIOS and adapter microcode, remote hardware diagnostics, and monitoring and alerting of critical voltage and temperature thresholds.

Remote BIOS update only available on ASMP.

Servers:

xSeries 235, 255 and 345.

Instructions:

Attach customer-supplied Cat5 cables (for connection to one or two other ASM interconnect nodes) to the integrated RS-485 ports at the rear of the server. Unused RS-485 ports must be terminated with the supplied RS-485 terminator.

Scenario 1


Scenario 2

Server with standard RSA.

Key Features:

xSeries 445 and 455 ship standard with RSA, which provides the latest generation of system management functionality. In addition to standard system management capabilities, RSA adds advanced features such as full remote operation of server NOS, advanced Ethernet features and system management access even in the event of a complete server NOS failure.

Requires purchase of ASM Interconnect Cable Kit.

Servers

xSeries 445 and 455.

Instructions:

1. Insert pigtail cable into RS-485 ASM interconnect port on rear of adapter.

2. Attach customer-supplied Cat5 cables (for connection to one or two other ASM interconnect nodes) to the RS-485 ports of the pigtail adapter. UnusedRS-485 ports must be terminated with the supplied RS-485 terminator.

Scenario 2

416 COG

Scenario 3

Server with no standard service processor and optional RSA.

Key Features:

xSeries 205, 225, 305, 445 and 455 ship standard without system management capability. To enable system management, an optional Remote Supervisor Adapter is required.

Servers:

xSeries 205, 225, 305, 445 and 455.

Instructions:

1. Insert RSA into PCI slot on system planar (see system I/O section for slot restrictions).

2. Connect 20-pin ribbon cable between system planar and RSA. xSeries 220 requires the external AC power supply.

3. Insert pigtail cable into RS-485 interconnect port on adapter panel.

4. Attach customer-supplied Cat5 cables (for connection to one or two other ASM interconnect nodes) to the RS-485 ports of the pigtail adapter. Unused RS-485 ports must be terminated with the supplied RS-485 terminator.

Scenario 3


Scenario 4

Server with ISMP plus optional RSA.

Key Features:

Adding an RSA to a server containing an ISMP merges their functionality. The RSA manages the ISMP and handles communications.

Only applicable to ISMP with firmware v1.02 or later.

Servers

xSeries 235, 255, 335 (see note below) and 345.

Instructions:

1. Insert RSA into PCI connector on System Planar (see system I/O section for slot restrictions).

2. Connect 20-pin ribbon cable between system planar and RSA.

3. Insert pigtail cable into RS-485 port on adapter panel.

4. Attach customer-supplied Cat5 cables (for connection to one or two other ASM interconnect nodes) to the RS-485 ports of the pigtail adapter. Unused RS-485 ports must be terminated with the supplied RS-485 terminator.

Note: Refer to x335 I/O Options for more information on C2T Interconnect cable chaining technology connections supporting system management.

Scenario 4

418 COG

Appendix E. xSeries I/O Option Attributes


Adapter Length

PCI Support1

Low-profile

CapableHot-Plug2

PCI Voltage

Key MHz1

Storage Controllers

06P5740 ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller3

Half 64-bit - X Universal 66

13N2190 ServeRAID-6i+ Controller4 Half 64-bit - - 3.3 1335

02R0988 ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB Cache)6

Full 64-bit - - 3.3 1335

32P0033 ServeRAID-6M Controller (128MB Cache)6

Full 64-bit - - 3.3 1335

71P8642 ServeRAID-7k Controller7 - - - - - -

71P8648 ServeRAID-7t SATA RAID Controller8

Half 64-bit X - Universal 66

19K4646 PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter9 Half 64-bit X - Universal 66

71P8594 Single Channel Ultra320 SCSI Controller10

Half 64-bit X - Universal 133

13N2249 Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2 - 64-bit X X Universal 133


24P0960 FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter12 Half 64-bit X X Universal 1335

174290U FAStT900 Storage Server (US line cord)

- - - - - -

17421RU FAStT700 Fibre Channel Storage Server

- - - - - -

172260U FAStT600 Storage Server (US line cord, English pubs)

- - - - - -

2109F16 SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-Port (2Gb)

- - - - - -

Networking

22P4501 Intel Pro/100S Desktop Adapter13 Half 32-bit - - Universal 33

22P6501 Pro/1000 T Desktop Adapter by Intel14

Half 32-bit - - Universal 33

06P3601 10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter14 Half 32-bit - X Universal 33

31P9601 PRO/1000 MT Server Adapter by Intel14

Half 64-bit X X Universal 1336

73P3601 iSCSI Server Adapter Half 64-bit - X Universal 66

73P3501 NetXtreme 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter12

Half PCI E 1X - X 3.3v -


Notes:1. Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed will reduce the bus to the

frequency of the slowest adapter. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.

2. Hot-plug feature only supported in systems with Active PCI slots. For network operating system support, point your browser to www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.

3. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and either one internal or one external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.

4. ServeRAID-6i+ Controller is a PCI-X adapter supporting both Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs in a dedicated or mixed environment, allowing each HDD to perform at rated capacity. The adapter installs into limited PCI slots and converts both channels of the integrated SCSI controller to RAID in conjunction with the LSI 1030 chipset. Both standard and the optional SCSI HDD backplanes as well as internal tape drives and external SCSI devices cabled directly to the onboard controller connectors. Supports up to 1,064MB/s data transfers across the PCI bus with 128MB ECC SDRAMM write-back cache with battery backup. Supports RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 5, 50 and 1E. The option includes brackets for installation in both low-profile and standard PCI slots. Internal and external tape drives are supported by ServeRAID-6i+ only when a second channel on the integrated controller is available and the RAID configuration designates the second channel as a conventional SCSI bus. See system sections for supported tape drives.

73P4101 NetXtreme 1000 T+ Ethernet Adapter


73P4001 NetXtreme 1000 SX+ Fiber Ethernet Adapter12


73P4201 NetXtreme 1000 T+ Dual Port Ethernet Adapter12, 14


System Management15

03K9309 Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit16

- - - - - -

09N7585 Remote Supervisor Adapter17 Half 32-bit - - Universal18 33

59P2984 Remote Supervisor Adapter II19 Half 32-bit - - Universal18 66

73P9341 Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine20

- - - - - -

Communications

33L4618 V.90 PCI Data/Fax Modem21 Half 32-bit - - 5 33

1519100 IXA Adapter22 Full 64-bit - - 3.3v 66

22P5888 PCI Parallel Port Adapter (low profile)

Half 32-bit - - 5 33

Remote I/O Expansion

8684-1RX RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure23

- - - - - -

Related I/O Cables

02R2068 Ultra320 Internal Single-drop 24in LVD SCSI Cable24

- - - - - -

32P8164 External SCSI Interface Kit25 - - - - - -

10K3661 USB to Serial Adapter26, 27 - - - - - -


Adapter Length

PCI Support1

Low-profile

CapableHot-Plug2

PCI Voltage

Key MHz1

420 COG

5. This adapter is designed using PCI-X technology.6. ServeRAID-6M (P/Ns 02R0988, 32P0033) are PCI-X adapters powered by a 600MHz Intel xScale

processor, providing 256MB or 128MB of ECC SDRAM battery-backed cache. The dual-channel Ultra320 controller includes two internal 68-pin connectors and two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors, supporting up to 14 HDDs on each channel at data transfer rates of up to 1,064MB/s. Supports RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 1EO, 5, 50 and 5EE with both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs.

7. ServeRAID-7k is available for select systems, installs into a dedicated slot and does not consume a PCI slot. It works in conjunction with the integrated SCSI controller providing the following RAID levels: 0, 00, 1, 10, 1E, 1E0, 5 and 50.

8. ServeRAID-7t is a low-profile capable, four-port SATA controller supporting RAID levels 0, 1, 5 and 10. All ports are internal. ServeRAID-7t is a universal PCI 2.2 compliant adapter powered by Intel’s 400MHz 80302 I/O processor and has 64MB of cache.

9. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHCDI connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized. Hardware is included in the option to support either low-profile or full-size installations.

10. Single Channel Ultra320 SCSI Controller (P/N 71P8594) provides a single channel with one 68-pin internal connector, a four-drop multimode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized. Hardware is included in the option to support either low-profile (2U) or full-size (3U) installations.

11. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.12. The option includes brackets for installation in both low-profile and full-size PCI slots.13. For use of the Alert on LAN 2 features in the Desktop adapter, the system must be enabled with

IBM-compatible Alert on LAN 2 hardware and software components. Use of the Wake on LAN function requires a PCI 2.2 compatible system that supports Wake on LAN and provides auxiliary 3.3v power through the PCI bus.

14. Use of the Wake on LAN function requires a PCI 2.2 compatible system that supports Wake on LAN and provides auxiliary power through the PCI bus.

15. Up to 24 Integrated System Management Processors or Remote Supervisors Adapters may be interconnected with an aggregate connection length of no more than 91.4m (300ft). This interconnect network of 24 devices may also include a maximum of 12 Advanced System Management Processors or advanced System Management PCI Adapters. A customer-supplied Cat5 cable is required for each interconnection.

16. When a standard Remote Supervisor Adapter or ASM PCI Adapter is installed in a dedicated PCI slot with an external connector, support for connection to other servers in an ASM interconnect network requires an optional Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 03K9309). Where applicable, direct connection to the RXE drawer management controller in an RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure is supported through a standard Interconnect Management Cable Kit with 3.5m cable (8m optional cable is available). Support is provided through a single LAN or modem connection.

17. Remote Supervisor Adapter (P/N 09N7585) includes an adapter card, 20-pin ribbon cable, AC power adapter, power cable, power cable for UPS attachment, single pigtail cable, two RS-485 terminators and 1ft Cat5 cable.

18. Although the voltage key of this adapter is universal (compatible with 3.3 or 5v slots), the BIOS of each system limits installation to a specific PCI slot.

19. Remote Supervisor Adapter II (P/N 59P2984) includes an internal 20-pin ribbon cable for connection to the system planar, an interconnect cable, a 56w AC power adapter, an intra-rack power cable and a country-specific wall power cord. External connectors include an RS230 (9-pin) serial port, 10/100 base T Ethernet port (RJ-45), interconnect port (RJ-11) and power connector. The interconnect cable includes a single RJ-11 connector and dual RJ-48 ports. Supports an interconnect network of up to 24 RSAs or ISMPs with aggregate cable connection length of 300ft (91.4m) or less. No more than 12 ASMPs are supported in an interconnect network. RJ-45 bus is self-terminating, i.e., terminators are not required for the interconnect bus.

20. Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine is similar to RSA II and is available for select systems. It installs into a dedicated slot on the systemboard and does not consume a PCI slot. An external AC adapter is not required as this card uses standby power from the system’s power.

21. Due to homologation variances, modem availability differs by country.22. Some xSeries servers support the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for connection to iSeries models. Refer to

system sections for PCI slot restrictions.

Appendix E. xSeries I/O Option Attributes 421

23. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure supports up to 12 additional PCI-X slots. Cable required for connection included with expansion unit, which attaches to a standard integrated RIO port located on the back of the system chassis. An optional longer cable is available. Refer to RXE-100 section for diagrams and supported options.

24. Required to connect RAID controllers to the hot-swap backplane in x235 or x345.25. Required to enable external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors on some systems.26. When supported, this option can be used for certain external device connections when only USB ports

rather than serial or parallel ports are present on a system chassis.27. Available only in the US.

422 COG

Appendix F. BladeCenter Power Module Upgrade Guidelines

This Technical Update contains information that will help you determine whether you need to upgrade the power modules in your IBM® Eserver™ BladeCenter™ Type 8677 unit when installing IBM Eserver BladeCenter blade servers or options.

Note: These guidelines apply to an IBM Eserver BladeCenter Type 8677 unit. These guidelines do not apply to an IBM Eserver BladeCenter T Type 8720 or 8730 unit.

Attention: Nonredundant power is not supported in BladeCenter products. Power modules must always be present in power bays 1 and 2. When any blade server or option is in blade bays 7 through 14, power modules must be present in all four power-module bays.

If a power module fails or an ac power failure occurs, BladeCenter units configured for redundant power operation, as described in this document, will operate in a nonredundant mode, and the blower modules will run at full speed. You must replace the failing power module or restore ac power as soon as possible to regain redundant power operation and to reset the blower modules to their normal operating speed.

As of the date of this printing, four BladeCenter power-module options are supported:

• IBM BladeCenter 1200W Power Supply Module (part number 48P7052)

• IBM BladeCenter 1200W to 1400W Power Supply Upgrade Kit (part number 90P0197)

• IBM BladeCenter 1800W Power Supply Module (part number 13N0570)

• IBM BladeCenter 2000W Power Supply Module (part number 26K4816)

Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/compat/ for information about these options.

Updates to this document are available from the IBM Web site. Complete the following steps to check for updated documentation and technical updates:

1. Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/.2. In the Learn section, click Online publications. 3. On the "Online publications” page, in the Brand field, select Servers.4. In the Family field, select your BladeCenter device.5. Click Continue.

Keep this Technical Update with your BladeCenter and blade server documentation for future reference.


http://www.ibm.com/pc/compat/


http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/



BladeCenter power overview

Your BladeCenter unit is separated into two power domains. Power domain A supports all the BladeCenter modules and bays 1 through 6; power domain A uses power modules 1 and 2.

Power domain B supports bays 7 through 14 and uses power modules 3 and 4. To support devices in power domain B, a power-supply option (consisting of two power modules) must be installed.

Important:

1. The power modules must be installed in pairs in a domain and must match each other in capacity (wattage, amperage, and so on).

2. A power domain operating above the capacity of a single power module results in a nonredundant power condition.

3. In a pair of power modules, a power module that is not connected to 200-240 volt ac power source results in a nonredundant power condition.

4. To provide true redundant power, BladeCenter power modules 1 and 3 must be connected to a different 200-240 volt ac power source than power modules 2 and 4.

5. An installed power module must be connected to an ac power source and must not be used as a filler.

The following tables list the power requirement for each IBM Eserver BladeCenter blade server or option that is available as of the date of this printing. These power requirements assume that each blade server is fully configured and are based on typical workloads. Use the values in these tables and complete the upgrade calculation (see “Upgrade calculation” on page 427) to determine which power modules are needed to deliver full power redundancy for your configuration.

BladeCenter unit front view BladeCenter unit rear view

Power domain A Power domain B

AC

AC

DC

DC

AC

DC

I/O module bay 3

I/O module 1

I/O module bay 4I/O module 2

Power module 3

Power module 1

Power module 4

Power module 2

Managementmodule 1

Managementmodule bay 2

Blower module 1

Blower module 2

AC

DC

424 COG

Table 84. HS20 blade server power values

Eserver BladeCenter HS20 blade server IBM power units for the corresponding

number of installed microprocessors

1 microprocessor 2 microprocessors

2.0 GHz/400 MHz (8678-21X) 0.9 1.1

2.4 GHz/400 MHz (8678-41X) 0.9 1.2

2.6 GHz/400 MHz (8678-51X) 1.0 1.2

2.8 GHz/400 MHz (8678-61X) 1.0 1.3

2.4 GHz/533 MHz (8832-9TX) 0.9 1.2

2.8 GHz/533 MHz (8832-21X, 8832-L1X, 8832-LTX) 1.0 1.5

3.06 GHz/533 MHz (8832-31X, 8832-M1X) 1.2 1.6

3.06 GHz/533 MHz (8832-N1X) Does not apply 1.9

3.2 GHz/533 MHz (8832-G1X, 8832-J1X, 8832-GTX) 1.2 1.65

2.8 to 3.6 GHz/800 MHz EM64T (8843-XXX) 1.4 2.3

Table 85. JS20 blade server power values

Eserver BladeCenter JS20 blade server IBM power units for two installed microprocessors

1.6 GHz/800 MHz (8842-21X) 1.5

2.2 GHz/1.1GHz (8842-41X) 1.6

Table 86. BladeCenter expansion unit power values

Eserver BladeCenter Expansion unit IBM power units

SCSI Storage Expansion Unit, SCSI Storage Expansion Unit 2 0.4

Appendix F. BladeCenter Power Module Upgrade Guidelines 425

Important:

The HS40 blade server occupies two adjacent bays. When you complete the “Power worksheets” on page 429, enter the power unit value from Table 87 twice, once for each bay that the blade server occupies. If you install an HS40 blade server in bays 6 and 7, the blade server will use power from both power domain A and power domain B. In the power worksheets, enter the power unit value twice, once for bay 6 of power domain A and once for bay 7 of power domain B.

Table 87. HS40 blade server power values

Eserver BladeCenter HS40 blade server (occupies 2 bays)

IBM power units and the corresponding number of installed microprocessors (power unit value for each bay)

1 microprocessor 2 microprocessors 3 microprocessors 4 microprocessors

2.0 GHz/400 MHz (8839-21X) 0.70 0.90 1.10 1.30

2.2 GHz/400 MHz (8839-51X) 0.70 0.95 1.15 1.40

2.7 GHz/400 MHz (8839-61X, 8839-6TX)

0.75 1.0 1.25 1.55

2.8 GHz/400 MHz (8839-41X) 0.75 1.0 1.30 1.55

3.0 GHz/400 MHz (8839-71X) 0.80 1.1 1.35 1.67

426 COG

Upgrade calculation

Complete the following steps to determine the power-module capacity that is needed to maintain full redundancy in each power domain.

If you have two 2000 W power modules installed in power domain A and two 2000 W power modules installed in power domain B, you do not need to complete this upgrade calculation. Your system meets the requirements to maintain full power redundancy in both domains.

Attention: If you are replacing the existing power modules with 2000 W power modules, you must upgrade the management-module firmware. If two management modules are installed in the BladeCenter unit, both management modules must be upgraded to the same level of firmware. Go to the IBM Support Web site at http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/ and obtain the latest firmware.

1. In the power worksheets on page 429, list the blade servers or other devices that are installed in the bays.2. In the tables on page 425, look up the number of IBM power units associated with each device and enter

it in the applicable power worksheet (see “Example calculation” on page 430).3. Add all of the IBM power unit values for each domain and enter the totals.4. To maintain full power redundancy in power domain A, make sure that the power modules in bays 1

and 2 are connected to different 200-240 volt ac power sources and meet the requirements in the following table:

Important: If the sum of the power unit values in power domain A is greater than the capacity of the installed power modules, power domain A has nonredundant power. Complete the following steps:a. Determine whether rearranging the installed devices between power domain A and power domain B

in the BladeCenter unit will sufficiently reduce the power requirements for the power domain (use the power worksheets on page 429).

b. If rearranging the installed devices does not sufficiently reduce the power requirements, the power modules must be upgraded to maintain redundancy. Install the 1200W to 1400W Power Supply Upgrade Kit (part number 90P0197) on the power modules to attain 1400 W, install the 1800W Power Supply Module option (part number 13N0570) to attain 1800 W, or install the 2000W Power Supply Module option (part number 26K4816) to attain 2000 W. Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/compat/ for information about ordering these options.

Table 88. Power Domain A minimum power requirements

Sum of IBM power units for blade servers in Power domain A Minimum power module required

Less than 7.4 1200 W (labeled 7.5A)

Greater than or equal to 7.4 and less than 9.0 1400 W (labeled 9A)


Greater than or equal to 10.0 2000 W (labeled 13.5A)





5. To maintain full power redundancy in power domain B, make sure that the power modules in bays 1 and 2 are connected to different 200-240 volt ac power sources and meet the requirements in the following table:

Important: If the sum of the power unit values in power domain B is greater than the capacity of the installed power modules, power domain B has nonredundant power. Complete the following steps:a. Determine whether rearranging the installed devices between power domain A and power domain B

in the BladeCenter unit will sufficiently reduce the power requirements for the power domain (use the power worksheets on page 429).

b. If rearranging the installed devices does not sufficiently reduce the power requirements, the power modules must be upgraded to maintain redundancy. Install the 1200W to 1400W Power Supply Upgrade Kit (part number 90P0197) on the power modules to attain 1400 W, install the 1800W Power Supply Module option (part number 13N0570) to attain 1800 W, or install the 2000W Power Supply Module option (part number 26K4816) to attain 2000 W. Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/compat/ for information about ordering these options.

Statement 13:

DANGER

Power distribution unit assessment

If your calculations indicate that you need to upgrade your power modules, you will also need to reassess your power distribution unit (PDU) configuration. Use the IBM BladeCenter Planning and Installation Guide to determine the number and types of PDUs that you need. Complete the following steps to obtain the BladeCenter Planning and Installation Guide:

1. Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/.2. Click the BladeCenter link under Servers, and then select the brand Servers and the family BladeCenter.3. Click Continue.4. From the View by document type menu, click Online publications.

Table 89. Power Domain B minimum power requirements

Sum of IBM power units for blade servers in Power domain B Minimum power module required

Less than 9.9 1200 W (labeled 7.5A)



Greater than or equal to 13.4 2000 W (labeled 13.5A)

Overloading a branch circuit is potentially a fire hazard and a shock hazard under certain conditions. To avoid these hazards, ensure that your system electrical requirements do not exceed branch circuit protection requirements. Refer to the information that is provided with your device for electrical specifications.

428 COG







Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/


Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/

Power worksheets

Power domain A worksheet (for power modules 1 and 2)

Power domain B worksheet (for power modules 3 and 4)

Blade bay Description of installed device IBM power units

1

2

3

4

5

6

Total


7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Total


Example calculation

Power domain A worksheet (for power modules 1 and 2)

Result:

• 7.2 IBM power units < 7.4 IBM power units

• Two 1200 W power modules will provide full power redundancy for power domain A

Power domain B worksheet (for power modules 3 and 4)

Result:

• 14.0 IBM power units > 13.4 IBM power units

• Two 2000 W power modules will provide full power redundancy for power domain B

Attention: To maintain proper system cooling, each unoccupied blade bay must contain a filler blade. To maintain proper module cooling, each unoccupied I/O, management-module or power-module bay must contain a filler. An installed power module must be powered and must not be used as a filler.


1 3.06 GHz/533 MHz HS20 blade server with 2 microprocessors 8832-31X 1.6

2 SCSI Storage Expansion Unit 0.4


4 SCSI Storage Expansion Unit 0.4



Total 7.2


7 3.06 GHz/533 MHz HS20 blade server with 2 microprocessors 8832-N1X 1.9




11 3.2 GHz/533 MHz HS20 blade server with 2 microprocessors 8832-G1X 1.65

12 2.8 GHz/400 MHz HS40 blade server with 4 microprocessors - first bay (HS40 occupies 2 bays) 8832-41X

1.55

13 2.8 GHz/400 MHz HS40 blade server with 4 microprocessors - second bay (HS40 occupies 2 bays) 8839-41X

1.55

14 3.2 GHz/533 MHz HS20 blade server with 2 microprocessors 8832-G1X 1.65

Total 14.0

430 COG

Appendix G. xSeries DC Power and NEBS-compliant Models

The following models, designed for the telecommunications industry and may utilize DC Power and/or are NEBS compliant.

Refer to individual system sections for complete configuration details.

Model DescriptionxSeries 305 DC Power model 8673-4AX 2.4GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 P4, 256MB memory. Includes a -48v to -60v,

200w DC power supply.xSeries 335 DC Power model 8676-LAX 2.8GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 P4, 512MB memory. Includes a -48v to -60v,

332w DC power supply.xSeries 343 DC Power model 8827-14X 1.26GHz/133MHz-512KB L2 PIII, 2GB memory. Includes two -48v to -60v,

350w DC power supplies.xSeries 343 DC Power model 8847-14X 2.4GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 P4, 1GB memory. Includes a -48v to -60v,

470w DC power supply.xSeries 343 DC Power model 8847-24X 2.4GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 P4, 2GB memory. Includes two -48v to -60v,

470w DC power supplies.BladeCenter T DC Power model 8720-1RX BladeCenter T chassis including two -48 to -60v, 1300w DC power

supplies.BladeCenter T AC Power model 8730-1RX BladeCenter T chassis including two -200 to -240v, 1300w DC power

supplies.BladeCenter HS20 8832-9TX 2.4GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 Xeon, 1GB memory.BladeCenter HS20 8832-LTX 2.8GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 Xeon, 1GB memory.BladeCenter HS20 8832-GTX 3.2GHz/533MHz-1MB L3 Xeon, 1GB memory.BladeCenter HS20 8839-6TX 2.7GHz/400MHz-2MB L3 Xeon MP, 2GB memory.


432 COG

Important Notices

A Withdrawal Date indicates when an item is no longer available from IBM. Business Partner inventory may be available.

IBM reserves the right to change product specifications and to discontinue marketing products without notice.MHz and GHz only measure microprocessor internal clock speed, not application performance. Many factors affect application performance.

MB, GB and TB = 1,000,000, 1,000,000,000 and 1,000,000,000,000 bytes, respectively, when referring to storage capacity. Accessible capacity is less; up to 3GB is used in service partition. Actual storage capacity will vary based upon many factors and may be less than stated. Some numbers given for storage capacities give capacity in native mode followed by capacity using data compression technology.

Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed may reduce the bus to the frequency of the slowest adapter.

Tape Drives which utilize data compression technology have storage capacity that will vary depending upon whether the drive is operating in native mode (without compression) or compressed mode. Actual storage capacity will vary based upon many factors and may be less than the maximum possible.

Maximum internal hard disk and memory capacities may required the replacement of any standard hard drives and/or memory and the population of all hard disk bays and memory slots with the largest currently supported drives available. When referring to variable speed CD-ROMs, CD-Rs, CD-RWs and DVDs, actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.

The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test and is distributed AS IS. The use of this information or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and depends on the customer’s ability to evaluate and integrate them into the customer’s operational environment. While each item may have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a specific situation, there is no guarantee that the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere. Customers attempting to adapt these techniques to their own environments do so at their own risk.

Visit www.ibm.com/pc/safecomputing periodically for the latest information on safe and effective computing.

For more information on IBM’s statement of Limited Warranty, please call 1-800-772-2227 in the United States, 1-800-426-2255 in Canada, or contact your IBM representative or reseller. Copies are available upon request. For warranties including onsite service, a technician is sent after IBM attempts to resolve the problem remotely.

Energy Star compliance: The EPA, as a matter of policy, does not endorse any particular company or its products.

IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-IBM products. Support (if any) for the non-IBM products is provided by the third party, not IBM. IBM makes no warranties, express or implied, regarding non-IBM products and services that are ServerProven, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for particular purpose. These products are offered and warranted solely by third parties.

Unless otherwise noted, phone numbers and fax numbers are valid only in the United States. Outside the United States, please call your local IBM representative for assistance.

Applications included in IBM products may vary from retail versions and may not include all documentation or functions. Not all products are sold separately. Third-party software licenses may apply.

This publication was produced in the United States. IBM may not offer the products, services or features discussed in this document in other countries, and the information is subject to change without notice. Consult your local IBM representative for more information on the products, services and features available in your area.

©IBM Server Group

3039 Cornwallis Rd.

Research Triangle Park, NC 27709

All the part numbers referenced in this publication are product part numbers and not service part numbers.

This publication could contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of this publication. IBM may make improvements


and/or changes in the product(s) and/or program(s) described in this publication at any time. IBM reserves the right to alter specifications and other product information without notice. It is your responsibility to obtain the latest information.

Other part numbers in addition to those listed in this document may be required to support a specific device or function.

Data on competitive products is obtained from publicly obtained information and is subject to change without notice. Please contact the manufacturer for the most recent information.

This IBM equipment is subject to applicable rules and regulations of the United States Federal Communication Commission (FCC).

The following items are trademarks or registered trademarks of IBM Corporation in the United States or other countries or both: IBM, the IBM logo, Active PCI, Alert on LAN, BladeCenter, Chipkill memory, the e-business logo, ESCON, ~, IntelliStation, LANStreamer, Light Path Diagnostics, NetBAY3, NetBAY3E, NetBAY22, Netfinity, OpenPower, OS/2, Predictive Failure Analysis, ServeRAID, ServerGuide, ServerProven, SurePath, TechConnect, TME 10 Netfinity, Wake on LAN, xSeries, X-Architecture, 800-CALL-IBM. For a list of additional IBM trademarks, please see

http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml.

Lotus, Lotus Notes and Lotus SmartSuite are trademarks of Lotus Development Corporation, and/or IBM Corporation.

Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.

Intel, Pentium, Celeron, Itanium, MMX, and Pentium III Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. Microsoft, Windows and Windows NT are trademarks or registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation. UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries or registered trademarks licensed exclusively through X/Open Company Limited. Trinitron is a trademark of the Sony Corporation. Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and/or other countries. All other registered trademarks and trademarks are properties of their respective owners.

IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models (MTM), CTO systems utilize different part numbers called Sales Building Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option may not entirely correspond to an SBB because only a certain component within an option package may be required to configure a specific system. Additional or different configuration rules or limitations may apply to the SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the tables, diagrams or footnotes.

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW DISCLAIMER OF EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS. THEREFORE, THIS STATEMENT MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THERE IS NO GUARANTEE THAT IBM WILL MARKET ANY PARTICULAR PRODUCT IN YOUR COUNTRY

The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test. The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country where any such provisions are inconsistent with local law:

The use of this information or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and depends on the customer’s ability to evaluate and integrate them into the customer’s operational environment. While each item may have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a specific situation, there is no guarantee that the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere. Customers attempting to adapt these techniques to their own environments do so at their own risk.

434 COG

IBM@

Printed in USA

ibm erserver configuration and options guide.pdfxiii microsoft® exchange server 2000 100% med users...

Documents